Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 284

Advanced Controls

and Drives
2019 Product Catalog
BENSHAWEXPRESS

Save time with 24/7


Benshaw’s standard products are
stocked in warehouses in the USA

online access at
and Canada… ready for shipment
to support your critical needs:

Benshaw.com

In the USA, call or fax


Phone: 412.968.0100
Fax: 412.968.5415
benshawexpress.com
In Canada, call or fax Benshaw Express is a convenient, time-saving tool for Benshaw authorized distributors.
Phone: 519.291.5112 The Benshaw web store enables users 24/7 access to:
Fax: 519.291.2595
• Check price and availability
BenshawExpress.com
• Place orders
If you prefer to order online,
• Track open orders
BenshawExpress.com provides
direct digital access to our complete • Obtain tracking for shipped orders
inventory of standard controls, drives • View freight charges for recent shipments
and spare parts—24 hours a day,
• View invoices
seven days a week, 365 days a year.
• Customized levels of access

Access Benshaw Express by following the link on Benshaw.com


or directly at BenshawExpress.com.
2019 PRODUCT
CATALOG INDEX

SECTION 1
FULL VOLTAGE CONTROLS..................................................................... 1-1 – 1-51

SECTION 2
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES............................................................. 2-1 – 2-59

SECTION 3
MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVES....................................................................3-1 – 3-13

SECTION 4
LOW VOLTAGE SOLID STATE STARTERS................................................. 4-1 – 4-59

SECTION 5
MEDIUM VOLTAGE CONTROLS.............................................................. 5-1 – 5-58

SECTION 6
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS........................................................6-1 – 6-10

SECTION 7
RETROFITS.............................................................................................7-1 – 7-7

SECTION 8
MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR............................................................ 8-1 – 8-8

APPENDIX
TERMS AND CONDITIONS..................................................................... A-1 – A-2
BENSHAW. WORLD LEADER IN MISSION

When it absolutely has to work…


BENSHAW Since its founding in 1983, Benshaw Benshaw’s ISO 9001 certified
AT A GLANCE: has grown to become a world motor control manufacturing
• Headquartered leader in the design, development facilities produce:
in Pittsburgh, PA and manufacture of advanced • Full voltage controls
with facilities in industrial motor controls and drives. • Variable frequency drives
Listowel, Canada With more than 250,000 units
• Pump control panels
•G  lobal reach through installed and operating, Benshaw
• Power factor correction products
distribution and products now blanket the globe.
• Low voltage solid state starters
OEM partners More importantly, when the
application is critical, and the • Medium voltage controls
•O  ver 30 years
environment harsh, more customers • Medium voltage switchgear
experience with motor
starting and controls specify Benshaw than any other brand. • Medium voltage drives
•E  xperts with special Benshaw products feature advanced
motor applications COMPLETE FAMILY OF PRODUCTS motor control and protection
including wound rotor, Although many in the industries have functionality, an easy-to-use interface,
synchronous and come to know Benshaw through exceptional input/output flexibility
dual speed our global leadership position in solid and connectivity across most major
state motor control technologies, we communications protocols.
•S  pecializes in
custom design also manufacture a complete line of Benshaw invests heavily in motor
and manufacturing electro-mechanical controls and drives. control research and development
Today, Benshaw is widely recognized and utilizes state-of-the-art production
as a world leader in mission-critical and process control technologies to
control and protection. achieve the highest possible quality
at the lowest possible cost.

benshaw.com
CRITICAL MOTOR CONTROL AND PROTECTION

It absolutely has to be from Benshaw.


RUGGED. RELIABLE. READY. WORLDWIDE ENGINEERING, REGIONAL SUPPORT
Benshaw has extensive experience INTEGRATION, RETROFIT AND Dedicated, knowledgeable
in the design, production and MODERNIZATION SERVICES technicians are available to answer
installation of mission-critical controls Benshaw is widely recognized your questions before, during and
for heavy-duty continuous process as a leading provider of innovative after the sale.
industries, and that experience is motor control technologies. We Repairs, spare parts, field engineering,
reflected in every product we build. thrive on complex applications technical training services—whenever
We design our products for durability, and work diligently to bring cost- and wherever needed—are all part of
and we test them rigorously to ensure effective engineered solutions our commitment.
the highest degree of reliability. Parts to our customers. By focusing our efforts on the design
and materials are inspected, tracked and production of high quality motor
and kitted per ISO 9001 protocols control products and by exceeding
to ensure timely, accurate processing your expectations for service and
of orders. support, we hope to earn your
confidence and your continuing
business across the full range of
controls and drives we manufacture.
BENSHAW OFFERS A COMPREHENSIVE LINE

FULL VOLTAGE CONTROLS LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE LOW VOLTAGE SOLID


Benshaw offers a complete FREQUENCY DRIVES STATE STARTERS
line of contactors, overload Benshaw offers a wide range Benshaw is widely recognized
relays and full voltage starters. of standard and engineered as the world leader in solid state
All units are UL and cUL listed, variable frequency drives starter technology. Benshaw’s
IEC or NEMA rated and backed from 1 to 700 horsepower. latest generation of intelligent
by the industry’s only two-year Benshaw drives are rugged, low voltage starters combines
factory warranty. reliable and easy to use, a rugged, reliable power section
Benshaw contactors have featuring intuitive menu-driven with the most advanced motor
the highest mechanical and programming and robust control and protection features
electrical operation ratings in power sections to support in the industry.
the industry and are designed your toughest applications. • MX2 — Single board design
with user-friendly features such In addition, Benshaw provides with integrated motor
as universal coils and extra engineered solutions for protection, communications,
auxiliary contacts. any variable frequency diagnostics and high
Contactors and overloads drive application, including performance motor control.
can be packaged for any NEMA 12/4/3R packages, • MX3 — Includes all of the
electro-mechanical application, 18-pulse systems, two- and advanced functions of
including full voltage, wye- three-contactor bypasses, MX2 with the addition of
delta, reversing, part winding custom control logic and any expanded I/O, real-time
and two-speed applications. modification you specify. clock, zero sequence
ground fault and patented
CYCLO control.
Benshaw provides complete
engineered low voltage
packages from 1 to 3,000
horsepower, 120 to 600 VAC
(1000 VAC optional).

benshaw.com
OF ADVANCED MOTOR CONTROLS AND DRIVES

MEDIUM VOLTAGE VARIABLE MEDIUM VOLTAGE CONTROLS MEDIUM VOLTAGE


FREQUENCY DRIVES Benshaw designed and SWITCHGEAR
Benshaw has developed, manufactured the first Benshaw now has a complete
designed and built the first production medium voltage line of medium voltage
Modular Multilevel (M2L) solid state starter in 1988 and switchgear that transitions
Medium Voltage Drive. The today has over 4,000 units seamlessly into existing
M2L drive topology allows installed worldwide. As Benshaw medium voltages
for unpresidented design the global leader in 2300 to line-ups. Only Benshaw
flexibility to allow customers to 15,000 V solid state starters, allows for true customization
have the best solution on the Benshaw has pioneered every including controls and
market with the lowest cost major innovation in medium metering without an extended
of ownership. The M2L drive voltage power electronics. lead time. Benshaw engineers
has been designed with safety Benshaw medium voltage medium voltage switchgear
in mind, as separate outdoor controls are fully integrated, from 2,300 to 13,800 volts,
transformers are encouraged, programmable, NEMA Class E2, up to 3000 A.
and arc flash sensing comes combination solid state starters.
standard in all inverters. This UL listed design includes
Benshaw’s M2L medium control and power electronics,
voltage drives have been in bypass and isolation contactors
operation for over five years and a fusible load break switch
and have been UL certified to to reduce maintenance and
the latest design standards. operating costs compared to
other starting methods.
Benshaw engineers medium
voltage starters and fully
integrated control lineups from
2,300 to 13,800 volts, up to
30,000 horsepower.
SERVING YOUR MOST DEMANDING APPLICATIONS
WITH SPEED, PRECISION AND RELIABILITY

STANDARD PRODUCTS Benshaw’s standard products CONTACT US:


Benshaw offers an extensive line of are stocked in warehouses in Benshaw.com
cost-effective standard controls and the USA and Canada… ready for • In the USA, call or fax
drives… serving a broad spectrum shipment to support your critical Phone: 412.968.0100
of industries and applications: needs. Fax: 412.968.5415
• Aggregate and mining • In Canada, call or fax
• Oil production CUSTOM-ENGINEERED PRODUCTS Phone: 519.291.5112
• Lumber When a standard product Fax: 519.291.2595
• Metals doesn’t fit your requirements, Email: info@benshaw.com
Benshaw’s design and engineering BenshawExpress.com
• Agriculture
teams can help tailor a solution that If you prefer to order online,
• Power generation
does, no matter how complex or BenshawExpress.com provides
• Chemical processing demanding the application. direct digital access to our complete
• Food production
inventory of standard controls, drives
• Paper manufacturing and spare parts—24 hours a day,
• Printing and packaging seven days a week, 365 days a year.
• Municipal fresh and waste
water treatment
• Transportation

benshaw.com
RETROFIT AND UPGRADE SOLUTIONS

From applications engineering, installation and


commissioning services to retrofits and large-scale
modernization programs—Benshaw is your source
for custom-engineered control solutions.
Benshaw offers an extensive array Whatever your control needs,
of custom engineering and project Benshaw’s engineering teams
management services, from can help you find a cost-effective,
power system studies to design reliable solution.
consultation, installations and Retrofit and upgrade industrial
commissioning. application specialists at Benshaw
With millions of hours of are available to help you evaluate
accumulated engineering current and future control system
experience and complete requirements and develop a sound
production capabilities, Benshaw strategy for retrofit, upgrade or
delivers all of the convenience replacement. And when you’re
and value you’d expect from a ready to make a move, Benshaw
comprehensive single-source can follow through with a complete
solution. design, production, field installation
and testing service package.
Full Voltage Controls

Variable Frequency Drives

Low Voltage Solid State Starters

Medium Voltage Drives

Medium Voltage Controls

Medium Voltage Switchgear

Electrical
1-11
Solutions to Mechanical Problems.
benshaw.com Benshaw.com
SECTION 1
C O NTAC TO R S , OV E R LOA D R E L AY S , F U L L VO LTAG E
STA RT E R S A N D M OTO R STA RT E R P R OT E C TO R S

1.1 STANDARD PRODUCTS 1.1 STANDARD PRODUCTS, CONTINUED


CONTACTORS MOTOR STARTER PROTECTORS
Product Overview........................................................1-2 Product Overview......................................................1-31
Part Number Assembler............................................. 1-3 Specifications............................................................1-32
Ratings........................................................................1-4 Ordering Information................................................ 1-35
Technical Information.................................................. 1-5 Accessories...............................................................1-37
Coil Ratings................................................................ 1-6 Dimensions.............................................................. 1-40
Accessories.................................................................1-7
Replacement Parts..................................................... 1-9 FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS — OPEN
Mounting Dimensions...............................................1-10 Product Overview..................................................... 1-43
Non-Reversing / Open...............................................1-44
MODULAR OVERLOAD RELAYS Reversing / Open...................................................... 1-46
Product Overview......................................................1-14
Specifications............................................................1-15 FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS — PREPACKAGED
Ordering Information................................................. 1-17 Non-Combination / Prepackaged ..............................1-47
Accessories...............................................................1-19 Non-Combination / Prepackaged with Door-
Dimensions.............................................................. 1-20 Mounted Controls — RCI Series........................... 1-48
Combination / Prepackaged with Door-
ELECTRONIC OVERLOAD RELAYS Mounted Controls — CBRCI Series...................... 1-48
Product Overview and Ordering Information............ 1-25
Dimensions.............................................................. 1-26 1.2 ENGINEERED PRODUCTS
FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS — ENCLOSED....................... 1-50
DIGITAL OVERLOAD RELAYS
Ordering Information.................................................1-27
Specifications........................................................... 1-28
Zero Sequence Ground Fault CT.............................. 1-29
Dimensions.............................................................. 1-30

1-1
CONTACTORS — UL / IEC / NEMA
RC / RSC SERIES
6 9 0 VAC C O NTAC TO R S

RATINGS
NEMA: Size 00–7
IEC: 9–800 Amps
UL: 1–600 HP

IEC / NEMA CONTACTOR HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw contactors are used for controlling single- and three-phase
motors and for switching resistive or inductive loads up to 690 VAC.
The RediStart™ contactor line is built and tested to world-leading
electrical and mechanical standards.

KEY ADVANTAGES: STANDARD FEATURES: RC-9 – 150A


• World’s longest electrical • DIN rail mountable to 150 amps • Finger-proof design
and mechanical lifespan • Full product family to 800 amps • DIN rail or screw mountable
• UL/CSA, IEC, NEMA, BS, • Direct mount overload relays • Top/side mount accessories
EN, VDE ratings • Draw out cassette coils • Small physical size
• Direct mount thermal 180 amps and above • Dual auxiliary contacts
overload relays • Integral coil surge suppression above 22 A
• Full line of field installable, 180 amps and above • Integral voltage barriers
modularized accessories • Low coil power consumption
• Device marking strip • Phase barriers supplied standard RSC-180 – 800
• AC or DC coil options • Uni-directional mounting • Draw-out cassette-type coil
• Extremely long lifespan • Wide voltage range coils
• Compact size • Integral coil surge suppression
• Unit identification marker • Dual auxiliary contacts

* Consult factory for certifications.

1-2 benshaw.com
CONTACTOR PART NUMBER ASSEMBLER
RC / RSC SERIES

RSC - 220 - U120

REDISTART™ CONTACTOR
RC 9A–150A
RSC 180–800

CONTACTOR FRAME & RATING Frames 9A–150A Frames 180–400 Frames 600/800
IEC AC3 NEMA
Suffix Part # Suffix Part #
Contactor 480 Rating Size
Coil Voltage AC 50 & 60 Hz AC 50 & 60 Hz Suffix Part #
9A 9A 00
24 56AC24 – –
12A 12 A 0
48 56AC48 – –
18A 18 A 0
110 56AC110 U120 U120
22A 22 A –
120 56AC120 U120 U120
32A 32 A 1
208 56AC208 U120 U200
40A 40 A 1P
240 56AC240 U120 U200
50A 50 A 2
380 56AC380 – –
65A 60 A –
480 56AC500 U500 U500
75A 75 A –
575 56AC500 U500 U500
85A 85 A 3
100A 105 A –
RC-9A– RC -150A coil voltages: 85%~110% of rated voltage.
130A 130 A –
For DC and other coils not listed, consult factory.
150A 150 A 4
U120 coils are universal 100–240 VAC / 100–220 VDC (100–400 amp frames only).
180 185 A –
U120 coils are 100–127 VAC only for 600 and 800 amp frames.
220 225 A –
U200 coils are 200–240 VAC for 600 and 800 amp frames.
300 330 A 5 U500 coils are universal 440–600 VAC.
400 400 A –
600 630 A 6
800 800 A 7

1-3
CONTACTOR RATINGS WEB
STOCKED
RC / RSC SERIES

UL / IEC RATED
Amp Ratings HP Ratings
AC1 AC3 UL One-Phase Three-Phase Aux. Contact
Model
Number lth 200/240 380/440 500/550 690 Ith 115 230 200 230 460 690 NO NC
8 RC-9A-* 25 11 9 7 6 25 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 7.5 1 1
8 RC-12A-* 25 13 12 12 9 25 0.75 2 3 5 7.5 10 1 1
8 RC-18A-* 32 18 18 13 9 32 1 3 5 7.5 10 15 1 1
8 RC-22A-* 40 22 22 20 18 40 2 3 7.5 10 15 20 1 1
8 RC-32A-* 50 32 32 28 20 50 2 5 7.5 10 20 25 2 2
8 RC-40A-* 60 40 40 32 23 60 3 7.5 15 15 30 30 2 2
8 RC-50A-* 70 55 50 43 28 70 3 10 20 25 40 50 2 2
8 RC-65A-* 100 65 65 60 35 100 5 15 25 30 50 60 2 2
8 RC-75A-* 110 75 75 64 42 110 5 15 25 30 50 60 2 2
8 RC-85A-* 135 85 85 75 45 135 7.5 15 30 40 60 75 2 2
8 RC-100A-* 160 105 105 85 65 160 10 20 30 40 75 75 2 2
8 RC-130A-* 160 130 130 90 60 160 10 20 40 40 75 75 2 2
8 RC-150A-* 210 150 150 100 60 210 15 25 40 50 100 75 2 2
8 RSC-180-* 230 180 180 180 120 230 15 30 60 60 125 125 2 2
8 RSC-220-* 275 250 250 200 150 275 15 40 60 75 150 150 2 2
8 RSC-300-* 350 300 300 250 220 350 - - 100 100 200 200 2 2
8 RSC-400-* 450 400 400 350 300 450 - - 125 150 300 300 2 2
8 RSC-600-* 660 630 630 500 420 660 - - 150 200 400 400 2 2
8 RSC-800-* 900 800 800 720 630 900 - - 250 300 600 600 2 2

NEMA RATED
Aux.
NEMA HP Rating Three-Phase Contacts
NEMA
Model Number Size 200–208 V 220–240 V 440–480 V 550–600 V NO NC
8 RC-9A-* 00 1.5 1.5 2 2 1 1
8 RC-18A-* 0 3 3 5 5 1 1
8 RC-32A-* 1 7.5 7.5 10 10 2 2
8 RC-50A-* 2 10 15 25 25 2 2
8 RC-85A-* 3 25 30 50 50 2 2
8 RC-150A-* 4 40 50 100 75 2 2
8 RSC-300-* 5 75 100 200 200 2 2
8 RSC-600-* 6 150 200 400 400 2 2
8 RSC-800-* 7 250 300 600 600 2 2

*Add coil suffix. See page 1-3 for Contactor part number assembler.
8 Web stocked

1-4 benshaw.com
CONTACTOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION
RC / RSC SERIES

Contactor RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC


Specification Type 9A 12A 18A 22A 32A 40A 50A 65A 75A 85A 100A 130A 150A 180 220 300 400 600 800
Lighting Duty AC 5 120–690 V 11A 13A 18A 22A 32A 40A 50A 65A 75A 85A 105A 120A 150A 180A 250A 300A 400A 630A 800A
Rated Life (million) Electrical 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
Mechanical 25 25 25 25 15 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Withstand Voltage Rating 6000V
Ambient Temperature Range -5 to 50˚C Operation, -40 to 65°C Storage Without Derating
Operating Times (AC coil) Closing (ms) 15–30 15–30 20–40 45–60 45–68 66–70
Opening (ms) 4–19 10–30 60–70 41–45 43–52 45–55
Resistance to Shock 49 m/s2 (<5g)
Conductor Size (max.)*Note #10AWG #8 #6 #4 #3 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 Limited Only by Crimp Size
Switching Frequency (OP/HR) AC3 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
Interrupt Curr. @ 460 VAC 5KA 5KA 5KA 5KA 5KA 5KA 5KA 5KA 10KA 10KA 10KA 10KA 10KA 10KA 10KA 18KA 18KA 30KA 30KA
Maximum Make Current (A) 480 V, AC3 90 120 180 220 320 400 500 650 750 950 1050 960 1200 1800 2500 3000 4000 6300 8000
Maximum Break Current (A) 480 V, AC3 72 96 144 176 256 320 400 520 600 650 840 1200 1500 1800 2500 3000 4000 6300 8000
Rated Insulation Voltage 690V 1000V
Vibration Resistance 19.6 m/s2 (<2g)

*Note: ≤ RC-40A have screws with clamp-type washer

1-5
CONTACTOR COIL RATINGS
RC / RSC SERIES

Operational Voltage Operating Time


Coil Consumption AC
Heat
(VA) (% of rated coil voltage) Closing Opening
Dissipation
Type Inrush Sealed (W) Min. Max. (ms) (ms)
RC-9A~22A 80 11 2.3 85% 110% 15~30 4~19
RC-32A~40A 80 9 2.7 85% 110% 15~30 4~19
RC-50A~65A 120 11 2.8 85% 110% 15~30 4~19
RC-75A~100A 220 16 5.4 85% 110% 15~30 10~30
RC-130A~150A 110 24 2.7 85% 110% 20~40 60~70
Pick Up (V) U120 Drop Out (V) U120
RSC-180~220 220 9.1 3.4 77% 48% 60 41
RSC-300~400 393 14 4.4 77% 48% 64~68 43~47
RSC-600~800 1000 17 6.3 77% 48% 66~70 45~49

Operational Voltage Operating Time


Coil Consumption
Heat
DC (W) (% of rated coil voltage) Closing Opening
Dissipation
Type Inrush Sealed (W) Min. Max. (ms) (ms)
RC-9A~22A 3 5 — 85% 110% 40~60 4~19
RC-32A~40A 2.2 9 — 85% 110% 50~65 4~19
RC-50A~65A 2.2 9 — 85% 110% 50~65 4~19
RC-75A~100A 5.1 18 — 85% 110% 100~120 10~45
RC-130A~150A 213 7.5 — 85% 110% 70~80 60~70

1-6 benshaw.com
CONTACTOR ACCESSORIES WEB
STOCKED
RC / RSC SERIES

OPTIONAL CONTACTOR BOX LUG KITS


Contactor Conductors
Model Number Description Range Per Phase Wire Size
8 RSC-AJ-220 180–400 1 1 AWG–350 MCM
1 Kit = 3 Lugs
8 RSC-AJ-400 for Line or 180–220 2 3/0–500 MCM
Load
8 RSC-AJ-800 300–800 2 3/0–600 MCM

No box lug kits for RC-9A–150A.

AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCKS


Model Number Description Contactor Range Poles
8 RC-AU2-1A1B Top Mount RC-9A–150A 2 (1 NO/1 NC)
8 RC-AU4-2A2B Top Mount RC-9A–150A 4 (2 NO/2 NC)
8 RC-UA1 Side Mount RC-9A–150A 2 (1 NO/1 NC)
8 RC-AU100 Side Mount RSC-180–800 2 (1 NO/1 NC)

SURGE SUPPRESSORS
Model Number Description Coil Voltage Contactor Range
8 RC-US1 RC + Varistor AC 24–48 V RC-9A–150A
8 RC-US2 RC + Varistor AC 120 V RC-9A–150A
8 RC-US3 RC + Varistor AC 200–240 V RC-9A–150A
8 RC-US4 RC + Varistor DC 24–48 V RC-9A–150A
8 RC-MO125 Varistor AC 100–125 V All
8 RC-MO240 Varistor AC 200–240 V All
8 RC-MO48 Varistor AC 24–48 V All

RSC-A100 and RC-AU100 are the same part.


RSC-180–800 contactors have built-in surge suppression.
8 Web stocked

1-7
CONTACTOR ACCESSORIES WEB
STOCKED
RC / RSC SERIES

MECHANICAL INTERLOCK UNITS


Model Number Description Contactor Range
8 RC-M150* RC-9A–150A
Mechanical interlock for two contactors.
8 RSC-M400 Prevents both contactors from closing RSC-180–400
simultaneously.
8 RSC-M800 RSC-600–800

*RC-M150A includes (2) NC contacts for electrical interlock.

TERMINAL COVER KITS*


Model Number Contactor Range
8 RSC-AP220 RSC-180–220
8 RSC-AP400 RSC-300–400
8 RSC-AP600 RSC-600–800

*Terminal cover kits included with RC-9A–RC-150A.


Kits include line and load terminal covers.

CAPACITOR UNIT
Model Number Description Configuration Contactor Range
8 RSC-AC-9 Capacitor Unit — RC-9A–RC-40A
8 RSC-AC-50 Capacitor Unit — RC-50A–RC-100A

Use when connecting PFCCs, reduces inrush current.

8 Web stocked

1-8 benshaw.com
CONTACTOR REPLACEMENT PARTS WEB
STOCKED
RC / RSC SERIES

REPLACEMENT CONTACT KITS


Model Number Description Contactor Range
8 RSC-T180 RSC-180
8 RSC-T220 RSC-220
Each kit includes:
8 RSC-T300 3 stationary and 3 movable contacts RSC-300
8 RSC-T400 (Replaces all three phases RSC-400
of one contactor)
8 RSC-T600 RSC-600
8 RSC-T800 RSC-800

No contact kits are available for RC-9A–150A.

REPLACEMENT PHASE BARRIER KITS


Model Number Description Contactor Range
8 RSC-B220 RSC-180–220
Each kit includes:
8 RSC-B400 2 phase barriers for line or load RSC-300–400
side of one contactor
8 RSC-B800 RSC-600–800

CONTACTOR COILS
Model Number Coil Voltage Contactor Range
8 RSC-C220U-* Universal RSC-180–220
8 RSC-C400U-* Universal RSC-300–400
8 RSC-C800U-* AC RSC-600–800

* Refer to coil voltage page 1-3 for complete part number. AC and DC coils are not interchangeable.
8 Web stocked

1-9
CONTACTOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
R C - 9 A – R C - 6 5 A C O NTAC TO R S

RC-9A, RC-12A, RC-18A, RC-22A RC-9A – 22A : 0.75 lbs.

2.98
[75.59]

0.20
[5.00]

RC-32A, RC-40A RC-32A – 40A : .88 lbs.

RC-50, RC-65A RC-50A – 65A : 1.98 lbs.

Circuit Diagram

RC-9 A– 22A RC-32A –150A

1-10 benshaw.com
CONTACTOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
R C - 7 5 A – 15 0 A C O NTAC TO R S
A N D R S C - 18 0 – 2 2 0 C O NTAC TO R S

RC-75A, RC-85A, RC-100A

RC-75A – 100A : 3.52 lbs.

RC-130A, RC-150A
RSC-130A – 150A : 5.3 lbs.

RSC-180, RSC-220
RSC-180 – 220 : 11.9 lbs.

Circuit Diagram

RSC-180 – 220 — With four Aux.contact blocks

1-11
CONTACTOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
R S C - 3 0 0 – 8 0 0 C O NTAC TO R S

RSC-300, RSC-400
RSC-300 – 400 : 20.3 lbs.

RSC-600, RSC-800

RSC-600 – 800 : 49.4

Circuit Diagram

RSC-300 – 800

1-12 benshaw.com
CONTACTOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
AU X I L I A RY C O NTAC T S

RC-AU2-1A1B

Weight: 28 g

Wiring Diagram

RC-AU4-2A2B

Weight: 50 g

Wiring Diagram

RC-UA1

Weight: 33 g

Wiring Diagram

RC-AU100

Weight: 45 g

Wiring Diagram

1-13
MODULAR OVERLOAD RELAYS WEB
STOCKED
R M S O S E R I E S — F O R M OTO R P R OT E C T I O N U P TO 15 0 A AT 6 9 0 V
F O R C AT EG O RY AC - 3

Upstream connections
mates to RC Contactors

Circuit identification

Relay type

Trip indicator
Protection cover Stop/test button
Adjustment dial Stop Test/Trip Reset
Reset button/selector for
manual or automatic reset NC 95-96
Auxiliary contacts:
1 NO + 1 NC NO 97-98
Downstream connections

RMSO overload relay highlights:


RMSO Series overload relays are KEY ADVANTAGES: STANDARD FEATURES:
bimetallic-style and are designed • Meet EN 60947-1, EN 60947-4-1 • IP20 protection (IEC 60 529)
to protect AC circuits and motors standards • Trip indicator
against overloads, phase failure,
• CE, CSA, cUL, UL listed • Reset button/selector for manual
long starting times and stalling
• Trip indicator or auto reset
of the motor.
• Reset button/selector for manual • Test trip device
or auto reset • Finger-safe terminals
• Finger-safe terminals • Overload adjustment dial cover
• Differential-type phase • 1 NO and 1 NC auxiliary contacts
failure protection • Identification labels
• Add-on accessories available • Temperature compensation
• Close couple to RC contactors • -60°C to 70°C storage
(see page 1-17–1-18) temperature range
• -5°C to 55°C operating
Guaranteed … for two full years. temperature range
Only Benshaw has a two year guarantee. • Differential-type phase
loss protection
Every Benshaw modular overload relay is
guaranteed for two full years. Other manufacturers • 6 kV dielectric strength at 50 Hz
limit their warranties to just one year. But at (IEC 25505)
Benshaw, we believe that, because we build them • 6 kV impulse withstand voltage
better, we can guarantee them longer. (IEC 801-5)

1-14 benshaw.com
MODULAR OVERLOAD RELAY SPECIFICATIONS
RMSO SERIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF POWER CIRCUIT


Specification RMSO-32 RMSO-63 RMSO-95 RMSO-150
Differential Type (Phase failure protection) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Tripping Class (IEC 60947-4-1) 10 A, 20 10 A, 20 10 A, 20 10 A, 20
Terminal Type Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Screw/Lug
Number of Poles 3 3 3 3
Rated Operational Voltage (Ue) Up to 690 V Up to 690 V Up to 690 V Up to 690 V
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Rated Impulse Voltage (Uimp) 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV
Setting Range 0.1~32 A 4~65 A 7~95 A 34–150 A
Degree of Protection (IEC 60 529) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Temperature Compensation (°C) -5 ~ +40 -5 ~ +40 -5 ~ +40 -5 ~ +40
Trip Indicating Function • • • •
Stop Function • • • •
Test Function • • • •
Manual/Automatic Reset Function • • • •
Applied Contactors RC-9A, 12A, 18A, 22A, 32A, 40A RC-50A, 65A RC-65A, 75A, 85A, 100A RC-130A, 150A

1-15
MODULAR OVERLOAD RELAYS
R M S O / S P O S E R I E S — B I M E TA L L I C — C L AS S 10 A N D 2 0

Simple, fully adjustable overload relays.

Extended Setting Range Overload Frame Benshaw bimetallic overload relays integrally mount to RC
Part No. Min. (A) to Max. (A) (Contactor Mount) and RSC contactors to provide thermal overload protection.
0.14 0.1 to 0.16
0.21 0.16 to 0.25
0.33 0.25 to 0.4
0.52 0.4 to 0.63 THE SURPROTEX
0.82 0.63 to 1 OVERLOAD RELAY
1.3 1 to 1.6 The SurProtex overload
(RC-9A -> RC-40A)

2.1 1.6 to 2.5 relay can be mounted


RMSO-32

3.3 2.5 to 4 directly to the magnetic


5 4 to 6 contactors without
6.5 5 to 8 additional brackets.
7.5 6 to 9
(RC-50A -> RC-65A)

8.5 7 to 10
SAFETY COVER
RMSO-63

11 9 to 13
15 12 to 18 A “finger-proof” safety
19 16 to 22 cover prevents any
(RC-75A -> RC-100A)

22 18 to 26 contact with live parts.


RMSO-95

30 24 to 36
34 28 to 40
42 34 to 50
55 45 to 65 SIMPLE ADJUSTMENTS
(RC-130A -> RC-150A)

65 54 to 75 Overload adjustments
RMSO-150

74 63 to 85 are easy to access and


80 65 to 100 straightforward to set.
(RSC-180 - 220)

107 85 to 125
SPO-220

(RSC-300 - 400)

130 100 to 160


SPO-400

150 120 to 180


200 160 to 240
250 200 to 300
(RSC-600 - 800)
SPO-800

350 260 to 400 TRIP/RESET INDICATOR


500 400 to 600
Each overload relay has
660 520 to 800
a manual trip operator
and indicator flag.

NOTE: Direct mount to RC and RSC Series contactors only.

1-16 benshaw.com
MODULAR OVERLOAD RELAYS WEB
STOCKED
R M S O / S P O — B I M E TA L L I C — C L AS S 10

Model Number Overload Range (A) Model Number Overload Range (A) Model Number Overload Range (A)
For Contactors RC-9A, 12A, 18A, 22A, 32A, 40A For Contactors RC-75A, 85A and 100A For Contactors RSC-180 and 220
8 RMSO-32-0.14 0.1–0.16 8 RMSO-95-8.5A 7–10 SPO-220-80A 65–100
8 RMSO-32-.2A1 0.16–0.25 8 RMSO-95-11A 9–13 SPO-220-107A 85–125
8 RMSO-32-.3A3 0.25–0.4 8 RMSO-95-15A 12–18 SPO-220-130A 100–160
8 RMSO-32-.5A2 0.4–0.63 8 RMSO-95-19A 16–22 SPO-220-153 120–180
8 RMSO-32-.8A2 0.63–1 8 RMSO-95-21.5A 18–25 SPO-220-200A 160–240

8 RMSO-32-1.3A 1–1.6 8 RMSO-95-30A 24–36 For Contactors RSC-300 and 400

8 RMSO-32-2.1A 1.6–2.5 8 RMSO-95-34A 28–40 SPO-400-107 85–125

8 RMSO-32-3.3A 2.5–4 8 RMSO-95-42A 34–50 SPO-400-130 100–160

8 RMSO-32-5A 4–6 8 RMSO-95-55A 45–65 SPO-400-150A 120–180

8 RMSO-32-6.5A 5–8 8 RMSO-95-65A 54–75 SPO-400-200 160–240

6–9 80–100 SPO-400-265 200–300


8 RMSO-32-7.5A 8 RMSO-95-80A
SPO-400-350A 260–400
8 RMSO-32-8.5A 7–10 For Contactors RC-130A and 150A
For Contactors RSC-600 and 800
8 RMSO-32-11A 9–13 8 RMSO-150-42A 34–50
SPO-800-250A 200–300
8 RMSO-32-15A 12–18 8 RMSO-150-55A 45–65
SPO-800-350 260–400
8 RMSO-32-19A 16–22 8 RMSO-150-65A 54–75
SPO-800-515 400–600
8 RMSO-32-21.5A 18–25 8 RMSO-150-74A 63–85
SPO-800-660A 520–800
8 RMSO-32-27A 22–32 8 RMSO-150-93A 80–105
8 RMSO-32-30A 28–40 8 RMSO-150-113A 95–130
For Contactors RC-50A and 65A 8 RMSO-150-130A 110–150
8 RMSO-63-8.5A 7–10
8 RMSO-63-11A 9–13
8 RMSO-63-15A 12–18
8 RMSO-63-19A 16–22
8 RMSO-63-21.5A 18–25
8 RMSO-63-30A 24–36
8 RMSO-63-34A 28–40
8 RMSO-63-42A 34–50
8 RMSO-63-55A 45–65

8 Web stocked

1-17
MODULAR OVERLOAD RELAYS WEB
STOCKED
R M S O / S P O S E R I E S — B I M E TA L L I C — C L AS S 2 0

Model Number Overload Range (A) Model Number Overload Range (A) Model Number Overload Range (A)
For Contactors RC-9A, 12A, 18A, 22A, 32A, 40A For Contactors RC-75A, 85A and 100A For Contactors RSC-180 and 220
8 RMSO-32H-1.3A 1–1.6 RMSO-95H-21.5A 18–25 SPO-220H-80A 65–100
8 RMSO-32H-2.1A 1.6–2.5 RMSO-95H-30A 24–36 SPO-220H-130A 100–160
8 RMSO-32H-3.3A 2.5–4 RMSO-95H-34A 28–40 SPO-220H-200A 160–240
8 RMSO-32H-5A 4–6 RMSO-95H-42A 34–50 For Contactors RSC-300 and 400
8 RMSO-32H-7.5A 6–9 RMSO-95H-55A 45–65 SPO-400H-130A 100–160

8 RMSO-32H-11A 9–13 RMSO-95H-65A 54–75 SPO-400H-200A 160–240

8 RMSO-32H-15A 12–18 RMSO-95H-74A 63–85 SPO-400H-250A 200–300

8 RMSO-32H-19A 16–22 RMSO-95H-80A 70–95 SPO-400H-350A 260–400

8 RMSO-32H-21.5A 18–25 RMSO-95H-90A 80–100 For Contactors RSC-180 and 220

8 RMSO-32H-27A 22–32 For Contactors RC-130A and 150A SPO-800H-250A 200–300

28–40 RMSO-150H-42A 34–50 SPO-800H-350A 260–400


8 RMSO-32H-34A
RMSO-150H-65A 54–75 SPO-800H-500A 400–600
For Contactors RC-50A and 65A
RMSO-150H-93A 80–105 SPO-800H-660A 520–800
RMSO-63H-21.5A 18–25
RMSO-150H-113A 95–130
RMSO-63H-30A 24–36
RMSO-150H-130A 110–150
RMSO-63H-34A 28–40
RMSO-63H-42A 34–50
RMSO-63H-55A 45–65

8 Web stocked

1-18 benshaw.com
MODULAR OVERLOAD RELAY ACCESSORIES WEB
STOCKED
RMSO/SPO SERIES

SEPARATE MOUNT ADAPTERS


Used to individually mount the RMSO overload relays.
Can be DIN rail or panel mounted.
Model Number Description Terminal Type Overload Type
RMSO-B32 Overload Mounting Base Screw RMSO-32/32H
RMSO-B63 Overload Mounting Base Screw RMSO-63/63H
RMSO-B95 Overload Mounting Base Screw RMSO-95/95H
RMSO-B150 Overload Mounting Base Screw RMSO-150/150H

REMOTE RESET DEVICE


Model Number Description Overload Type
8 RMSOUM4R 400mm Cable RMSO32-95
8 RMSOUM5R 500mm Cable RMSO32-95
8 RMSOUM6R 600mm Cable RMSO32-95

8 Web stocked

SPO OVERLOAD TERMINAL COVERS


Model Number Overload Frame
8 SPO-APT25 SPO-125
8 SPO-APT150 SPO-150
8 SPO-APT220 SPO-220
8 SPO-APT400 SPO-400
8 SPO-APT600 SPO-600

Kits include line and load terminal covers.


8 Web stocked

1-19
OVERLOAD RELAY DIMENSIONS
R M S O S E PA R AT E M O U NT I N G B AS E , S C R E W T Y P E —45 D I M E N S I O N S
11.8 14.3 35
M4 (Mounting hole)
Main terminal

25.5
M4/M5(34A)
RMSO-B32 (Main terminal) 45
11.8 14.3 35
M4 (Mounting hole)

93

85
Weight: 68g Main terminal

25.5
M4/M5(34A)
Aux terminal (Main terminal)

Main

93

85
terminal

Aux terminal

Main
terminal

RMSO-B63
55
14 18 40
Weight: 134g Main terminal
M4 (Mounting hole)

5
42.2
55
M6
(Main terminal) 14 18 40
M4 (Mounting hole)
Main terminal

107.5

94.5
5
42.2
M6
(Main terminal)
Aux terminal
107.5

94.5
Main
terminal

70
Aux terminal 17 22.5 60
RMSO-B95 Main terminal M4 (Mounting hole)
70
Main
terminal 17 22.5 60
Weight: 230g Main terminal M4 (Mounting hole)
44.6

M8
(Main terminal)
44.6

M8
120

(Main terminal)

110
120

110
Aux terminal

Main Aux terminal


terminal

Main
terminal

RMSO-B150 95
M4 (Mounting hole)
24.1 33.5
Weight: 284g 95
M4 (Mounting hole)
24.1 33.5

M8
(Main Screw)

M8
(Main Screw)
140
140

Aux terminal

Aux terminal

Main terminal

Main terminal

1-20 benshaw.com
OVERLOAD RELAY DIMENSIONS
R M S O C L AS S 10 , 2 0 D I R E C T M O U NT

RMSO-32/32H
45

Weight: 167g

74.55
RMSO-63/63H
3.7 96.3
57.5
Weight: 303g

17.5
80.6

95-NC-96 97-NO-98
2T1 4T2 6T3
M3.5
(Aux terminal) Aux terminal

M6 14 18
(Main terminal) Main terminal 31
55
5.3

80.5

RMSO-95/95H 3.7 106.3


64.8
Weight: 474g
17.5
97.2

95-NC-96 97-NO-98

M3.5
(Aux terminal) Aux terminal

2T1 4T2 6T3


M8
(Main terminal) 42
17 22.5 Main terminal
6

70 90.5

RMSO-150/150H 67 61

Weight: 0.7kg
109

95 113
M8(Main screw)

1-21
OVERLOAD RELAY MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
S P O C L AS S 10 , 2 0 D I R E C T M O U NT

SPO-220

Weight: 2.5 Kg

Wiring Diagram

SPO-400

Weight: 2.6 Kg

Wiring Diagram

SPO-800

Weight: 5.5 Kg

Wiring Diagram

SPO-220H

Weight: 2.5 Kg

Wiring Diagram

SPO-400H

Weight: 2.6 Kg

Wiring Diagram

SPO-800H

Weight: 11.5 Kg

Dimensions are in mm (1 inch = 25.4 mm). Wiring Diagram

1-22 benshaw.com

MS-6a~18a

MS-6a~18a

MOTOR STARTER OVERALL DIMENSIONS


RC+RMSO SERIES

RC-9A through RC-22A 


with RMSO-32

Weight: 0.5 kg
MS-9b~22b 

MS-9b~22b



RC-32A and RC-40A


with MS-32a~40a
RMSO-32 90
66 
Weight: 0.6 kg

90
MS-32a~40a
66

6
0
6


6
0
6



145

145

Dimensions are in mm (1 inch = 25.4 mm).

1-23
MODULAR STARTER DIMENSIONS (65AF~150AF)

RC+RM SO SERIES


RC-50A and RC-65A
with RMSO-63
119 47 
M4
Weight: 1.3 kgMS-50a~65a M3.5
(Coil terminal)
55
119
119
7 (Mounting hole) 3
4747 

5555 M4M4
MS-50a~65a
MS-50a~65a M3.5
M3.5
M6 77 (Mountinghole)
(Mounting hole) 33

4
(Coilterminal)
(Coil
(Main terminal)
terminal)
M6M6

4
4
(Mainterminal)
(Main terminal)
73

1
131 131
73
73

1
1
131
163.8163.8
163.8

M3.5
(Aux terminal)
M3.5
M3.5
M6
(Auxterminal)
(Aux
(Main terminal)
terminal)
45.5
M6M6
5.3 5.3

(Mainterminal)
(Main terminal) 95
45.5
45.5
3.7 11 . 8 
5.3

9595
3.7
3.7 1111. 8. 8 


RC-75A through RC-100A 135.8 6


MS-75a~100a
with RMSO-95 M3.5
(Coil terminal)
7
135.8
135.8
85 M4
(Mounting hole) .5
66
MS-75a~100a
MS-75a~100a M3.5
M3.5
M8
77
8585 M4M4
(Mountinghole)
(Mounting hole) . 5. 5
Weight: 2.3 kg
(Coilterminal)
(Coil
(Main terminal)
terminal)
M8M8
(Mainterminal)
(Main terminal)
15 15

13
17 . 817 . 8
15

13
13
11. 4 11. 4
17 . 8
11. 4

M3.5
(Aux terminal)
M3.5
M3.5
M8
(Auxterminal)
(Aux
(Main terminal)
terminal)
6.
M8M8
6

(Mainterminal)
(Main terminal) 11 . 7
6 6. .
3.7 1 6. 5
6
6

1111. 7. 7

3.7
3.7 1 16.6.5 5



RC-130A and RC-150A 95


13 . 3
7
M5
83
7 .7
MS-130a M3.5 (Mounting hole)
with RMSO-150 (Coil terminal) 1313. 3. 3
M5M5
8383
7 7. 7. 7
MS-130a M3.5 9595 77 (Mountinghole)
(Mounting hole)
MS-130a
MS-150a
M3.5
M8
(Coilterminal)
(Coil terminal)
(Main terminal)
Weight: 2.9 kgMS-150a
MS-150a M8M8
(Mainterminal)
(Main terminal)
114 114

148 148
184.1184.1
114

148
184.1
36. 36.
36.

M3.5
(Aux terminal)
M3.5
M3.5
M8
(Auxterminal)
(Aux
(Main terminal)
terminal)
M8M8 55.9
(Mainterminal)
(Main terminal) 1 7. 4
3.7 1 3. 3 55.9 55.9
1 17.7.4 4

146are in mm (1 inch = 25.4 mm).
Dimensions
3.7
3.7 1 13.3.3 3


146
146

1-24 benshaw.com
ELECTRONIC OVERLOAD RELAYS WEB
STOCKED
S P E S E R I E S — E L E C T R O N I C T Y P E — C L AS S 1 – 3 0

SPE22-3PR-1.5A, -5A, -22A, -40A SPE22-3SR-1.5A, -5A, -22A, -40A SPE80-3SR-80A


Direct mount on RC- 9, 12, 18, 22, 40 Screw terminals Separate mount with all contactors

DESCRIPTION: FEATURES:
• Wide and adjustable • Operation status LED indicator
current range – Normal operation
• Adjustable trip time class 5, – Overload
10, 15, 20, 30 – Phase imbalance
• Direct mount to RC 9 to 40 • Trip cause indication
contactors
– Overcurrent
• Separate mount using 3SR type
– Phase loss
with screw terminals
– Reverse phase
• DIN rail mountable except
• Test / Reset push-button
SPE-80S
• Trip time setting 0–30 sec. @ 6 x set current
• Manual reset is standard
• Setting range 0.1–80 amps

Model Number Overload Range (A)


Contactor RC - 9, 12, 18 & 22 — Direct Mount to RC Contactor ONLY
8 SPE22-3PR-1.5A 0.3~1.5
8 SPE22-3PR-5A 1–5
8 SPE22-3PR-22A 4.4~22
Contactor RC - 32 & 40 — Direct Mount to RC Contactor ONLY
8 SPE40-3PR-40A 8~40
All Contactors — Separate Mount*
8 SPE22-3SR-1.5A 0.3~1.5
8 SPE22-3SR-5A 1–5
8 SPE22-3SR-22A 4.4~22
8 SPE40-3SR-40A 8~40
All Contactors — Separate Mount*
8 SPE80-3SR-80A 16–80
Separate 120 VAC control source is required for operation.
*Optional CTs can be used for higher current ratings.
8 Web stocked

1-25
ELECTRONIC OVERLOAD RELAY DIMENSIONS
S P E S E R I E S — E L E C T R O N I C T Y P E — C L AS S 1 – 3 0

SPE22-3PR

Weight: 0.18kg

Screw

Screw

SPE40-3PR

Weight: 0.20kg/0.22kg

Screw

Screw

SPE22-3SR and SPE40-3SR

Weight: 0.19kg/0.21kg

Screw

Screw

SPE80-3SR

Weight: 0.42kg/0.46kg
Screw

Mounting hole

Screw

1-26 benshaw.com
DIGITAL OVERLOAD RELAYS
S P D S E R I E S — C L AS S 1 – 6 0

Model Number GFI Protection Setting Range (A) Wire Method


Separate Mount — All Contactors
SPD-06S No 0.5~6 Tunnel or Screw
SPD-06SZ Yes 0.5~6 Tunnel or Screw
SPD-60S No 5~60 Tunnel or Screw
SPD-60SZ Yes 5~60 Tunnel or Screw
Separate 120VAC control source is required for operation.
Operational CTs can be used for higher current rated contactors.
Z Includes ground fault CT protection. See page 1-29 for ground fault CT information.

Kit Part Number Description


Cable for Door Mounting (use existing display)
SPD-C1 1m cable for remote mounting the display
SPD-C2 2m cable for remote mounting the display
SPD-C3 3m cable for remote mounting the display
Kit includes cable and mounting hardware

1-27
DIGITAL OVERLOAD RELAYS
S P D S E R I E S — C L AS S 1 – 6 0

Model Number SPD-06S SPD-60S SPD-06SZ SPD-60SZ


Wiring Screw Type or Tunnel Type
Display Unit Mount or Remote Mount
Operation Time Select Either Reverse Time or Definite Time
Characteristics Protection Overcurrent Adjustable
Phase Failure 3 Sec.
Reverse Phase Within 0.1 Sec.
Asymmetry 5 Sec.
Stall 5 Sec.
Lock Within 0.5 Sec.
Under Current 3 Sec.
Ground Fault Within 0.05–1 Sec. Selectable (0.05–1.0 sec.) Z Models Only
Short Circuit Within 50ms
Alarm Variable (60–110% of the setting current)
Current Setting Range (A) 0.5–6 5–60 0.5–6 5–60
Time Setting Definite Delay in Starting 0–60 sec.
Range (sec.) Time Delay in Operating 0–30 sec.
Inverse Time 0–60 sec.
Reset Manual Reset
Tolerance Current + 5%
Time ± 5% (or ± 0.5% sec.)
Operating Power Voltage AC 120 V
Frequency 60 Hz (50 Hz)
Aux. Contact OL 2-SPST 3 A/250 VAC Resistive load
AL SPST 3 A/250 VAC Resistive load
Insulation Resistance Over DC 500 V 100 MO
Surge Impulse Voltage (IEC1000 - 4-5) 1.2 x 50us 6 kV (apply standard wave form)
Fast Transient Burst (IEC1000 - 4-4) 2.5 kV/5 min.
Environment Temperature Operation -25 to 70˚C
Storage -30 to 80˚C
Humidity 30–90% RH (non-condensing)
Display 7 - Segment 3-Phase Current and Fault Indication
Bar-Graph 60–110% of Real Load Current
Mounting Type 3mm DIN Rail or Panel Mount

1-28 benshaw.com
DIGITAL OVERLOAD RELAY ZCT
O P T I O N A L Z E R O S E QU E N C E G R O U N D FAU LT C U R R E NT T R A N S F O R M E R ( Z C T )

RATINGS
Model Type Diameter (mm) Ratio Weight (kg)
SPD-06SZCT ZCT, D50, SPD-Z 50 200 mA/100 mV 0.7
SPD-60SZCT ZCT, D65, SPD-Z 65 200 mA/100 mV 0.9

DIMENSIONS
Model A B C D E F G H I
SPD-06SZCT 50 25 131 100 122 7 32 36 6
SPD-60SZCT 65 26 143 114 133 7 39 37 6

1-29
DIGITAL OVERLOAD RELAY MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
SPD SERIES

SPD-06S, SPD-06SZ,
SPD-60S, SPD-60SZ
Front Side Bottom
Weight: 0.56 kg

Top

*Wire size to penetrate a CT”: below 22[mm2] Wiring Diagram

SPD with LED


display removed
Front Side
Weight: 0.5 kg
Top

Panel mounting
the LED display Front Side Back

Dimensions are in mm (1 inch = 25.4 mm).


Note: When remote mounting the display, the display and main body of the SPD are calibrated as a unit. Do not swap displays with other units.
Note: For units with ground fault, the 07 and 08 terminals are for ZCT connection.

1-30 benshaw.com
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTORS WEB
STOCKED
R M S P S E R I E S — E F F I C I E NT F U N C T I O N A L I T Y A N D C O M PAC T D E S I G N

Snap together with


an RC contactor to
make a complete
electro-mechanical
combination starter

RMSP Series motor starter STANDARD FEATURES:


protector highlights: • Front-mounted auxiliary contact
• Easy mounting onto DIN rail
RMSP Series manual starters meet KEY ADVANTAGES: • Large scale for current setting
or exceed all universal standards • 45mm width up to 32 amps • Auxiliaries snap on without tools
and offer efficient motor starting • Dial cover lock device
• 55mm width up to 63 amps
functionality in a compact design. • Test trip device for checks of the
• 70mm width up to 100 amps
Protection functions include trip mechanism
• Three position operator
protection of group installation, • Finger-safe terminals
(ON-OFF-TRIP) (on 100AF only)
protection of circuits, motor • Dial cover
protection, starter protection • Complete range of accessories
• Handle locks in the off position • Handle lock device (off positions)
and phase failure protection.
RMSP starters provide a wide • Class 10 overload trip • Three position operator handle
range of ambient temperature characteristics (ON-OFF-TRIP) (on 100AF only)
compensation. They couple • Trip test • Identification labels
directly to RC Series contactors • Finger-safe terminals • High interrupt capability
for a complete electro-mechanical
• DIN rail and screw mounting
combination starter.

Guaranteed … for two full years.


Only Benshaw has a two year guarantee.
Every Benshaw modular overload relay is
guaranteed for two full years. Other manufacturers
limit their warranties to just one year. But at
Benshaw, we believe that, because we build them
better, we can guarantee them longer.

1-31
RMSP MANUAL STARTER SPECIFICATIONS

Specification RMSP-32H RMSP-63H RMSP-100H


Frame 32AF 63AF 100AF
Rated Operational Voltage (Ue) Up to 690 V Up to 690 V Up to 690 V
Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 690 V 1,000 V 1,000 V
Rated Impulse Voltage (Uimp) 6 kV 8 kV 8 kV
Utilization Category IEC 60 947-2 (Breaker) Cat. A Cat. A Cat. A
IEC 60 947-4 (Starter) AC3 AC3 AC3
Shock Resistance (IEC 68 Part 2-27) 25 g 25 g 25 g
Degree Of Protection (IEC 60 529) IP20 IP20 IP20
Instantaneous Short Circuit Release 13 x le max. 13 x le max. 13 x le max.
Mechanical Endurance (Operating) 100,000 50,000 50,000
Electrical Indurance (Cycles) 100,000 25,000 25,000
Max. Operating Frequency Per Hour 25 25 25
Temperature Compensation (Operation) (°C) -20 ~ +60- 20 ~ +60 -20 ~ +60
Phase Failure Function Yes Yes Yes
Trip Indicating Function Yes Yes Yes
Test Function Yes Yes Yes

1-32 benshaw.com
RMSP SERIES UL/CSA PERFORMANCE DATA
M OTO R P R OT E C T I O N F O R G R O U P I N STA L L AT I O N

RMSP-32H
Rated Operational Current le [A] 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 8 10 13 17 22 26 32
Max. 240 V [KA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Short-Circuit
480Y/277 V [KA] 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 30 30 30 30
Current
600Y/347 V [KA] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 10 10 10
Motor Load 115 V [HP] — — — — — — — 1
⁄8 1
⁄4 1
⁄3 1
⁄2 ⁄2
1
1 2 2 2
(1 Phase)
230 V [HP] — — — — — ⁄10
1 1
⁄6 1
⁄3 3
⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3 3 5 5
Motor Load 230 V [HP] — — — — — 1
⁄3 1
⁄2 1 1 ⁄2
1
2 3 3 5 7 ⁄2
1
7 ⁄21
10
(3 Phase)
480 V [HP] — — — — 1
⁄2 3
⁄4 11⁄2 2 5 5 71⁄2 71⁄2 10 15 15 20
575 V [HP] — — — — 1
⁄2 1 11⁄2 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 20 30
Max. Rated Current of Breaker [A] 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 125

RMSP-63H
Rated Operational Current le [A] 10 13 17 22 26 32 40 50 63
Max. 240 V [KA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Short-Circuit
480Y/277 V [KA] 65 65 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Current
600Y/347 V [KA] 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Motor Load 115 V [HP] 1
⁄2 1
⁄2 1 2 2 3 3 5 5
(1 Phase)
230 V [HP] 11⁄2 2 3 3 5 5 71⁄2 10 15
Motor Load 230 V [HP] 3 3 5 71⁄2 10 10 15 15 20
(3 Phase)
480 V [HP] 71⁄2 71⁄2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
575 V [HP] 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Max. Rated Current of Fuse/Breaker [A] 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

RMSP-100H
Rated Operational Current le [A] 17 22 26 32 40 50 63 75 90 100
Max. 240 V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Short-Circuit
480Y/277 V [kA] 65 65 65 65 65 65 50 50 50 50
Current
600Y/347 V [kA] 25 25 25 20 20 20 10 10 10 10
Motor Load 115 V [HP] 1 11⁄2 2 3 3 5 5 71⁄2 10 10
230 V [HP] 3 3 5 5 7 ⁄2
1
10 15 15 20 20
Motor Load 230 V [HP] 5 71⁄2 10 10 15 15 20 25 30 40
480 V [HP] 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 75
575 V [HP] 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 100
Max. Rated Current of Fuse/Breaker [A] 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Manual motor controller “group installation” or “Type E starter” (UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14,
for group installation, in connection with a short-circuit protection device.

1-33
RMSP SERIES UL/CSA PERFORMANCE DATA
M OTO R P R OT E C T I O N

Magnetic Switching of 3-Phase AC Motors, AC-2, AC-3


Rated Operational Thermal Release Release Operating
3-Phase [kW] (50/60 Hz) 3-Phase HP (60 Hz)
Current le Adjustment Range Current
[A] [A] [A] 230 V 400 V 690 V 230 V 480 V 575 V
RMSP-32H
0.16 0.1...0.16 2.1 - 0.02 — — — —
0.25 0.16...0.25 3.3 0.03 0.06 — — — —
0.4 0.25...0.4 5.2 0.06 0.09 — — — —
0.63 0.4...0.63 8.2 0.09 0.12 0.25 — — —
1 0.63...1.0 13 0.12 0.25 0.55 — ⁄2
1 1
⁄2
1.6 1.0...1.6 20.8 0.25 0.55 1.1 1
⁄3 3
⁄4 1
2.5 1.6...2.5 32.5 0.37 0.75 1.5 1
⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2
4 2.5...4.0 52 0.75 1.5 3 1 2 3
6 4...6 78 1.5 2.2 4 11⁄2 5 5
8 5...8 104 1.5 3 5.5 2 5 5
10 6...10 130 3 4 7.5 3 71⁄2 10
13 9...13 169 3 5.5 11 3 71⁄2 10
17 11...17 221 4 7.5 11 5 10 15
22 14...22 286 4 7.5 15 71⁄2 15 20
26 18...26 338 5.5 11 18.5 71⁄2 15 20
32 22...32 416 7.5 15 22 10 20 30
RMSP-63H
10 6~10 130 3 4 7.5 3 71⁄2 10
13 9~13 169 3 5.5 11 3 71⁄2 10
17 11~17 221 4 7.5 11 5 10 15
22 14~22 286 4 7.5 15 71⁄2 15 20
26 18~26 338 5.5 11 18.5 10 20 25
32 22~32 416 7.5 15 22 10 25 30
40 28~40 520 7.5 18.5 30 15 30 40
50 34~50 650 11 22 45 15 40 50
63 45~63 819 15 30 55 20 50 60
RMSP-100H
17 11~17 221 4 7.5 11 5 10 15
22 14~22 286 4 7.5 15 71⁄2 15 20
26 18~26 338 5.5 11 18.5 10 20 25
32 22~32 416 7.5 15 22 10 25 30
40 28~40 520 7.5 18.5 30 15 30 40
50 34~50 650 11 22 45 15 40 50
63 45~63 819 15 30 55 20 50 60
75 55~75 975 22 37 63 25 60 75
90 70~90 1170 30 45 75 30 75 100
100 80~100 1300 30 45 90 40 75 100

1-34 benshaw.com
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTORS WEB
STOCKED
RMSP SERIES

32 AMP FRAME CLASS 10


Dimensions (in.)
Rated Operational Thermal Release
Model Number Current (A) Adj. Range (A) Disconnect Type Weight H W D
8 RMSP-32HA16 0.16 0.1–0.16 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32HA25 0.25 0.16–0.25 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32HA4 0.4 0.25–0.4 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32HA63 0.63 0.4–0.63 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H1A 1 0.63–0.1 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H1A6 1.6 1–1.6 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H2A5 2.5 1.6–2.5 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H4A 4 2.5–4 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H6A 6 4–6 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H8A 8 5–8 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H10A 10 6–10 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H13A 13 9–13 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H17A 17 11–17 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H22A 22 14–22 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H26A 26 18–26 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9
8 RMSP-32H32A 32 22–32 Rotary 0.36 kg/1 lb. 3.7 1.7 3.9

63 AMP FRAME CLASS 10


Dimensions (in.)
Rated Operational Thermal Release
Model Number Current (A) Adj. Range (A) Disconnect Type Weight H W D
8 RMSP-63H10A 10 6–10 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7
8 RMSP-63H13A 13 9–13 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7
8 RMSP-63H17A 17 11–17 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7
8 RMSP-63H22A 22 14–22 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7
8 RMSP-63H26A 26 18–26 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7
8 RMSP-63H32A 32 22–32 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7
8 RMSP-63H40A 40 28–40 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7
8 RMSP-63H50A 50 34–50 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7
8 RMSP-63H63A 63 45–63 Rotary 1 kg/2.2 lbs. 5.5 2.2 5.7

8 Web stocked

1-35
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTORS WEB
STOCKED
RMSP SERIES

100 AMP FRAME CLASS 10


Dimensions (in.)
Rated Operational Thermal Release
Model Number Current (A) Adj. Range Disconnect Type Weight H W D
8 RMSP-100H17A 17 11–17 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H22A 22 14–22 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H26A 26 18–26 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H32A 32 22–32 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H40A 40 28–40 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H50A 50 34–50 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H63A 63 45–63 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H75A 75 55–75 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H90A 90 70–90 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7
8 RMSP-100H100A 100 80–100 Rotary 2.2 kg/5 lbs. 6.5 2.8 6.7

8 Web stocked

1-36 benshaw.com
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTOR ACCESSORIES
RMSP SERIES

RMSPFX11

AUXILIARY SWITCH
• Front mounting
• 2-pole
• One front-mounting module
per circuit breaker
Connection Diagram

RMSPLX11

AUXILIARY SWITCH
• Side mounting on the left
• 2-pole
• One side-mounting module
per circuit breaker

Connection Diagram

RMSPLA

ANY TRIP ALARM SWITCH


• Side mounting on the left
• 2-pole
• One side-mounting module
per circuit breaker (always
directly fitted to the circuit Connection Diagram
breaker)

RMSPLAM

MAGNETIC TRIP ALARM SWITCH


• Side mounting on the left
• 2-pole
• One side-mounting module per
circuit breaker (directly fitted
to circuit breaker except when
using with any Trip Alarm) Connection Diagram

1-37
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTOR ACCESSORIES WEB
STOCKED
RMSP SERIES

RMSPRS120

SHUNT RELEASE
• Side mounting on the right
• One side-mounting module per
circuit breaker (always directly
fitted to the circuit breaker)
Connection Diagram — 120 V 60 Hz

RMSPRS120

UNDERVOLTAGE RELEASE
• Side mounting on the right
• 2-pole
• One side-mounting module per
circuit breaker (always directly
fitted to the circuit breaker) Connection Diagram — 120 V 60 Hz

RMSPRUX120

UNDERVOLTAGE RELEASE WITH


SWITCH (ROTARY HANDLE ONLY
• Side mounting on the right
• Include 2 NO auxiliary contacts
• One side-mounting module per
circuit breaker (always directly Connection Diagram — 120 V 60 Hz
fitted to the circuit breaker)

1-38 benshaw.com
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTOR ACCESSORIES
RMSP SERIES

RMSPPIL 32
PUSH-IN LUG
• For screwing the RMSP
on to the mounting plates

Applied Types: RMSP-32H

RMSPIB 100
INSULATION BARRIERS
• Insulation barriers with increased
creepage distances and clearances
for UL

Applied Types: RMSP-100H

RMSPDA
RMSC CONTACTOR ADAPTER
• For direct connection of RMSP
to RC contactor

Applied Types: RC Contactors

Model Number Description Configuration Number of Units Per RMSP


RMSP-FX11 Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact I NO / 1 NC 1
RMSP-LX11 Side-Mount Auxiliary Contact I NO / 1 NC 1
RMSP-LA Side-Mount Alarm Switch1 I NO / 1 NC 1
RMSP-LAM Side-Mount Alarm Switch2 I NO / 1 NC 1
RMSP-RS Shunt Release 120V3 - 1
RMSP-RU Undervoltage Release 120V 3
- 1
RMSP-RUX Undervoltage Release with Switch 120V3 2 NO 1
RMSP-IB-100 Insulation Barrier4 - 4
RMSP-DA-32HA RMSC Contactor Adapter RMSP32 - 1
RMSP-DA-63A RMSC Contactor Adapter RMSP63 - 1
RMSP-DA-95A RMSC Contactor Adapter RMSP95 - 1
RMSP-PB-322 Phase Bus Parallel Circuit 63H - 1
RMSP-PB-362 Phase Bus Parallel Circuit 32H - 1
RMSP-MU45 Mounting Unit 32H - 1
RMSP-MU55 Mounting Unit 63H - 1
RMSP-MU70 Mounting Unit 100H - 1
RMSP-PIL32 Push-In Lug (for connection to mounting unit) - 1
1
RMSP-63 cannot accept LX and LA together
2
Magnetic units only
3
Cannot be used with RU or RUX
4
For RMSP-100 only
1-39
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTOR DIMENSIONS
RMSP SERIES

RMSP-32H

Weight: 0.36 kg

1) Side auxiliary switch


2) Side magnetic trip
alarm switch
3) Side shunt release
or Side undervoltage
release
(+45mm)
4) Front auxiliary switch
5) Handle lock in OFF
position (Ø5mm)
6) Push-in Lugs for screw
mounting
7) 35mm standard
mounting rail acc. to
EN 50 022
Dimensions are in mm (1 inch = 25.4 mm) .

1-40 benshaw.com
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTOR DIMENSIONS
RMSP SERIES

RMSP-63H

Weight: 1 kg

1) Side auxiliary switch


2) Side magnetic trip
alarm switch
3) Side shunt release
or Side undervoltage
release
4) Front auxiliary switch
5) Handle lock in OFF
position (Ø5mm)
6) 35mm standard
mounting rail acc. to
EN 50 022

Dimensions are in mm (1 inch = 25.4 mm) .

1-41
MOTOR STARTER PROTECTOR DIMENSIONS
RMSP SERIES

RMSP-100H

Weight: 2.2 kg

1) Side auxiliary switch


2) Side magnetic trip alarm switch
3) Side shunt release or Side
undervoltage release
4) Front auxiliary switch
5) Handle lock in OFF position (Ø5mm)
6) 35mm standard mounting rail acc.
to EN 50 022
7) 75mm standard mounting rail acc.
to EN 50 023
8) 4mm hexagon socket screw

Dimensions are in mm (1 inch = 25.4 mm) .

1-42 benshaw.com
OPEN FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS WEB
STOCKED

Full Voltage Non-Reversing

STANDARD FEATURES:
• NEMA rated contactor
• NEMA Size 00 – Size 7
• Direct-mount overload relays
• Draw-out cassette coils above
150 amps
• Bimetallic overload relay
• Integral coil surge suppression
above 150 amps

Full Voltage Reversing

STANDARD FEATURES:
• NEMA rated contactors
• NEMA Size 00 – Size 4
• Direct-mount overload relays
• Mechanical interlock
• Draw-out cassette coils above
150 amps
• Bimetallic overload relay
• Integral coil surge suppression
above 150 amps

1-43
OPEN FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS WEB
STOCKED
N O N - R E V E R S I N G / N E M A R AT E D

NEMA SIZE 00
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN9O136AC120 00 1–1.6 120
8 NCFVNRN9O216AC120 00 1.6–2.5 120
8 NCFVNRN9O336AC120 00 2.5–4 120
8 NCFVNRN9O56AC120 00 4–6 120
8 NCFVNRN9O756AC120 00 6–9 120

NEMA SIZE 0
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN18O56AC120 0 4–6 120
8 NCFVNRN18O756AC120 0 6–9 120
8 NCFVNRN18O116AC120 0 9–13 120
8 NCFVNRN18O156AC120 0 12–18 120

NEMA SIZE 1
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN32O116AC120 1 9–13 120
8 NCFVNRN32O156AC120 1 12–18 120
8 NCFVNRN32O226AC120 1 18–26 120

NEMA SIZE 1P
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN40O196AC120 1P 16–22 120
8 NCFVNRN40O226AC120 1P 18–26 120
8 NCFVNRN40O306AC120 1P 24–36 120

1P = Single phase
Contactor and overload are shipped loose
8 Web stocked

1-44 benshaw.com
OPEN FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS WEB
STOCKED
N O N - R E V E R S I N G / N E M A R AT E D

NEMA SIZE 2
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN50O226AC120 2 18–26 120
8 NCFVNRN50O306AC120 2 24–36 120
8 NCFVNRN50O426AC120 2 34–50 120

NEMA SIZE 3
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN85O306AC120 3 24–36 120
8 NCFVNRN85O426AC120 3 34–50 120
8 NCFVNRN85O556AC120 3 45–65 120

NEMA SIZE 4
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN150O56U120 4 43–65 120 - 230
8 NCFVNRN150O80U120 4 65–100 120 - 230
8 NCFVNRN150O130U120 4 100–160 120 - 230

NEMA SIZE 5
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN300O130U120 5 100–160 120 - 230
8 NCFVNRN300O200U120 5 160–240 120 - 230
8 NCFVNRN300O250U120 5 200–300 120 - 230

8 Web stocked

1-45
OPEN FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS WEB
STOCKED
N O N - R E V E R S I N G / N E M A R AT E D

NEMA SIZE 6
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN600O250U120 6 200–300 120
8 NCFVNRN600O350U120 6 260–400 120
8 NCFVNRN600O500U120 6 400–600 120

NEMA SIZE 7
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN800O500U120 7 400–600 120
8 NCFVNRN800O660U120 7 520–800 120

8 Web stocked

R E V E R S I N G / N E M A R AT E D

REVERSING/OPEN/NEMA RATED
Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVRN9O2A16AC120 00 1.6–2.5 120
8 NCFVRN18O7A56AC120 0 6–9 120
8 NCFVRN32O11A6AC120 1 9–13 120
8 NCFVRN50O22A6AC120 2 18–26 120
8 NCFVRN50O34A6AC120 2 28–40 120
8 NCFVRN85O55A6AC120 3 45–65 120
8 NCFVRN150O130AU120 4 100–160 120

8 Web stocked

1-46 benshaw.com
PREPACKAGED FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS WEB
STOCKED
N E M A R AT E D STA RT E R S — N E M A 12 E N C LO S E D

STANDARD FEATURES:
• NEMA rated contactor
• NEMA size 00 – size 4
• NEMA 12 enclosure
• Draw-out cassette coils
above 150 amps
• Class 20 overload relay
• Overload reset push-button

NON-REVERSING / ENCLOSED / NEMA RATED


Model Number NEMA Size Overload Range (A) Coil Voltage
8 NCFVNRN9122A16AC120* 00 1.6–2.5 120
8 NCFVNRN18127A56AC120* 0 6–9 120
8 NCFVNRN321211A6AC120* 1 9–13 120
8 NCFVNRN501222A6AC120* 2 18–26 120
8 NCFVNRN501234A6AC120* 2 28–40 120
8 NCFVNRN851255A6AC120* 3 45–65 120
8 NCFVNRN15012130A6AC120* 4 120–180 120

1-47
PREPACKAGED FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS
WITH DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS
R C I S E R I E S — N O N - C O M B I N AT I O N / C O M B I N AT I O N /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / E L E C T R O N I C OV E R LOA D P R OT E C T I O N

Control Terminal
Block

Fused Control Power


Transformer

Grounding Lug

Circuit Breaker
with Operator
CBRCI (Type)

NEMA Rated
Contactor

SPE
Electronic SPE Electronic Overload Relay
Overload
Relay

Provided with
NCRCI-18-4-3R Full Voltage Starter
SPE Electronic
Overload Relay
SPE electronic overload relays
RCI Series Product Highlights: provide field adjustable, precise
RCI starters are NEMA rated, motor protection, including:
• cUL listed
cUL listed, completely integrated, • Adjustable overload class (1–30)
• NEMA rated, heavy-duty
full voltage/non reversing starter • Wide range of current
contactors
packages. The rugged NEMA adjustments
• NEMA 12/3R enclosure
12/3R design is ideal for industrial • 1 NO and 1 NC auxiliary contact
• Field-adjustable SPE electronic
duty applications such as pumps, • Current imbalance detection
overload relay
compressors, conveyors, fans • Phase loss detection
and any other continuous duty • Two year warranty — standard
• Phase reversal protection
equipment. The “three wires in/ • Complete door-mounted operator
control package • Trip-free design
out” design includes the Benshaw
SPE field-adjustable electronic • 600/480/240:120 fused control • Test function/trip indication
overload relay, which enables power transformer • Fault indication
quick installation and startup • “Three wires in/out” installation
with precision motor protection and startup
...standard. • Combination or non-combination
Rugged. Reliable. Ready.

1-48 benshaw.com
PREPACKAGED FULL VOLTAGE STARTERS WEB
WITH DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS STOCKED

R C I S E R I E S — N O N - C O M B I N AT I O N / C O M B I N AT I O N /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / E L E C T R O N I C OV E R LOA D P R OT E C T I O N

• NEMA 12/3R enclosure • Door-mounted start and stop


• cUL listed push-buttons
• NEMA rated contactor and • Door-mounted overload reset
separately mounted SPE push-button
overload relay • Red run indicator light
• 600/480/240:120 fused • (2) Auxiliary contacts
control power transformer • Hand-off-auto selector switch

NC-RCI CB-RCI
NC-RCI SERIES: NON-COMBINATION 240 AND 480 VOLT
NEMA Horsepower Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Footnote NEMA Size 240 V 480 V H W D Weight (lb.)
8 NC-RCI-009-3R 1, 2, 4 00 1.5 2 14 10 7 30
8 NC-RCI-018-3R 1, 2, 4 0 3 5 12 10 8 30
8 NC-RCI-032-3R 1, 2, 4 1 7.5 10 12 10 8 32
8 NC-RCI-050-3R 1, 2, 4 2 15 25 16 12 9 32
8 NC-RCI-085-3R 1, 2, 4 3 30 50 16 12 9 60
8 NC-RCI-150-3R 1, 2, 4 4 50 100 16 12 9 60

CB-RCI SERIES: COMBINATION 240 AND 480 VOLT


Dimensions (in.)
NEMA
Model Number Footnote NEMA Size CB Trip (A) Horsepower H W D Weight (lb.)
480V
8 CB-RCI-009-4-3R 1, 4 00 15 2 20 16 10 48
8 CB-RCI-018-4-3R 1, 4 0 20 5 20 16 10 48
8 CB-RCI-032-4-3R 1, 4 1 30 10 24 12 10 63
8 CB-RCI-050-4-3R 1, 4 2 70 25 30 12 10 63
8 CB-RCI-085-4-3R 3, 4 3 100 50 36 16 10 125
8 CB-RCI-150-4-3R 3, 4 4 200 100 36 16 10 125
8 CB-RCI-300-4-3R 3, 4 5 400 200 48 24 16 250
240V
CB-RCI-009-2-3R 1, 5 00 15 1.5 20 16 10 48
CB-RCI-018-2-3R 1, 5 0 20 3 20 16 10 48
CB-RCI-032-5-2-3R 1, 5 1 40 5 24 12 10 63
CB-RCI-032-7-2-3R 1, 5 1 50 7.5 24 12 10 63
CB-RCI-050-2-3R 3, 5 2 70 15 30 12 10 63
CB-RCI-085-2-3R 3, 5 3 125 30 36 16 10 125
CB-RCI-150-2-3R 3, 5 4 200 50 36 16 10 125

1) Units can be shipped via UPS. 4) Units are in stock.


2) Units are built as 480 V with dual tap transformer and fusing for 240 volt. 5) Units are not stocked — allow 2 weeks for shipping.
3) Units cannot be shipped by UPS — they must ship by common carrier. 8 Web stocked

1-49
ENGINEERED PACKAGES
P R O D U C T OV E RV I E W

Benshaw has developed advanced engineering, drafting, materials


management and quality systems focused on designing and building
customer solutions. This “Build to Order” capability combined with an
extensive inventory of control components, protective relays, circuit
breakers, contactors, enclosures and other electrical / electronic devices
provides our customers with the quickest shipment of engineered
products in the industry.

STANDARD RATINGS
• 1/2–600 HP
• 120–600 V
• Single- or 3-phase
• UL / CSA, IEC and NEMA

CONTROL MODIFICATIONS — WHATEVER YOU SPECIFY


• Over 250 modifications and accessories are available
• Pilot devices, control power transformers, switches, meters,
relays, space heaters, protective devices and more

COMBINATION STARTERS TO MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS


• 15 to 1200 amp circuit breakers
• 40 to1200 amp non-fused disconnects
• 30 to 800 amp fusible disconnects
• Flange or rotary handle mechanism

ENCLOSURES TO MATCH YOUR ENVIRONMENT


• Standard designs — NEMA 1, 12, 4 or open chassis
• Custom enclosures
• Special enclosures — 3R, 4X, as specified
• Motor control centers

1-50 benshaw.com
FOR ANY APPLICATION
A P P L I C AT I O N - S P E C I F I C STA RT E R S OV E RV I E W

Benshaw is the trusted expert for any AC motor application. We provide


a full line of application solutions for reversing motors, two-speed
motors, part winding motors and Wye-Delta motors.

SPECIALTY ELECTROMECHANICAL STARTERS


• Full voltage, non-reversing
• Full voltage, reversing
• 2-Speed, one winding
• 2-Speed, two windings
• Part winding
• Wye-Delta open transition
• Wye-Delta closed transition

INDUSTRY-SPECIFIC SOLUTIONS
• Pump control starters
• Compressor starters
• Chiller starters
• VFD bypass units

1-51
Benshaw
PowerPro™

Full Voltage Controls


Low Voltage Drives
Variable Frequency Drives • Wide power range — 0.5 HP to 700 HP @ 460 V

• Compact design
Low Voltage Solid State Starters • Modular construction

• Roll-in inverters
Medium Voltage Drives
• Long design life ≥ 80,000 hours

Medium Voltage Controls • UL, cUL, CE Listed

• Built-in dynamic brake IGBT


Medium Voltage Switchgear

Electrical
1-52
Solutions to Mechanical Problems.
benshaw.com Benshaw.com
SECTION 2
LOW VO LTAG E VA R I A B L E F R E QU E N C Y D R I V E S

STANDARD LOW VOLTAGE DRIVE PRODUCTS ENGINEERED LOW VOLTAGE DRIVE PACKAGES
Benshaw PowerPro™ High-Performance Overview..................................................................... 2-46
Single AC Drives............................................................ 2-2 VFD Pre-Order Check List.............................................2-51
Benshaw PowerPro™ High-Performance Engineered Package Part Number Assemblers........... 2-54
Single AC Drive Options.............................................. 2-12 Engineered Package Options....................................... 2-56
Benshaw PowerPro™ General-Purpose
Micro Drives.................................................................2-17
S Series Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives......... 2-24
SG Series Sensorless Vector Drives............................ 2-26
SG Series Sensorless Vector Drive Options................ 2-30
S4 Series NEMA 4X Washdown/NEMA 12
Sensorless Vector Drives..............................................2-31
Variable Frequency Drive Options................................ 2-35

2-1
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ DRIVE SERIES
M U LT I - P U R P O S E V E C TO R C O NT R O L D R I V E S

THE NEXT GENERATION IN


MULTI-PURPOSE VFD TECHNOLOGY.
The Benshaw PowerPro™ High
Performance Single AC Drive is a
multi-purpose and high-performance
current vector AC drive. It is mainly
used for controlling and adjusting
the speed and torque of three-phase
AC asynchronous motors.
Using high-performance vector
control technology, the Benshaw
PowerPro™ High Performance
Single AC Drive features high
torque output at a low speed,
excellent dynamic characteristics
and superior overload capability.
It provides user-programmable
features and PC monitoring software,
FEATURES
and it supports multiple encoder
types, delivering rich and powerful • Wide power range — • High accuracy torque and
combined functions and stable 0.5 HP to 600 HP @ 460 V current control
performance. It can be used to • Compact design — high power • High starting torque — 150%
drive textile, papermaking, drawing, density SVC, 180% FVC
machine tools, packaging, food, fans, • Modular construction • Auto torque boost for tough
water pumps and other automated • Roll-in inverters for easier applications
production equipment. installation/service — 250 HP • Supports Modbus, Profibus,
to 600 HP CAN Open
• Flange mounting for better • UL, cUL, CE Listed
thermal management — • Easy programming and auto-tune
Up to 200 HP for quick commissioning
• Supports induction motors • Built-in dynamic brake IGBT —
and PMAC permanent Up to 100 HP
magnet motors • Built-in DC link reactor
• Long design life ≥ 80,000 hours; compliant with EN61800-3 —
all PCBs conformal coated 40 HP to 600 HP
• Superior control technology —
open loop, closed loop, SVC
and FVC

2-2 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ DRIVE SERIES
FA N A N D P U M P D R I V E S

THE NEWEST BENSHAW


FAN AND PUMP VFD.
The Benshaw PowerPro™ Fan
and Pump Single AC Drive is a
dedicated fan and pump drive for
diverse variable torque applications
such as fans, pumps, blowers and
centrifugal compressors. a variable
torque application is when the
required torque is less at lower
motor speeds but greater at higher
speeds. A typical variable torque
load is proportional to the square
of the speed (e.g. fans). When the
speed is reduced by ½, the required
torque is reduced by ¼ — thus
reducing the energy consumed by
the load. The drive supports V/F
operations with 110% and 150% FEATURES
overloads for 60 seconds and is used • Wide power range — • Supports Modbus, Profibus,
primarily for speed control of three- 0.5 HP to 700 HP @ 460 V CAN Open
phase AC asynchronous motors. • Compact design — high power • UL, cUL, CE Listed
Using high-performance V/F control density • Easy programming and auto-tune
technology, the Benshaw PowerPro™ • Modular construction for quick commissioning
Fan and Pump AC Drive delivers • Roll-in inverters for easier • Built-in dynamic brake IGBT —
excellent dynamic characteristics installation/service — 250 HP Standard up to 25 HP; optional
and superior overload capability. It to 700 HP 30 HP to 125 HP
provides user-programmable features • Flange mounting for better • Built-in DC link reactor
and PC monitoring software, and thermal management — compliant with EN61800-3 —
it supports multiple field buses for Up to 250 HP 50 HP to 700 HP
communication.
• Long design life ≥ 80,000 hours;
all PCBs conformal coated
• Accurate speed control
• Auto torque boost for tough
applications

2-3
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E S

MAIN CONTROL BOARD AND OPTION CARDS

MAIN CONTROL BOARD PG CARD (OPTIONAL)*


• 2 Analog inputs • Differential encoder
• 5 Digital inputs interface card
• 1 Analog output • Resolver interface card
• 1 Digital output • Open-collector encoder
• 1 Relay interface card
• Open-collector encoder interface
card with frequency dividing
FUNCTION EXTENSION (OPTIONAL)
• Differential encoder
• IO Card 1: 5 DI, 1 AI, 1 DO,
interface card
1 AO, 1 relay, Modbus
• Differential encoder interface
• IO Card 2: 3 DI
card with frequency dividing
• User-programmable card
• Multifunctional encoder card
• Field Bus: Modbus
• Field Bus: Profibus *Only supported for PPVC models
• Field Bus: CAN Open

MODULAR DESIGN FOR


EASY SERVICEABILITY –
PANEL MOUNT
COOLING FAN
Frame sizes T1 to T9

LED DISPLAY

CONTROL TERMINALS

POWER TERMINAL BLOCK

2-4 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E S

MODULAR DESIGN FOR EASY SERVICEABILITY – PANEL MOUNT

Fan cover

Barcode (0.5~15 HP) — View


the serial number and model
of the drive here.
Cooling fan
Barcode (20 HP) — The
serial number and model
of the drive here.
Live indicator — Do not
remove/install the drive
when indicator is lit.
Front cover Logo
Operating Nameplate
panel/display

Fixing pin of extension


encoder card

Cabling tray and fixing


pin of ground cable of
control board — This
ground cable can only be Interface of
connected to the ground external
bar after the system is operating panel
grounded reliably. display

Ground bar — Ground


the PG card and
control board.

Control circuit
Fixing pin of terminals
extension card

EMC and VDR screw

Main circuit terminals

Grounding terminal
Housing

Warning label
Cable support bracket

2-5
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E S

250 HP MODULAR DESIGN FOR EASY SERVICEABILITY – ROLL-IN INVERTERS

Protective cover of
DC bus terminals
Top hoisting rings

DC bus terminals

Barcode — View the


serial number and
model of the drive here.

Nameplate
Cabling tray and fixing
pin of ground cable of
control board — This
ground cable can only
be connected to the Operating panel
ground bar after the
system is grounded
reliably. Interface of external
operating panel
Ground bar —
Ground the PG card Control circuit
and control board. terminals

Fixing pin of
extension card

Cable clamp

Housing
Label of main
circuit wiring

Live indicator —
Do not remove/
install the drive
when indicator is lit.
Handle

EMC and VDR screw Fan box— For


replacement of fan

Main circuit
output terminals

Grounding
Main circuit input terminals
terminals

Caster
Bottom hoist hole

2-6 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E S

125 HP – 900 HP
BASIC WIRING DIAGRAM 0.5 HP – 100 HP
Breaking resistor
Breaking resistor
Breaking unit

- +
Breaker Contactor Fuse - + BR
L1 R U

L2 S V M
PowerPro
L3 T High Performance W
Single AC Drive

J4 PG A+
+24V extension A-
card B+
B- P
OP Z+ G
Z-
+5V
COM

(F4-00 = 1) V138PGMD PE
DI1 (Optional
Forward run/stop
— only OA+
supported OA-
(F4-01 = 4) DI2 for PPVC OB+
Forward jog models) OB-
OZ+ Dividing frequency
(F4-02 = 9) DI3 OZ- output
Fault reset GND
OA
(F4-03 = 12) OB
DI4 OZ
Multi-reference 1

(F4-04 = 13) DI5


Multi-reference 2 J11 RJ45
Interface of external
operating panel
Max. Pulse
100 kHz COM
AO1
Jumper J7
I V
GND
AM
Grounding terminal AO 1: 0~10 V/0~20 mA
0V Default value:
+10V Operating frequency
0~10 V 0~10 V, F5-07=0
FM
1~5 kΩ AI1 Pulse sequence output:
0~20 0~100 kHz
Jumper J9 Default value:
mA COM
AI2 I V Frequency setting
Jumper J10 0~50 kHz, F5-00=0, F5-06=0
250Ω 500Ω DO1
GND Open-collector 1: 0~24V DC/0~50mA
Default value:
CME When the drive is running, F5-04=1

J13
Function
extension card
485+
T/C
Relay output:
V138TX1 250 VAC 10 mA to 3 A
Modbus-RTU 485- (Optional) T/B
30 VDC 10 mA to 1 A
Max. rate 115200 bps Default value:
T/A Drive fault, F5-02=2
GND

Grounding terminal

Note: —— shield; —— twisted pair

2-7
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E S

RSI - PPVC - 0125 - 4 - 3 - X - IP00 - IM

PREFIX MOTOR TYPE


Ready Start Inverter IM = Induction Motor
PM = Permanent Magnet Motor

SERIES
PPVC = Constant Torque/Heavy Duty
(multi-purpose drive)
PPFP = Variable Torque/Standard Duty
(fan and pump drive)

DRIVE ENCLOSURE
IP00 = Chassis
POWER POWER IP20 = Open Chassis
SIZE HP SIZE HP XN01 = NEMA 1
00H5 1
⁄2 0060 60
0001 1 0075 75
01H5 11⁄2 0100 100
0002 2 0125 125
0003 3 0150 150
0005 5 0200 200
07H5 71⁄2 0250 250
BRAKE
0010 10 0300 300
X = No Dynamic Brake
0015 15 0350 350
B = Dynamic Brake
0020 20 0400 400
0025 25 0450 450
0030 30 0500 500
0040 40 0600 600
0050 50 0700 700

VOLTAGE LEVEL VOLTAGE PHASE


4 = 460 Volt 3 = Three-phase

2-8 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E S

460 V — VARIABLE TORQUE/STANDARD DUTY


(PPFP FAN AND PUMP DRIVES)
Light Duty (LD) 110% @60s Heavy Duty (HD) 150% @60s
Rated Rated Rated Rated
Frame Current (A) Current (A) Current (A) Current (A)
Model Number Size KW HP @ 380–440 V @ 440–480 V KW HP @ 380–440 V @ 440–480 V
RSI-PPFP-0001-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 0.7 1 2.1 2.1 0.4 0.5 1.5 1.5
RSI-PPFP-01H5-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 1.1 1.5 3.1 3.1 0.7 1 2.1 2.1
RSI-PPFP-0002-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 1.5 2 3.8 3.7 1.1 1.5 3.1 3.1
RSI-PPFP-0003-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 2.2 3 5.1 5.0 1.5 2 3.8 3.7
RSI-PPFP-0005-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 3.7 5 9 8.9 3 4 7.2 7.1
RSI-PPFP-07H5-4-3-B-IP20-IM T2 5.5 7.5 13 12.8 3.7 5 9 8.9
RSI-PPFP-0010-4-3-B-IP20-IM T2 7.5 10 17 16.8 5.5 7.5 13 12.8
RSI-PPFP-0015-4-3-B-IP20-IM T3 11 15 25 24.7 7.5 10 17 16.8
RSI-PPFP-0020-4-3-B-IP20-IM T3 15 20 32 31.6 11 15 25 24.7
RSI-PPFP-0025-4-3-B-IP20-IM T4 18.5 25 37 36.5 15 20 32 31.6
RSI-PPFP-0030-4-3-B-IP20-IM T5 22 30 45 44.4 18.5 25 37 36.5
RSI-PPFP-0040-4-3-B-IP20-IM T5 30 40 60 59.2 22 30 45 44.4
RSI-PPFP-0050-4-3-B-IP20-IM T6 37 50 75 74.0 30 40 60 59.2
RSI-PPFP-0060-4-3-B-IP20-IM T6 45 60 91 89.8 37 50 75 74.0
RSI-PPFP-0075-4-3-B-XN01-IM T7 55 75 112 110.5 45 60 91 89.8
RSI-PPFP-0100-4-3-B-XN01-IM T7 75 100 150 148.0 55 75 112 110.5
RSI-PPFP-0125-4-3-B-XN01-IM T8 90 125 176 173.6 75 100 150 148.0
RSI-PPFP-0150-4-3-X-XN01-IM T8 110 150 210 207.1 90 125 176 173.6
RSI-PPFP-0200-4-3-X-XN01-IM T9 160 200 304 299.9 132 175 253 249.6
RSI-PPFP-0250-4-3-X-IP00-IM T9 200 250 377 371.9 160 200 304 299.9
RSI-PPFP-0300-4-3-X-IP00-IM T10 220 300 426 458.7 200 250 377 371.9
RSI-PPFP-0350-4-3-X-IP00-IM T10 250 350 465 512.9 220 300 426 420.2
RSI-PPFP-0400-4-3-X-IP00-IM T11 315 400 585 577.0 280 375 520 512.9
RSI-PPFP-0450-4-3-X-IP00-IM T11 355 450 650 641.2 315 400 585 577.0
RSI-PPFP-0500-4-3-X-IP00-IM T12 400 500 725 715.1 355 450 650 641.2
RSI-PPFP-0600-4-3-X-IP00-IM T12 450 600 820 808.8 400 500 725 715.1
RSI-PPFP-0700-4-3-X-IP00-IM T12 500 700 880 868.0 450 600 820 808.8

2-9
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E S

460 V — CONSTANT TORQUE/HEAVY DUTY


(PPVC MULTI-PURPOSE DRIVES)
Heavy Duty (HD) 150% @60s
Frame Rated Current (A) Rated Current (A)
Model Number Size KW HP @ 380–440 V @ 440–480 V
RSI-PPVC-00H5-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 0.4 0.5 1.5 1.5
RSI-PPVC-0001-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 0.7 1 2.1 2.1
RSI-PPVC-01H5-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 1.1 1.5 3.1 3.1
RSI-PPVC-0002-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 1.5 2 3.8 3.7
RSI-PPVC-0003-4-3-B-IP20-IM T1 2.2 3 5.1 5.0
RSI-PPVC-0005-4-3-B-IP20-IM T2 3.7 5 9 8.9
RSI-PPVC-07H5-4-3-B-IP20-IM T2 5.5 7.5 13 12.8
RSI-PPVC-0010-4-3-B-IP20-IM T3 7.5 10 17 16.8
RSI-PPVC-0015-4-3-B-IP20-IM T3 11 15 25 24.7
RSI-PPVC-0020-4-3-B-IP20-IM T4 15 20 32 31.6
RSI-PPVC-0025-4-3-B-IP20-IM T5 18.5 25 37 36.5
RSI-PPVC-0030-4-3-B-IP20-IM T5 22 30 45 44.4
RSI-PPVC-0040-4-3-B-IP20-IM T6 30 40 60 59.2
RSI-PPVC-0050-4-3-B-IP20-IM T6 37 50 75 74.0
RSI-PPVC-0060-4-3-B-XN01-IM T7 45 60 91 89.8
RSI-PPVC-0075-4-3-B-XN01-IM T7 55 75 112 110.5
RSI-PPVC-0100-4-3-B-XN01-IM T8 75 100 150 148.0
RSI-PPVC-0125-4-3-X-XN01-IM T8 90 125 176 173.6
RSI-PPVC-0150-4-3-X-XN01-IM T8 110 150 210 207.1
RSI-PPVC-0200-4-3-X-XN01-IM T9 160 200 304 299.9
RSI-PPVC-0250-4-3-X-IP00-IM T10 200 250 377 371.9
RSI-PPVC-0300-4-3-X-IP00-IM T10 220 300 426 420.2
RSI-PPVC-0350-4-3-X-IP00-IM T11 250 350 465 458.7
RSI-PPVC-0400-4-3-X-IP00-IM T12 315 400 585 577.0
RSI-PPVC-0450-4-3-X-IP00-IM T12 355 450 650 641.2
RSI-PPVC-0500-4-3-X-IP00-IM T12 400 500 725 715.1
RSI-PPVC-0600-4-3-X-IP00-IM T12 450 600 820 808.8
Models listed above are for use with induction motor. For models used with permanent magnet motor, replace -IM suffix at the end of model
number with -PM suffix.

2-10 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E D I M E N S I O N S

Mechanical Specifications
Integrated DB Integrated DC
Frame Size Enclosure Brake Link Choke Height (in.) Width (in.) Depth (in.) Weight (lbs.)
T1 NEMA 1* Yes No 7.9 5.1 6.0 3.5
T2 NEMA 1* Yes No 7.9 5.1 6.4 4.4
T3 NEMA 1* Yes No 9.8 5.5 6.7 7.3
T4 NEMA 1* Yes No 11.0 7.1 6.7 9.5
T5 NEMA 1* Yes* No 13.8 8.3 7.6 16.7
T6 NEMA 1* Yes* Yes 15.7 9.8 8.7 38.5
T7 NEMA 1 Yes* Yes 20.7 11.8 10.8 77.0
T8 NEMA 1 Yes* Yes 21.8 13.3 12.4 113.3
T8 NEMA 1 No Yes 21.8 13.3 12.4 113.3
T9 NEMA 1 No Yes 34.4 15.7 12.6 187.0
T10 Chassis No Yes 42.8 11.8 19.7 242.0
T11 Chassis No Yes 49.1 13.0 21.5 341.0
T12 Chassis No Yes 53.3 13.4 21.5 407.0
*NEMA 1: IP20 standard, NEMA 1 with accessory kit
*Yes: Brake IGBT is a configured option

2-11
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES OPTIONS
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E O P T I O N C A R D S A N D AC C E S S O R I E S

Type Model Number Description


Remote Keypad RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RMKP-LED Remote LED Keypad, for parameter programming and monitoring
Options RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RMKP-LCD Remote LCD Keypad, for parameter programming and upload and download of parameters
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RMKP-MNT Mounting Base for Remote Keypad for installation on cabinet door
I/O Option RSI-PPXX-AXRY-IOMOD-STD IO Card, for all series, 3xDIP
Cards RSI-PPXX-AXRY-IOMOD-ADV IO and Comms Card, for 5 HP and above, 5xDIP, 1DOP, 1 relay, 1 analog IP isolated for ±10 V
or PT100 or PT1000 (jumper), CANlink or Modbus (jumper)
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-IOMOD-PLC PLC IO card, for 5 HP and above, 5xDIP, 2 relay, analog output, 1 analog IP isolated for ±10 V
or ±20 mA or PT100 or PTC (jumper), isolated RS485 port
Communication RSI-PPXX-AXRY-COMM-CLNK CANLink Bus Card, Supports only CANLink
Cards RSI-PPXX-AXRY-COMM-MDBS RS485 Comms Card, Supports ModBus
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-COMM-CNOP CANOpen Bus Card, Supports only CANOpen
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-COMM-PFBS Profibus DP2 Bus Card, Supports Profibus DP2 and CANLink, for 5 HP and above
Encoder PG RSI-PPXX-AXRY-ENPG-PG1 PG Card, UVW, 5 V differential, no emulated output, 500 KHz, DB15 connector
Cards* RSI-PPXX-AXRY-ENPG-PG2 PG Card, 5 V differential encoder A+, A-, B+, B-, Z+, Z-, emulated output 1:1, 500 KHz,
DB9 connector
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-ENPG-PG3 PG Card, 5 V open collector/differential encoder A+, A-, B+, B-, Z+, Z-, multi-emulated output,
100 kHz/500 kHz, terminal connect
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-ENPG-PG4 PG Card, 7 V rms,12 bit, no emulation output,10 KHz, DB9 connector
NEMA 1 Kits RSI-PPXX-AXRY-NEMA1-T2 NEMA 1 Kit for T1 and T2
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-NEMA1-T3 NEMA 1 Kit for T3
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-NEMA1-T4 NEMA 1 Kit for T4
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-NEMA1-T5 NEMA 1 Kit for T5
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-NEMA1-T6 NEMA 1 Kit for T6
Flange RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRA Flange Mounting Bracket, frame A, for Frame T5
Mounting RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRB Flange Mounting Bracket, frame B, for Frame T6
Brackets
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRC Flange Mounting Bracket, frame C, for Frame T7
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRD Flange Mounting Bracket, frame D, for Frame T8
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRE Flange Mounting Bracket, frame E, for Frame T9
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRF Flange Mounting Bracket, frame F, for Frame T1
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRG Flange Mounting Bracket, frame G, for Frame T2
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRH Flange Mounting Bracket, frame H, for Frame T3
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-FLNG-FRI Flange Mounting Bracket, frame I, for Frame T4
Dynamic RSI-PPXX-AXRY-DBRK-0200 Braking Unit, 200 A, 125% Brake Torque, 10% ED, max. 10 secs.
Braking Units
Cable Clamps RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAIL-T10_T12 Guide Rails for Roll-In Drives — Frames T10 to T12
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T1 Cable clamps for Frame T1
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T2 Cable clamps for Frame T2
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T3 Cable clamps for Frame T3
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T4 Cable clamps for Frame T4
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T5 Cable clamps for Frame T5
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T6 Cable clamps for Frame T6
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T7 Cable clamps for Frame T7
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T8 Cable clamps for Frame T8
RSI-PPXX-AXRY-RAILCBLCLM-T9 Cable clamps for Frame T9
* PPVC only.

2-12 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES OPTIONS
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E AC C E S S O R I E S

REMOTE INTERFACE OPTIONS – STANDARD KEYPAD


Command Running direction
source indicator indicator

Running Other status indicator


status indicator (fault when flashing)
RUN LOCAL/REMOT FWD/REV TUNE/TC

LED display for


parameters

Hz A V
Parameter unit
RPM % indicator

Increment key

Program key PRG ENTER Confirm key

Menu mode • Standard LED display


selection key QUICK Shift key
• Multiple status LEDs
Decrement key
STOP
• Programmable multi-function key
Run key RUN MF. K Stop/Reset key
RES • Hand run/stop keys
• Quick access key
Multi-function
selection key

PARAMETER STRUCTURE

Function Standard Function • Easy-to-use structure


Code Group Description Parameters • Logically grouped parameters
F0 to FP Standard function code group Standard function parameters • User-configurable parameter
AO to AC Advanced function code group Al/AO correction settings
U0 to U3 RUNNING status function code group Display of basic parameters • Quick commission step-
through sequence
• Detailed diagnostic
Base mode User-defined mode User-modified mode parameter set
(all function parameters) (restricted in group FE) (modified parameters)
Default
screen
QUICK QUICK QUICK QUICK

No key When When


operation FP-03 = x1 FP-03 = x1
within 2s

ENTER ENTER ENTER

2-13
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES OPTIONS
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E AC C E S S O R I E S

REMOTE INTERFACE OPTIONS – • Size – 7" and 10" screen


TOUCHSCREEN HMI • Fast speed and response
Consult factory. • Resistive touch
• Bright display — 24-bit color
1024 x 768 resolution
• Cortex A8 600MHz processor
• Real-time clock
• IP65 housing
• Optional: 2*Ethernet, 4*RS485,
2*USB, micro SD card

REMOTE INTERFACE OPTIONS – LCD EXTERNAL KEYPAD

• External keypad using RJ45


Current connector with cable up
control Device
device status
to 3m length
Inverter Stop • LCD screen with bright backlight
• 01 Parameter Set
02 Status Monitor
Inverter Stop • USB port for mass storage
03 Device Control
04 Authority
01 Running Frequency • Real-time clock
Back Loc 18:00:02 Select 0.00 Hz • Status LED
02 Frequency Reference • Optional cradle for door
50.00 Hz
installation
03 Bus Voltage
298.6 V • Wide temperature range:
-20°C to 55°C
Dev Loc 18:00:02 Menu
• Allows parameter storing/transfer
• Shortcut to favorite parameters
Device Local/Remote Menu
• Supervisory/restricted access

2-14 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES OPTIONS
H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E AC C E S S O R I E S

FLANGE MOUNTING <200 HP FOR BETTER THERMAL MANAGEMENT

With these flange kits, the drive can be mounted with the heat sink outside
of the enclosure. This reduces the heat dissipated within the enclosure.
With the reduced air temperature the enclosure can be smaller and the need
for cooling of the enclosure is reduced or even eliminated.

2-15
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES OPTIONS
R E M OT E M O N I TO R I N G / D I AG N O ST I C S S E RV I C E

GLOBAL MONITORING & CONTROL (GMC®)

VARIED COMMUNICATION INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY


• Ethernet • Real-time access
• Serial communication to multiple VFDs
• Cell modem • Minimize travel
• Satellite modems • Automated reports
• Remote diagnostics
MULTIPLE ACCESS TOOLS
• Web portal MINIMIZE DOWNTIME
• iPhone app • Monitor device health
• Android app • Process health
• Alarm notification via email,
RICH DATA COLLECTION text, phone
• Any parameter authorized
by user STREAMLINED MAINTENANCE
• Lifetime archive • Predictive maintenance
• Proactive service
• Archived setups

GMC® SYSTEM GMC® ARCHITECTURE

GMC Data Collection Data User Intelligent Device


Telemetry (VFD/Sensors/Motors)
Software and Storage Analysis Interface

Intelligent Device
(VFD/Sensors/Motors)

MDC LRP
Intelligent Device
(VFD/Sensors/Motors)
PCP RPC
GMC®

ESP HRP Data Collection


Data Modem
Service

EOP CRP Database Alarm Engine

UWS SRP

Web Portal Mobile Devices Reports

2-16 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
G E N E R A L- P U R P O S E M I C R O D R I V E S

A COMPACT, ECONOMICAL DRIVE FOR


INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION WITH BIG
BENEFITS FOR SMALL MOTORS
The Benshaw PowerPro™ Micro Drive
series is a powerful general-purpose
single-phase and three-phase AC
drive. It features a compact book-
shelf design to maximize power
density and minimize mounting
footprint. The drive supports both
150% overload for 60 seconds and
180% overloads for 2 seconds. Using
advanced sensorless vector and
V/F control technology, the Micro FEATURES
AC Drive delivers superb speed
• Wide power range — single- • LED keypad
control and stability. It provides a
phase 230 VAC/0.5–3 HP and • Built-in PID and PLC
wide range of user-programmable
3-phase 460 VAC/0.5–5 HP • Built-in C3 EMC filter
features, including integrated PLC
• Compact bookshelf design — for EN61800-3 for
and wide range of diagnostic and
only 6.3"H x 3"W x 5.7"D, single-phase drives
protection parameters. The single-
2.4 lbs. • Integrated DC brake IGBT
phase drives have a standard built-in
C3 filter to meet the EN61800-3 • IP20 finger-safe plastic (standard)
C2 transmission requirement of chassis enclosure • Temperature rating of 40° C
CE certification. They can be used • 150% overload for 60 seconds, (50° C with derating)
for control of fans, pumps, small 180% overload for 2 seconds • Altitude of 1000 m (3000 m
compressors and other types of • Motor control — V/F and SVC with derating)
automated applications. for AC induction motor • Easy integration with
• Modbus communication a simple setup
(standard) • cULus listed, CE marked,
• Input — 4 DI, 1 AI (0–10 V/ RoHS compliant
4–20 mA)
• Output —1 relay, 1 AO (0–10V)

2-17
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
G E N E R A L- P U R P O S E M I C R O D R I V E S

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Voltage class 200 VAC to 240 VAC


Model: RSI-PPMI-XXXX-2-1-B-IP20-IM 00H5 0001 0002 0003
Dimension(2) Height, Width, Depth [H]: 180 mm, [W]: 75 mm, [D]: 145 mm
Mounting Hole, [mm] Φ5.0
Drive Input Rated Input voltage 1 PH, 200 VAC to 240 VAC , -15% to +10%
Rated input current, [A] 6.5 11.0 18.0 27.0
Rated input frequency 50/60 Hz, ±5%
Power capacity, [kVA] 1.7 3.0 4.8 7.1
Drive Output Applicable [kW] 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2
motor
[HP] 0.5 1 2 3
Output current, [A] 2.6 4.6 8.0 11.0
Default carrier frequency, 6 6 6 6
[kHz]
Overload capacity 150% for 60 Sec
Max. output voltage 3 PH, 0 to 240 VAC
Max. output frequency 50 to 500 Hz
Braking Resistor Recommended power, [W] 80 80 100 100
Recommended resistance, 200 150 100 70
min. [Ω]
Weight, [kg] 1.1

Voltage class 380 VAC to 480 VAC


Model: RSI-PPMI-XXXX-4-3-B-IP20-IM 00H5 0001 0002 0003 0005
Dimension(2) Height, Width, Depth [H] : 160 mm, [W] : 75 mm, [D] : 145 mm
Mounting Hole [mm] Φ5.0
Drive Input Rated Input Voltage 3 PH 380 to 480 VAC, -15% to +10%
Rated Input Current, [A] 2.6 4.5 5.5 6.5 11.0
Rated input frequency 50/60 Hz, ±5%
Power Capacity, [kVA] 1 1.5 3.0 4.0 5.9
Drive Output Applicable [kW] 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
motor
[HP] 0.5 1 2 3 5
Output Current, [A] 2.6 3.4 4.7 5.4 9.4
Default carrier frequency, 6 6 6 6 4
[kHz]
Overload capacity 150% for 60 Sec
Max. output voltage 3 PH, 0 to 480 VAC
Max. output frequency 50 to 500 Hz
Braking Resistor Recommended power, [W] 150 150 250 300 400
Recommended resistance, 300 300 220 200 130
min. [Ω]
Mass, [kg] 1.1

2-18 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
G E N E R A L- P U R P O S E M I C R O D R I V E S

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Items Specification
Common Highest frequency V/F control: 0 to 500 Hz, SVC control: 0 to 500 Hz (only for three-phase models)
Functions Carrier frequency 0.8 kHz to 12 kHz, and able to automatically adjust carrier frequency based on load characteristics
Input frequency resolution Digital settings: 0.01 Hz; analog setting: highest frequency x 0.025%
Control mode V/F control
Overload capacity 150% rated current 60s, 180% rated current 2s
Torque lifting Automatic torque lifting, manual torque lifting, 0.1%~30.0%
V/F curve Two ways: linear type; multi-point type
Acceleration and deceleration Linear acceleration and deceleration mode, dynamic S curve. 2 types of acceleration
curve and deceleration time, acceleration and deceleration time range 0.0~6500.0s
DC braking DC braking frequency: 0.00 Hz to 10 Hz; braking time: 0.0s~100.0s current value for braking action:
0% to 100%
Jogging control Jogging frequency range: 0.00 Hz to 50.00 Hz; jogging and acceleration time 0.0s~6500.0s
Multiple speed Achieve a maximum of 8 speed sections operation via control terminal
section operation
Built-in PID Able to achieve a closed loop control system of process control
Automatic voltage Automatically maintains constant output voltage when voltage changes in the power grid
regulation (AVR)
Overvoltage and overcurrent Automatically limit the current and voltage during operation to prevent frequent over flow
stall control and voltage tripping
Fast current Minimize overcurrent faults and protect drive normal operation
limiting function
Instantaneous stop Use load feedback power to compensate for the reduction of voltage in case of instantaneous
prevention power cut, and maintain the drive running in a short time; the RUN indicator on the panel will flash
Fast current limiting Minimize overcurrent faults of drive unit
Timing control Timing control function: set time range to 0.0 min ~ 6500.0 min
Communication bus Support field bus: RS485, CANlink (can be customized)
Operation Command source Operating panel, control terminal, serial communication port, and can be switched in many ways
Frequency source 5 frequency sources: Digital, analog voltage, analog current,
pulse (DI4), serial port, and can be switched in many ways
Auxiliary frequency sources 5 auxiliary frequency sources can flexibly realize auxiliary frequency trimming and frequency synthesis
Input terminals 4 digital input terminals, 1 supports the highest 20 kHz high speed pulse input; 1 analog input
terminal, supports 0 ~ 10V/0 ~ 20mA input/output terminal
Output terminals 1 relay output terminal, 1 analog output terminal, supports 0 ~ 10V voltage output
Input/output terminal 1 input/output terminal DIO, supports selecting DI and DO function via DIP switch; details, see
figure 2-2, DO common terminal is COM
Communication terminals 1 line 485, communication
Display & LED display Display and keyboard operation
Keyboard Keyboard lock and function Achieve keyboard partial or full lock, define the function of some keys to prevent misuse
Operation selection
(format)
Protection function Short circuit detection of electric motor, input and output phase loss protection, overcurrent
protection, overvoltage protection, undervoltage protection, overheating protection, overload
protection

2-19
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
G E N E R A L- P U R P O S E M I C R O D R I V E S

ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS

Environment conditions Indoor, keep away from direct sunlight, no dust, corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, water vapor,
water or salt.
Altitude Use below 1000 m. The drive power derates 1% at every 100 m altitude increase.
The highest allowed attitude is 3000 m.
Storage Temperature -20°C to +60°C
Operating Temperature -10°C to +50°C. When the temperature is between 40°C to 50°C, the drive
current derates 1.5% at every 1°C increase. The highest allowed working temperature is 50°C.
Max. Humidity ≤ 95% RH, non-condensing
Vibration ≤ 5.9 g/s2 (0.6 g)
Pollution Degree PD2
Over-Voltage Category OVC III
Power Supply System TT/TN
IT (Remove the screws of VDR and EMC filter according to section 2.3.)
Enclosure IP20

2-20 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
G E N E R A L- P U R P O S E M I C R O D R I V E S

TYPICAL SYSTEM CONNECTION

RSI-PPMI terminal wiring diagram

Note: The wiring in dotted line


frame is for single-phase drive

Breaker Fuse
+ BR
L1
Single-phase U
input L2
V M
R
Three-phase W
input S
PE PE
T

PE

External operating panel


Forward run F4-00 = 1 (keypad & display)
DI1

Forward jog F4-01 = 4 ON Default value


DI2
1: OFF, 2: OFF, 3: OFF
1 2 3
Fault reset F4-02 = 9
DI3 ON
Current
ON
Matching RS485
input terminal resistor
Multi-Reference 1 F4-03 = 12 1 2 3 1 2 3

DI4 ON ON Not matching


Voltage RS485 terminal
DI4 supports 20 kHz pulse input. 1 2 3
input 1 2 3 resistor
COM

+10V
0 to 10 V or AO
Voltage or current input 0 to 20 mA Analog Voltage
selected via DIP switch GND Output: 0 to 10 V
AI AM
(voltage input by default) 1 to 5 kΩ
0V
GND

Fd group
485+ T/C
F5-02
Modbus-RTU
(max.: 115200 bps) 485- Relay output
Normally-open contact
T/A Load: 3 A/250 VAC, 3 A/30 VDC
GND

Note:
For the DI terminals, low level is valid and valid level is < 5 V, input resistance is 3.6 K, DI1
to DI3 satisfies 100 Hz frequency input, and DI4 satisfies 20 kHz frequency input. The
requirement for pulse duty cycle is 30% to 70%.

2-21
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
G E N E R A L- P U R P O S E M I C R O D R I V E S

TYPICAL SYSTEM CONNECTION

RSI-PPMI with no communication interface terminal wiring diagram

Note: The wiring in dotted line


frame is for single-phase drive

+ BR
Breaker Fuse
U
L1
Single-phase
input
L2 V M

R W
Three-phase
input S PE PE

PE External operating panel

Forward run DI1 ON DIP Switch


Default value
1 2 1: ON, 2: ON
Forward jog DI2
ON DIO ON
functions DI 0V valid
Fault reset DI3 1 2 as DI 1 2 3

ON DIO ON
functions DI 24V valid
Multi-Reference 1 DI4 as DO
1 2 1 2

DIO terminal input DIO


function selection
(DIP switch1select ON)
ON
F5- 04 = 0
ON DIO output terminal
COM 1 2 DIO function selection
1 2 (DIP switch select OFF)
Select DIO COM
input/output function
via DIP switch

AO
Analog voltage
GND output (0 ~ 10 V)
AM
+10V
0 to 10 V or 0V
0 to 20 mA
AI
T/C
1 to 5 kΩ
F5-02
GND T/B Relay output
TA-TB: Normally close
TA-TC: Normally open
T/A Load: 3 A/250 VAC 3 A/30 VDC

2-22 benshaw.com
BENSHAW POWERPRO™ SERIES
G E N E R A L- P U R P O S E M I C R O D R I V E S PA RT N U M B E R AS S E M B L E R

RSI - PPMI - 0001 - 2 - 1 - B - IP20 - IM

PREFIX MOTOR TYPE


Ready Start Inverter IM = Induction Motor

SERIES
Micro Drive
DRIVE ENCLOSURE
IP20 = Finger-Safe Open Chassis

POWER SIZE HP
00H5 ⁄2
1

0001 1
01H5 11⁄2
0002 2 BRAKE
0003 3 B = Dynamic Brake
0005 5

VOLTAGE LEVEL VOLTAGE PHASE


4 = 460 Volt 3 = Three-phase
2 = 230 Volt 1 = Single-phase

Heavy Duty (HD) 150% @60s Mechanical Specs


Rated Rated Integrated
Frame Current (A) Current (A) Integrated DC Link Height Width Depth Weight
Model Number Size KW HP @ 440V @ 460V Enclosure DB Brake Choke (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
RSI-PPMI-00H5-2-1-B-IP20-IM T0 0.4 0.5 2.6 2.6 IP20 Yes No 7.1 3.0 5.7 2.4
RSI-PPMI-0001-2-1-B-IP20-IM T0 0.75 1 4.6 4.6 IP20 Yes No 7.1 3.0 5.7 2.4
RSI-PPMI-0002-2-1-B-IP20-IM T0 1.5 2 8 8.0 IP20 Yes No 7.1 3.0 5.7 2.4
RSI-PPMI-0003-2-1-B-IP20-IM T0 2.2 3 11 11.0 IP20 Yes No 7.1 3.0 5.7 2.4
RSI-PPMI-00H5-4-3-B-IP20-IM T0.1 0.4 0.5 2.6 2.6 IP20 Yes No 6.3 3.0 5.7 2.4
RSI-PPMI-0001-4-3-B-IP20-IM T0.1 0.75 1 3.4 3.4 IP20 Yes No 6.3 3.0 5.7 2.4
RSI-PPMI-0002-4-3-B-IP20-IM T0.1 1.5 2 4.8 4.7 IP20 Yes No 6.3 3.0 5.7 2.4
RSI-PPMI-0003-4-3-B-IP20-IM T0.1 2.2 3 5.5 5.4 IP20 Yes No 6.3 3.0 5.7 2.4
RSI-PPMI-0005-4-3-B-IP20-IM T0.1 3.7 5 9.5 9.4 IP20 Yes No 6.3 3.0 5.7 2.4

2-23
S SERIES
LOW VO LTAG E VA R I A B L E F R E QU E N C Y D R I V E S

INTRODUCING THE NEW S SERIES LOW VOLTAGE VFD.

KEY ADVANTAGES:
• Standard and heavy-duty rated
• V/Hz control
• Sensorless vector control for induction
motor and PMAC applications
• 460 V heavy-duty models include built-
in EMC filter
• Slave multiple drives off one keypad
• Modbus RTU (standard)
• Ethernet and Profibus communications
option (Ethernet/IP, Modbus TCP and
Profibus-DP available for heavy-duty
models only)
• Peer-to-peer communications
• PLC functionality, 18 steps
• Internal brake IGBT option available
for heavy-duty models

OPEN CHASSIS — 230 V


Model Number Variable Torque (HP) Constant Torque (HP) Max. Current (A) Dimensions (H x W x D) (in.)
RSI-001-SS-2C 1 0.5 3 5.04 x 2.68 x 4.84
RSI-002-SS-2C 2 1 6 5.04 x 2.68 x 5.04
RSI-003-SS-2C 3 2 10 5.04 x 3.94 x 5.12
RSI-005-SS-2C 5 3 12 5.04 x 3.94 x 5.71
RSI-007-SS-2C 7.5 5.4 18 5.04 x 5.51 x 5.71
RSI-010-SS-2C 10 7.5 30 9.13 x 6.3 x 5.51
RSI-015-SS-2C 15 10 40 9.13 x 6.3 x 5.51

OPEN CHASSIS — 460 V


Model Number Variable Torque (HP) Constant Torque (HP) Max. Current (A) Dimensions (H x W x D) (in.)
RSI-001-SS-4C 1 0.5 2 7.09 x 2.68 x 5.12
RSI-002-SS-4C 2 1 3 7.09 x 2.68 x 5.12
RSI-003-SS-4C 3 2 5 7.09 x 3.94 x 5.51
RSI-005-SS-4C 5 3 7 7.09 x 3.94 x 5.51
RSI-007-SS-4C 7.5 5.4 10 7.09 x 5.51 x 5.51
RSI-010-SS-4C 10 7.5 16 9.13 x 6.3 x 5.51
RSI-015-SS-4C 15 10 23 9.13 x 6.3 x 5.51

2-24 benshaw.com
S SERIES
LOW VO LTAG E VA R I A B L E F R E QU E N C Y D R I V E S

SPECIFICATIONS
Input Voltage Fluctuation -15% / +10%
Input Frequency 50–60Hz (±5%)
Operating Temperature -10 to +40° C
Keypad Display 7-Segment LED
Remote Keypad Mounting Optional LCD
Overload Rating 120% Standard / 150% for 1 min. heavy
Motor Control Method V/Hz or Sensorless Vector
Communications Modbus (standard)
Control Terminals 23
Digital Inputs 5
Analog Inputs 2 (4–20 mA and 0–10 V)
Digital Outputs 2 — (1) Relay (A1, B1, C1), (1) Open Collector Output (Q1)
Analog Outputs 1 (4–20 mA or 0–10 V)

CROSS-REFERENCE FROM GX SERIES Obsolete GX Series S Series (VT) S Series (CT)


Consideration when cross referencing the RSI-001-GX-2 RSI-001-SS-2C RSI-002-SS-2C
drives: The GX Series was constant torque RSI-002-GX-2 RSI-002-SS-2C RSI-003-SS-2C
rated, (150% OL for 60 secs.). The S Series RSI-003-GX-2 RSI-003-SS-2C RSI-005-SS-2C
is dual rated, both variable torque (120%) and RSI-005-GX-2 RSI-005-SS-2C RSI-007-SS-2C
constant torque (150%). The cross reference RSI-001-GX-4 RSI-001-SS-4C RSI-002-SS-4C
depends on the type of load. If load is variable
RSI-002-GX-4 RSI-002-SS-4C RSI-003-SS-4C
torque (fans, pumps), most can use the
RSI-003-GX-4 RSI-003-SS-4C RSI-005-SS-4C
variable torque model. If the load is constant
RSI-005-GX-4 RSI-005-SS-4C RSI-007-SS-4C
torque, use the constant torque model.
As always, motor amps should be compared
to the amp ratings of the drive.

OPTIONS

Optional Remote Keypad (LCD Extended I/O Card — Adds (3) Conduit Box — NEMA 1 rating
and cable), many lines of data. Can digital inputs, (2) relay outputs, achieved: chassis drive (NEMA/UL
slave multiple drives with one keypad (1) analog input, (1) analog output. open/IP20) drive meets UL Type 1
using RS485-connected drives. with installed conduit box.

2-25
SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVES
S G S E R I E S — VA R I A B L E TO R QU E / STA N DA R D D U T Y / H E AV Y D U T Y

RATINGS Heavy Duty:


Variable Torque: 5–30 HP @ 230 V
7.5–40 HP @ 230 V 5–300 HP @ 600 V
7.5–400 HP @ 600 V
Standard Duty:
7.5–40 HP @ 230 V
7.5–400 HP @ 600 V

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS: STANDARD FEATURES:


The SG series is a compact, • Standard I/O: 8 digital inputs, • Analog outputs: 2 at 0–10 VDC
economical drive designed for the 2 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs, (standard), 2 at 0/4–20 mA (with
most demanding applications. The 5 relay outputs option board). Configurable to
flexible power stack allows the user to • Optional I/O: Isolated analog motor speed, output current,
apply it to heavy-duty loads (150% for output board (adds 2 additional output voltage, DC link voltage,
60 secs), standard-duty loads (120% analog outputs, 0/4–20 mA) power, PID follower
for 60 secs), or variable-torque loads • Relay outputs: 1 Form C fault
• Digital metering: Output
(110% for 60 secs). relay output, 4 Form A relay
currents, ground current, output
With over 250 programmable frequency, DC link voltage, motor outputs configurable to running,
parameters, Benshaw’s SG series RPM, output motor voltage, run faulted, ready, at speed, high
drives are configurable to meet time and more or low frequency levels, loss
the needs of almost any industrial of signal, ready and more
• Protection: Overcurrent, ground
application, yet remain simple and • Digital inputs: 8 digital inputs
fault, overvoltage, current limit,
easy to use. configurable to forward run,
motor overload, phase loss,
overheat, loss of signal and more reverse run, 3 wire start / stop,
KEY ADVANTAGES: • Analog inputs: 1 at 0/4–20 mA, reset, jog, preset speeds,
• Standard and heavy-duty ratings 1 at 0–10 VDC (or -10 to 10 VDC) motorized pot function, external
• Integral PID Control trip, alternate ramp selections,
• Communications: Modbus RTU
HOA and more
• Sensorless vector control (standard); Optional Fieldbus
or V/Hz control includes DeviceNet, Profibus, • User interface: 2-line LCD
BacNet, LonWorks, Modbus TCP display, 16 characters per line
• Integral multiple motor control
for pumping applications • Voltage tolerance: -15%, +10% • Stop methods: Coast, decel,
DC injection braking, flux braking
• Uploadable / downloadable keypad • Control methods: V/Hz,
and optional dynamic braking
• Flexible, programmable I/O sensorless vector, slip
• Economical, compact design compensation
• Simple, easy-to-use LCD interface • V/Hz patterns: Linear, squared,
user-programmable V/Hz
• Standard Modbus RTU port
• Windows-based software

2-26 benshaw.com
SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVES
S G S E R I E S — B AS I C W I R I N G D I AG R A M

Applies only to SG 230 V and 600 V series


DB UNIT
(option)

MCCB1 MC1 ACR


P1P2 N U
R U
V
S V M
W
T W Motor

3-Phase G E/G E
AC input
RSi-SG Safety stop
Setting CN1 (600V only)
Switch Sourcing
24G Mode PNP

24 VDC (50mA max) Sinking


24 24P Mode NPN V1 0[V]~+12[V]

Default: Speed-L M1
V1S -12[V]~+12[V] Analog
Default: Speed-M M2 input
Default: Speed-H M3 I 0/4[mA]~20[mA]

Default: RST M4
BX (E-STOP) M5 5G
Default: JOG M6
Default: FX M7 S0 Default: Frequency Analog meter
Default: RX M8 Max output
S1 Default: Voltage
voltage:12 V
CM Source max: 30 mA
24V 4.9mA 5G Sink max: 20 mA
24G

A1
3A
C1
3C
Fault relay output
A2 3B 250 VAC, 1 A

Relay outputs C2 24G


programmable Aux. relays
250 VAC, 1 A A3
C3 A0
A4 B0 Pulse
input
C4
5G
24G
Pulse input method: (A+B), (A)
Terminating
resistor Input freq: 0Hz~100KHz

C-
NT
RS-485 C+
Motor thermal
24G 5G detection

2-27
SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVES WEB
STOCKED
SG SERIES / NEMA 1

230 V
Variable Torque Standard Duty Heavy Duty Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Model Number HP Amps HP Amps HP Amps H W D (lbs.)
8 RSI-007-SG-2B 7.5 24 7.5 22 5 17 11.2 5.9 6.2 11
8 RSI-010-SG-2B 10 32 10 29 7.5 23 11.2 7.9 7.2 14
8 RSI-015-SG-2B 15 46 15 42 10 33 11.2 7.9 7.2 14
8 RSI-020-SG-2B 20 60 20 55 15 44 17.9 9.8 7.9 28
8 RSI-025-SG-2B 25 74 25 67 20 54 17.9 9.8 7.9 29
8 RSI-030-SG-2B 30 88 30 80 25 68 23.6 12 9.2 44
8 RSI-040-SG-2B 40 115 40 105 30 84 23.6 12 9.2 44

460 V LEGACY†
Variable Torque Standard Duty Heavy Duty Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Model Number HP Amps HP Amps HP Amps H W D (lbs.)
8 RSI-007-SG-4B 7.5 12 7.5 11 5 8 11.2 5.9 6.2 11
8 RSI-010-SG-4B 10 16 10 14 7.5 11 11.2 7.9 7.2 14
8 RSI-015-SG-4B 15 24 15 22 10 17 11.2 7.9 7.2 14
8 RSI-020-SG-4B 20 30 20 27 15 22 17.9 9.8 7.9 28
8 RSI-025-SG-4B 25 39 25 35 20 28 17.9 9.8 7.9 29
8 RSI-030-SG-4B 30 45 30 41 25 34 23.6 12 9.2 44
8 RSI-040-SG-4B 40 61 40 55 30 44 23.6 12 9.2 44
8 RSI-050-SG-4B 50 75 50 68 40 55 25.3 12.1 10.5 60
8 RSI-060-SG-4B 60 91 60 83 50 66 25.3 12.1 10.5 60
8 RSI-075-SG-4B 75 110 75 100 60 80 25.3 12.1 11.2 64
8 RSI-100-SG-4B 100 152 100 139 75 111 30.2 14.5 12.1 95
8 RSI-125-SG-4B 125 183 125 167 100 134 30.2 14.5 12.1 95
8 RSI-150-SG-4 • * 150 223 150 204 125 164 30.9 20.1 16.6 225
8 RSI-200-SG-4 • * 200 264 200 242 150 194 30.9 20.1 16.6 225
8 RSI-250-SG-4 • * 250 325 250 302 200 240 33.9 20.1 16.6 255
8 RSI-350-SG-4 • * 350 432 300 396 250 317 42.5 27.2 17.3 450
8 RSI-400-SG-4 • * 400 547 400 501 300 401 42.5 27.2 17.3 450
8 RSI-500-SG-4 • 500 613 450 562 350 450 44.9 30.8 17.4 540
8 RSI-600-SG-4 • 600 731 500 670 400 536 51.3 36.3 19.5 840
8 RSI-700-SG-4 • 700 877 600 804 500 643 51.3 36.3 19.5 840
Variable Torque = 110% current for 1 minute / Standard Duty = 120% current for 1 minute / Heavy Duty = 150% current for 1 minute
Units ending in a “B” designate NEMA 1. Units not ending in a “B” are protected chassis units.
• Protected chassis only (power terminal covers do not meet NEMA 1).
* DC Link Reactor (internal)

The SG series 460 V is a legacy product line that will be replaced by the Benshaw PowerPro drives.
8 Web stocked
Available for same day shipping.

2-28 benshaw.com
SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVES
S G S E R I E S — N E M A 1 / P R OT E C T E D C H AS S I S

600 V
Variable Torque Standard Duty Heavy Duty Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Model Number HP Amps HP Amps HP Amps H W D (lbs.)
8 RSI-007-SG-6B 7.5 9 7.5 8.2 5 6.6 14 7.9 7.2 15
8 RSI-010-SG-6B 10 12 10 11 7.5 9 14 7.9 7.2 16
8 RSI-015-SG-6B 15 17 15 15.5 10 12 14 7.9 7.2 16
8 RSI-020-SG-6B 20 23 20 21 15 17 17.9 9.8 7.9 28
8 RSI-025-SG-6B 25 27 25 24.7 20 19.8 17.9 9.8 7.9 29
8 RSI-030-SG-6B 30 34 30 31 25 25 23.6 12 9.2 44
8 RSI-040-SG-6B 40 43 40 39 30 31.5 23.6 12 9.2 44
8 RSI-050-SG-6B 50 55 50 50 40 43 25.3 11.8 11.5 71
8 RSI-060-SG-6B 60 64 60 58.6 50 55 25.3 11.8 11.5 71
8 RSI-075-SG-6B 75 80 75 73 60 64 25.3 11.8 11.5 71
8 RSI-100-SG-6B 100 104 100 95 75 80 30.2 14.6 13.3 102
8 RSI-125-SG-6B 125 128 125 117 100 104 30.2 14.6 13.3 102
8 RSI-150-SG-6 • * 150 150 150 137 125 128 30.9 20 16.6 225
8 RSI-200-SG-6 • * 200 200 200 184 150 147 33.9 20 16.6 255
8 RSI-250-SG-6 • * 250 242 250 222 150 177 33.9 20 16.6 255
8 RSI-350-SG-6 • * 350 333 300 305 250 244 42.5 27.2 17.7 450
8 RSI-400-SG-6 • * 400 424 400 389 300 311 42.5 27.2 17.7 450
Variable Torque = 110% current for 1 minute / Standard Duty = 120% current for 1 minute / Heavy Duty = 150% current for 1 minute
Units ending in a “B” designate NEMA 1. Units not ending in a “B” are protected chassis units.
• Protected chassis only (power terminal covers do not meet NEMA 1).
* DC Link Reactor
8 Web stocked

2-29
SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVE OPTIONS
S G S E R I E S — AC C E S S O R I E S

DYNAMIC BRAKE TRANSISTOR MODULES


Model Number Description
VFD-RSI-DBU-020-2 230 V Dynamic Braking Transistor for 1–20 HP VFD, 10% Duty Cycle
VFD-RSI-DBU-030-2 230 V Dynamic Braking Transistor for 25–30 HP VFD, 10% Duty Cycle
VFD-RSI-DBU-050-2 230 V Dynamic Braking Transistor for 40–50 HP VFD, 10% Duty Cycle
VFD-RSI-DBU-020-4 * 460 V Dynamic Braking Transistor for 1–20 HP VFD, 10% Duty Cycle
VFD-RSI-DBU-030-4 * 460 V Dynamic Braking Transistor for 25–30 HP VFD, 10% Duty Cycle
VFD-RSI-DBU-050-4 * 460 V Dynamic Braking Transistor for 40–50 HP VFD, 10% Duty Cycle
VFD-RSI-DBU-075-4 * 460 V Dynamic Braking Transistor for 60–75 HP VFD, 10% Duty Cycle
VFD-RSI-DBU-100-4 * 460 V Dynamic Braking Transistor for 100 HP VFD, 10% Duty Cycle
For HP greater than 100 HP or duty cycle greater than 10%, consult factory.
* The SG series 460 V is a legacy product line that will be replaced by the Benshaw PowerPro drives.

FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION CARDS


Model Number Description
PC-400002-00 Profibus Communication Board Kit, SG VFD
PC-400003-00 LonWorks Communication Board Kit, SG VFD
PC-400004-00 BacNet Communication Board Kit, SG VFD
PC-400005-00 Ethernet IP/Modbus TCP Communication Board Kit, SG VFD

DISPLAY / KEYPAD REMOTE MOUNTING


Model Number Description
LCD-100000-00 Replacement Display / Keypad
VFD-2M-RE-CABLE-SG 2 Meter Keypad Cable
VFD-3M-RE-CABLE-SG 3 Meter Keypad Cable
VFD-5M-RE-CABLE-SG 5 Meter Keypad Cable
VFD-KEYPAD-SG-BEZEL Bezel, for SG Keypad, Remote Mounting
VFD-KEYPAD-SG-BLANK Keypad Blank, Installs in Drive when Keypad Is Remote

ANALOG OUTPUT CARD


Model Number Description
VFD-RSI-SG-4-20-MA 4–20 mA Output Card, Adds (2) 4–20 mA Outputs

2-30 benshaw.com
NEMA 4X WASHDOWN /
NEMA 12 SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVES
S 4 S E R I E S — STA N DA R D D U T Y / H E AV Y D U T Y

RATINGS
Constant Torque:
1 HP @ 115 V
1 to 20 HP @ 230 V
1 to 200 HP@ 460 V / 600 V

RSI S4 SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS: KEY ADVANTAGES:


The S4 Series is a line of high • NEMA 4X washdown • Sensorless vector control
performance NEMA 4X washdown duty enclosure • V/Hz Pattern: Linear, quadratic
variable frequency drives. • Sensorless vector control • Analog output functions:
Benshaw’s S4 variable frequency
• Standard braking transistor Output voltage, output current,
drives are built to withstand the
and resistor drive load, drive temp, stator
harshest environments and hold
• Infrared programming port frequency, output power
up under your most demanding
• Standard and heavy duty ratings • Analog inputs: 0–10 VDC,
pressure washing applications. All
• LCD plain English display 4–20 mA, -10 VDC to 10 VDC,
S4 Series drives combine a simple
pulse train input
user interface with an array of • Simple, easy-to-use interface
features and are suited to almost • Relay outputs: Running,
• Standard Modbus
any indoor environment. forward, reverse, ready, faulted,
communication port
at speed, keypad control,
S4 variable frequency drives • Integral Pl control
adjustable torque levels,
come standard with over 180
adjustable current levels, PID
configurable parameters to match
STANDARD FEATURES: limits, loss of reference, timers
specific application and interface
• NEMA 4X washdown • 10 digital inputs configurable:
requirements. A standard dynamic
enclosure Run, preset speeds, jogging, PID
braking transistor and resistor
are also included for regenerative • Standard l/O: 10 digital inputs, disable, fault reset, drive enable,
applications. 2 analog inputs, 2 analog timers, motorized pot
outputs, 2 relay outputs • User interface: 20-character
• Digital metering: Output LCD display, infrared
current, output volts, power, programming port
MWh meter, run time, power • Braking functions: Decal, coast,
on time, bus voltage, output DC injection, dynamic braking
frequency • Units 1–100 HP are NEMA 4X;
• Communications: Modbus units 125–200 HP are NEMA 12
standard, optional other Fieldbus
• Voltage tolerance: ±10%

2-31
NEMA 4X WASHDOWN /
NEMA 12 SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVES
S 4 S E R I E S — B AS I C W I R I N G D I AG R A M

+24 VDC +24 NC2

Forward Run FWD RC2 Relay #2

Reverse Run REV NO2

Jog R/J NC1

Digital Input #1 DI1 RC1 Relay #1

Digital Input #2 DI2 NO1

Digital Input #3 DI3 DO1 Digital Output #1

Digital Input #4 DI4 DO2 Digital Output #2

Digital Input #5 DI5 DOQ Pulse Train Output

External Fault MOL dcom Common

Enable EN dcom Common

dcom Imet 4–20 mA output

cin+ acom Analog Common

4–20 mA input
cin- Vmet 0–10 VDC Output

+10 acom Analog Common

0–10 VDC Input Vin1

acom

0–10 VDC Input Vin2

2-32 benshaw.com
NEMA 4X WASHDOWN / WEB
NEMA 12 SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVES STOCKED

S4 SERIES

115 V INPUT / 230 V OUTPUT


Standard Duty Heavy Duty Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Model Number HP Amps HP Amps H W D (lbs.)
8 RSI-001-S4-1SW • 1 4.2 0.5 2.5 9.5 6.5 6.1 9
• Single-phase 110 V input / 3-phase 230 V output

NEMA 4X / 230 V
Standard Duty Heavy Duty Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps HP Amps H W D Weight (lbs.)
8 RSI-001-S4-2W 1 4.2 0.5 2.5 9.5 6.5 6.1 9
8 RSI-002-S4-2W 2 6.8 1 4.8 9.5 6.5 6.1 9
8 RSI-003-S4-2W 3 9.6 2 7.8 9.5 6.5 8.5 9
8 RSI-005-S4-2W 5 15.2 3 11 12 8.7 6.5 14
8 RSI-007-S4-2W 7.5 22 5 17.5 12 8.7 6.5 14
8 RSI-010-S4-2W 10 28 7.5 25.3 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
8 RSI-015-S4-2W 15 42 10 37.2 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
8 RSI-020-S4-2W 20 54 15 48.3 20.2 11.3 11.7 50
8 RSI-025-S4-2W 25 68 20 62.1 20.2 11.3 11.7 50

NEMA 4X / NEMA 12 / 460 V


Standard Duty Heavy Duty Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps HP Amps H W D Weight (lbs.)
8 RSI-001-S4-4W 1 2.1 0.5 1.1 9.5 6.5 6.1 9
8 RSI-002-S4-4W 2 3.4 1 2.1 9.5 6.5 6.1 9
8 RSI-003-S4-4W 3 4.8 2 3.4 9.5 6.5 8.5 9
8 RSI-005-S4-4W 5 7.6 3 4.8 12 8.7 6.5 14
8 RSI-007-S4-4W 7.5 11 5 7.6 12 8.7 6.5 14
8 RSI-010-S4-4W 10 14 7.5 11 12 8.7 6.5 14
8 RSI-015-S4-4W 15 21 10 14 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
8 RSI-020-S4-4W 20 27 15 21 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
8 RSI-025-S4-4W 25 34 20 27 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
8 RSI-030-S4-4W 30 40 25 34 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
8 RSI-040-S4-4W 40 52 30 40 20.2 11.3 11.7 50
8 RSI-050-S4-4W 50 65 40 52 20.2 11.3 11.7 50
8 RSI-060-S4-4W 60 77 50 65 29.4 12.9 13.8 110
8 RSI-075-S4-4W 75 96 60 77 29.4 12.9 13.8 110
8 RSI-100-S4-4W 100 124 75 96 29.4 12.9 13.8 110
8 RSI-125-S4-4D * 125 156 100 124 50.5 16.5 18 354
8 RSI-150-S4-4D * 150 180 125 156 50.5 16.5 18 354
8 RSI-200-S4-4D * 200 240 150 180 50.5 16.5 18 354
8 Web stocked
* Units ending in “D” are NEMA 12, not washdown rated.
2-33
NEMA 4X WASHDOWN / WEB
NEMA 12 SENSORLESS VECTOR DRIVES STOCKED

S4 SERIES

NEMA 4X / NEMA 12 / 600 V


Standard Duty Heavy Duty Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps HP Amps H W D Weight (lbs.)
RSI-001-S4-6W 1 1.7 0.5 0.9 12 8.7 6.5 14
RSI-002-S4-6W 2 2.7 1 1.7 12 8.7 6.5 14
RSI-003-S4-6W 3 3.9 2 2.7 12 8.7 6.5 14
RSI-005-S4-6W 5 6.1 3 3.9 12 8.7 6.5 14
RSI-007-S4-6W 7.5 9 5 6.1 12 8.7 6.5 14
RSI-010-S4-6W 10 11 7.5 9 12 8.7 6.5 14
RSI-015-S4-6W 15 17 10 11 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
RSI-020-S4-6W 20 22 15 17 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
RSI-025-S4-6W 25 27 20 22 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
RSI-030-S4-6W 30 32 25 27 17.4 10.8 7.9 30
RSI-040-S4-6W 40 41 30 32 20.2 11.3 11.7 50
RSI-050-S4-6W 50 52 40 41 20.2 11.3 11.7 50
RSI-060-S4-6W 60 68 50 52 29.4 12.9 13.8 110
RSI-075-S4-6W 75 82 60 62 29.4 12.9 13.8 110
RSI-100-S4-6W 100 107 75 77 29.4 12.9 13.8 110
RSI-125-S4-6D * 125 125 100 99 50.5 16.5 18 354
RSI-150-S4-6D * 150 144 125 125 50.5 16.5 18 354
RSI-200-S4-6D * 200 192 150 140 50.5 16.5 18 354
* Units ending in “D” are NEMA 12, not washdown rated.

2-34 benshaw.com
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
I N P U T L I N E R E AC TO R S

230 V — 3% IMPEDANCE
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
REA-KDRA25L REA-KDRA25L-C1 1 4.6 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA27L REA-KDRA27L-C1 2 7.5 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA28L REA-KDRA28L-C1 3 10.6 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRB22L REA-KDRB22L-C1 5 16.7 5 6 4 6.5 8 6 12
REA-KDRB23L REA-KDRB23L-C2 7.5 24.2 5 6 4 7.5 10 7 14
REA-KDRD25L REA-KDRD25L-C2 10 30.8 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 18
REA-KDRD24L REA-KDRD24L-C2 15 46.2 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 18
REA-KDRD26L REA-KDRD26L-C2 20 59.4 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 18
REA-KDRC22L REA-KDRC22L-C2 25 74.8 5.75 7.2 5 7.5 10 7 21
REA-KDRF24L REA-KDRF24L-C4 30 88 7 9 6 15.5 15 13 65
REA-KDRF25L REA-KDRF25L-C4 40 114 7 9 6 15.5 15 13 65

240 V — 5% IMPEDANCE
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
REA-KDRA25H REA-KDRA25H-C1 1 4.6 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA26H REA-KDRA26H-C1 2 7.5 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA28H REA-KDRA28H-C1 3 10.6 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRB25H REA-KDRB25H-C1 5 16.7 5 6 4 6.5 8 6 12
REA-KDRB26H REA-KDRB26H-C1 7.5 24.2 5 6 4 6.5 8 6 12
REA-KDRD21H REA-KDRD21H-C2 10 30.8 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 18
REA-KDRD22H REA-KDRD22H-C2 15 46.2 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 18
REA-KDRC22H REA-KDRC22H-C2 20 59.4 5.75 7.2 5 7.5 10 7 21
REA-KDRF28H REA-KDRF28H-C3 25 74.8 7 9 6 9 12 8 42
REA-KDRF25H REA-KDRF25H-C4 30 88 7 9 6 15.5 15 13 65
REA-KDRF26H REA-KDRF26H-C4 40 114 7 9 6 15.5 15 13 65
Line reactors reduce harmonics and protect the variable frequency drive from input power quality problems.
They are also required on applications where the transformer kVA exceeds 10 times the kVA rating of the drive.

2-35
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
I N P U T L I N E R E AC TO R S

480 V — 3% IMPEDANCE
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
REA-KDRA8L REA-KDRA8L-C1 1 2.1 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA1L REA-KDRA1L-C1 2 3.4 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA2L REA-KDRA2L-C1 3 4.8 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA3L REA-KDRA3L-C1 5 7.6 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA4L REA-KDRA4L-C1 7.5 11 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA5L REA-KDRA5L-C1 10 14 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 9
REA-KDRB2L REA-KDRB2L-C1 15 21 5 6 4 6.5 8 6 12
REA-KDRB1L REA-KDRB1L-C1 20 27 5 6 4 6.5 8 6 12
REA-KDRD1L REA-KDRD1L-C2 25 34 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 16
REA-KDRD2L REA-KDRD2L-C2 30 40 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 16
REA-KDRC1L REA-KDRC1L-C2 40 52 5.75 7.2 5 7.5 10 7 21
REA-KDRF2L REA-KDRF2L-C3 50 65 7 9 6 9 12 8 37
REA-KDRF4L REA-KDRF4L-C3 60 77 7 9 6 9 12 8 42
REA-KDRF3L REA-KDRF3L-C4 75 96 7 9 6 15.5 15 13 65
REA-KDRH3L REA-KDRH3L-C4 100 124 7 9 7 15.5 15 13 65
REA-KDRH2L REA-KDRH2L-C4 125 156 9 11 7 15.5 15 13 75
REA-KDRH1L REA-KDRH1L-C4 150 180 9 11 7 15.5 15 13 75
REA-KDRG3L REA-KDRG3L-C4 200 240 9 11 8 15.5 15 13 100
REA-KDRG1L REA-KDRG1L-C4 250 302 9 11 8 15.5 15 13 100
REA-KDRG2L REA-KDRG2L-C4 300 361 9 11 8 15.5 15 13 100
REA-KDRJ2L REA-KDRJ2L-C5 350 414 9 11 9 18.5 20 16 120
REA-KDRJ1L REA-KDRJ1L-C5 400 477 9 11 9 18.5 20 16 120
REA-KDRL2L REA-KDRL2L-C5 500 590 11.38 14.5 9.5 18.5 20 16 160
REA-KDRL3L REA-KDRL3L-C5 600 720 11.38 14.5 9.5 18.5 20 16 205
REA-KDRS1L REA-KDRS1L-C7 700 840 11.38 15 12.5 36 28.5 30.3 318
Line reactors reduce harmonics and protect the variable frequency drive from input power quality problems.
They are also required on applications where the transformer kVA exceeds 10 times the kVA rating of the drive.

2-36 benshaw.com
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
I N P U T L I N E R E AC TO R S

600 V — 3% IMPEDANCE
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
REA-KDRA50L REA-KDRA50L-C1 1 1.7 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA46L REA-KDRA46L-C1 2 2.7 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA52L REA-KDRA52L-C1 3 3.9 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA47L REA-KDRA47L-C1 5 6.1 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA48L REA-KDRA48L-C1 7.5 9 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA49L REA-KDRA49L-C1 10 11 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 9
REA-KDRB45L REA-KDRB45L-C1 15 17 5 6 4 6.5 8 6 12
REA-KDRB44L REA-KDRB44L-C1 20 22 5 6 4 6.5 8 6 12
REA-KDRB43L REA-KDRB43L-C1 25 27 5 6 4 6.5 8 6 12
REA-KDRD42L REA-KDRD42L-C2 30 32 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 18
REA-KDRC43L REA-KDRC43-C2 40 41 5.75 7.2 5 7.5 10 7 21
REA-KDRC44L REA-KDRC44L-C2 50 52 5.75 7.2 5 7.5 10 7 21
REA-KDRF46L REA-KDRF46L-C3 60 62 7 9 6 9 12 8 42
REA-KDRF47L REA-KDRF47L-C3 75 77 7 9 6 9 12 8 42
REA-KDRF45L REA-KDRF45L-C4 100 99 7 9 6 15.5 15 13 65
REA-KDRH43L REA-KDRH43L-C4 125 125 9 11 7 15.5 15 13 80
REA-KDRH44L REA-KDRH44L-C4 150 144 9 11 7 15.5 15 13 80
REA-KDRI42L REA-KDRI42L-C4 200 192 9 11 7 15.5 15 13 85
REA-KDRG47L REA-KDRG47L-C4 250 242 9 11 8 15.5 15 13 100
REA-KDRG45L REA-KDRG45L-C4 300 289 9 11 8 15.5 15 13 100
REA-KDRJ45L REA-KDRJ45L-C5 350 336 9 11 9 18.5 20 16 120
REA-KDRJ43L REA-KDRJ43L-C5 400 382 9 11 9 18.5 20 16 120
Line reactors reduce harmonics and protect the variable frequency drive from input power quality problems.
They are also required on applications where the transformer kVA exceeds 10 times the kVA rating of the drive.

2-37
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
I N P U T L I N E R E AC TO R S

480 V — 5% IMPEDANCE
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
REA-KDRA8H REA-KDRA8H-C1 1 2.1 4.00 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA1H REA-KDRA1H-C1 2 3.4 4.00 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA2H REA-KDRA2H-C1 3 4.8 4.00 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA3H REA-KDRA3H-C1 5 7.6 4.00 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA4H REA-KDRA4H-C1 7.5 11 4.00 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 9
REA-KDRA5H REA-KDRA5H-C1 10 14 4.00 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 9
REA-KDRB2H REA-KDRB2H-C1 15 21 5.00 6.00 4.00 6.5 8 6 11
REA-KDRC3H REA-KDRC3H-C1 20 27 5.75 7.20 5.0 6.5 8 6 19
REA-KDRC1H REA-KDRC1H-C2 25 34 5.75 7.20 5.0 7.5 10 7 21
REA-KDRE2H REA-KDRE2H-C2 30 40 5.75 7.20 5.0 7.5 10 7 22
REA-KDRF4H REA-KDRF4H-C3 40 52 7.00 9.00 6.00 9 12 8 37
REA-KDRF1H REA-KDRF1H-C3 50 65 7.00 9.00 6.00 9 12 8 37
REA-KDRF2H REA-KDRF2H-C3 60 77 7.00 9.00 6.00 9 12 8 37
REA-KDRH2H REA-KDRH2H-C4 75 96 9.00 11.00 7.00 15.5 15 13 80
REA-KDRI2H REA-KDRI2H-C4 100 124 9.00 11.00 7.00 15.5 15 13 87
REA-KDRG3H REA-KDRG3H-C4 125 156 9.00 11.00 7.00 15.5 15 13 90
REA-KDRG1H REA-KDRG1H-C4 150 180 9.00 11.00 7.00 15.5 15 13 90
REA-KDRJ1H REA-KDRJ1H-C5 200 240 9.00 11.00 7.00 18.5 20 16 120
REA-KDRL1H REA-KDRL1H-C5 250 302 11.38 14.50 9.50 18.5 20 16 160
REA-KDRL2H REA-KDRL2H-C5 300 361 11.38 14.50 9.31 18.5 20 16 145
REA-KDRL3H REA-KDRL3H-C5 350 414 11.38 14.50 9.31 18.5 20 16 150
REA-KDRL4H REA-KDRL4H-C5 400 477 11.38 14.50 9.50 18.5 20 16 160
REA-KDRL5H REA-KDRL5H-C5 450 515 11.38 14.50 11.00 18.5 20 16 165
REA-KDRL6H REA-KDRL6H-C5 500 590 11.38 14.50 11.00 18.5 20 16 170
REA-KDRS1H REA-KDRS1H-C7 600 720 11.38 15.00 13.00 36 28.5 30.3 420
REA-KDRS2H REA-KDRS2H-C7 700 840 11.38 15.00 13.00 36 28.5 30.3 420
Line reactors reduce harmonics and protect the variable frequency drive from input power quality problems.
They are also required on applications where the transformer kVA exceeds 10 times the kVA rating of the drive.

2-38 benshaw.com
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
I N P U T L I N E R E AC TO R S

600 V — 5% IMPEDANCE
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
REA-KDRA50H REA-KDRA50H-C1 1 1.7 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA43H REA-KDRA43H-C1 2 2.7 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA44H REA-KDRA44H-C1 3 3.9 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRA45H REA-KDRA45H-C1 5 6.1 4 4.18 3.75 6.5 8 6 8
REA-KDRB42H REA-KDRB42H-C2 7.5 9 5 6 4 7.5 10 7 14
REA-KDRB43H REA-KDRB43H-C2 10 11 5 6 4 7.5 10 7 14
REA-KDRB44H REA-KDRB44H-C2 15 17 5 6 4 7.5 10 7 14
REA-KDRD41H REA-KDRD41H-C2 20 22 5.75 7.2 4.25 7.5 10 7 18
REA-KDRC43H REA-KDRC43H-C2 25 27 5.75 7.2 5 7.5 10 7 21
REA-KDRE42H REA-KDRE42H-C2 30 32 5.75 7.2 5 7.5 10 7 22
REA-KDRF44H REA-KDRF44H-C3 40 41 7 9 6 9 12 8 42
REA-KDRF45H REA-KDRF45H-C3 50 52 7 9 6 9 12 8 42
REA-KDRH43H REA-KDRH43H-C4 60 62 9 11 6 15.5 15 13 80
REA-KDRH42H REA-KDRH42H-C4 75 77 9 11 6 15.5 15 13 80
REA-KDRI41H REA-KDRI41H-C4 100 99 9 11 7 15.5 15 13 85
REA-KDRG44H REA-KDRG44H-C4 125 125 9 11 7.5 15.5 15 13 100
REA-KDRG45H REA-KDRG45H-C4 150 144 9 11 8 15.5 15 13 100
REA-KDRJ41H REA-KDRJ41H-C5 200 192 9 11 9 18.5 20 16 120
REA-KDRL46H REA-KDRL46H-C5 250 242 11.38 15 11 18.5 20 16 160
REA-KDRL47H REA-KDRL47H-C5 300 289 11.38 15 11 18.5 20 16 160
REA-KDRL48H REA-KDRL48H-C5 350 336 11.38 15 11 18.5 20 16 160
REA-KDRL49H REA-KDRL49H-C5 400 382 11.38 15 11 18.5 20 16 160
Line reactors reduce harmonics and protect the variable frequency drive from input power quality problems.
They are also required on applications where the transformer kVA exceeds 10 times the kVA rating of the drive.

2-39
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
O U T P U T R E AC TO R S

480 V — 1.5% IMPEDANCE


Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
REA-KDRA1P REA-KDRA1P-C1 2 3.4 4 4.18 3.75 8 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRA2P REA-KDRA2P-C1 3 4.8 4 4.18 3.75 8 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRA3P REA-KDRA3P-C1 5 7.6 4 4.18 3.75 8 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRA4P REA-KDRA4P-C1 7.5 11 4 4.18 3.75 9 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRB1P REA-KDRB1P-C1 10 14 5 6 4 11 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRD1P REA-KDRD1P-C2 15 21 6 7.2 4.25 16 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRD2P REA-KDRD2P-C2 20 27 6 7.2 4.25 16 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRD3P REA-KDRD3P-C2 25 34 6 7.2 4.25 18 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRD4P REA-KDRD4P-C2 30 40 6 7.2 4.25 18 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRC1P REA-KDRC1P-C2 40 52 5.75 7.2 5 21 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRF1P REA-KDRF1P-C3 50 65 7 9 6 37 9 12 8
REA-KDRF2P REA-KDRF2P-C3 60 77 7 9 6 37 9 12 8
REA-KDRF3P REA-KDRF3P-C4 75 96 7 9 6 65 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRH1P REA-KDRH1P-C4 100 124 9 11 7 75 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRI1P REA-KDRI1P-C4 125 156 9 11 7 85 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRI2P REA-KDRI2P-C4 150 180 9 11 7 90 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRG1P REA-KDRG1P-C4 200 240 9 11 8 95 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRJ1P REA-KDRJ1P-C5 250 302 9 11 9 120 18.5 20 16
REA-KDRJ2P REA-KDRJ2P-C5 300 361 9 11 9 120 18.5 20 16
REA-KDRL1P REA-KDRL1P-C5 350 414 11.38 14.5 9.31 135 18.5 20 16
REA-KDRL2P REA-KDRL2P-C5 400 477 11.38 14.5 9.31 145 18.5 20 16
REA-KDRL3P REA-KDRL3P-C5 450 515 11.38 14.5 9.31 150 18.5 20 16
REA-KDRL4P REA-KDRL4P-C5 500 590 11.38 14.5 9.31 150 18.5 20 16
Line reactors reduce harmonics and protect the variable frequency drive from input power quality problems.
They are also required on applications where the transformer kVA exceeds 10 times the kVA rating of the drive.

2-40 benshaw.com
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
O U T P U T R E AC TO R S

600 V — 1.5% IMPEDANCE


Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
REA-KDRA31P REA-KDRA31P-C1 2 2.7 4 4.18 3.75 8 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRA35P REA-KDRA35P-C1 3 3.9 4 4.18 3.75 8 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRA33P REA-KDRA33P-C1 5 6.1 4 4.18 3.75 8 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRA34P REA-KDRA34P-C1 7.5 9 4 4.18 3.75 9 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRA36P REA-KDRA36P-C1 10 11 4 4.18 3.75 9 6.5 8 6
REA-KDRD31P REA-KDRD31P-C2 15 17 5.75 7.2 4.25 16 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRD32P REA-KDRD32P-C2 20 22 5.75 7.2 4.25 16 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRD35P REA-KDRD35P-C2 25 27 5.75 7.2 4.25 16 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRD33P REA-KDRD33P-C2 30 32 5.75 7.2 4.25 18 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRD34P REA-KDRD34P-C2 40 41 5.75 7.2 4.25 18 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRC31P REA-KDRC31P-C2 50 52 5.75 7.2 5 21 7.5 10 7
REA-KDRF31P REA-KDRF31P-C3 60 62 7 9 6 37 9 12 8
REA-KDRF32P REA-KDRF32P-C3 75 77 7 9 6 37 9 12 8
REA-KDRF33P REA-KDRF33P-C4 100 99 7 9 6 65 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRH31P REA-KDRH31P-C4 125 125 9 11 7 75 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRI31P REA-KDRI31P-C4 150 144 9 11 7 85 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRI32P REA-KDRI32P-C4 200 192 9 11 7 90 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRG31P REA-KDRG31P-C4 250 242 9 11 8 95 15.5 15 13
REA-KDRJ31P REA-KDRJ31P-C5 300 289 9 11 9 120 18.5 20 16
REA-KDRJ32P REA-KDRJ32P-C5 350 336 9 11 9 120 18.5 20 16
REA-KDRL31P REA-KDRL31P-C5 400 382 11.38 14.5 9.31 135 18.5 20 16

2-41
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
LO N G L E A D F I LT E R S ( DV / D T )

240 V
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
FLTR-V1K3A00 FLTR-V1K3A01 0.5 3 9.00 5.50 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K4A00 FLTR-V1K4A01 0.75 4 9.00 5.50 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K6A00 FLTR-V1K6A01 1~1.5 6 9.00 5.50 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K8A00 FLTR-V1K8A01 2 8 9.00 5.50 8.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K12A00 FLTR-V1K12A01 3 12 9.00 5.50 8.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K16A00 FLTR-V1K16A01 5 16 9.00 5.50 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K25A00 FLTR-V1K25A01 7.5 25 9.00 5.50 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K35A00 FLTR-V1K35A01 10 35 12.00 8.00 9.00 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K45A00 FLTR-V1K45A01 15 45 12.00 8.00 9.00 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K55A00 FLTR-V1K55A01 20 55 12.00 8.00 9.00 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K80A00 FLTR-V1K80A01 25~30 80 12.00 8.00 9.00 12 8 11.5 29
FLTR-V1K110A00 FLTR-V1K110A01 40 110 12.00 8.00 10.25 16.5 18 15 68
Long lead filters should be considered on applications where the cable distance between the motor and the variable frequency drive
exceeds 300 feet.
Long lead filters protect the motor from high dV/dt.
Consult motor manufacturer on selection of output filter.

2-42 benshaw.com
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
LO N G L E A D F I LT E R S ( DV / D T )

480 V
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
FLTR-V1K2A00 FLTR-V1K2A01 0.75 2 9 5.5 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K3A00 FLTR-V1K3A01 1~1.5 3 9 5.5 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K4A00 FLTR-V1K4A01 2 4 9 5.5 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K6A00 FLTR-V1K6A01 3 6 9 5.5 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K8A00 FLTR-V1K8A01 5 8 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K12A00 FLTR-V1K12A01 7.5 12 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K16A00 FLTR-V1K16A01 10 16 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K18A00 FLTR-V1K18A01 10 18 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K21A00 FLTR-V1K21A01 15 21 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K25A00 FLTR-V1K25A01 15 25 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K27A00 FLTR-V1K27A01 20 27 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K35A00 FLTR-V1K35A01 25 35 12 8 9 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K45A00 FLTR-V1K45A01 30 45 12 8 9 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K55A00 FLTR-V1K55A01 40 55 12 8 9 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K80A00 FLTR-V1K80A01 50~60 80 12 8 9 12 8 11.5 29
FLTR-V1K110A00 FLTR-V1K110A01 75 110 12 8 10.25 16.5 18 15 68
FLTR-V1K130A00 FLTR-V1K130A01 100 130 8.5 11.75 9.5 16.5 18 15 83
FLTR-V1K160A00 FLTR-V1K160A01 125 160 8.5 11.75 10.5 16.5 18 15 83
FLTR-V1K200A00 FLTR-V1K200A01 150 200 8.5 11.75 9.25 16.5 18 15 93
FLTR-V1K250A00 FLTR-V1K250A01 200 250 8.5 11.75 9.25 16.5 18 15 93
FLTR-V1K305A00 FLTR-V1K305A01 250 305 8.75 11.75 12.25 16.5 18 30 117
FLTR-V1K362A00 FLTR-V1K362A01 300 362 8.75 11.75 12 16.5 18 30 117
FLTR-V1K420A00 FLTR-V1K420A01 350 420 10 11.75 13.75 16.5 18 30 132
FLTR-V1K480A00 FLTR-V1K480A01 400 480 10 11.75 13.75 16.5 18 30 138
FLTR-V1K600A00 FLTR-V1K600A01 500 600 12.75 15 13.75 16.5 18 30 168
FLTR-V1K750A00 FLTR-V1K750A01 600 750 12.75 15 14.5 16.5 18 30 180
Long lead filters should be considered on applications where the cable distance between the motor and the variable frequency drive
exceeds 300 feet.
Long lead filters protect the motor from high dV/dt.
Consult motor manufacturer on selection of output filter.

2-43
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
LO N G L E A D F I LT E R S ( DV / D T )

600 V
Model Number Open Dimensions (in.) Enclosed Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Open Enclosed (NEMA 1) HP A H W D H W D (lbs.)
FLTR-V1K2A00 FLTR-V1K2A01 1 2 9 5.5 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K3A00 FLTR-V1K3A01 2 3 9 5.5 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K4A00 FLTR-V1K4A01 3 4 9 5.5 7.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K8A00 FLTR-V1K8A01 5 8 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K12A00 FLTR-V1K12A01 10 12 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 11
FLTR-V1K18A00 FLTR-V1K18A01 15 18 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K25A00 FLTR-V1K25A01 20 25 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K27A00 FLTR-V1K27A01 25 27 9 5.5 8.25 9 5.5 10 15
FLTR-V1K35A00 FLTR-V1K35A01 30 35 12 8 9 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K45A00 FLTR-V1K45A01 40 45 12 8 9 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K55A00 FLTR-V1K55A01 50 55 12 8 9 12 8 11.5 23
FLTR-V1K80A00 FLTR-V1K80A01 75 80 12 8 9 12 8 11.5 29
FLTR-V1K110A00 FLTR-V1K110A01 100 110 12 8 10.25 16.5 18 15 68
FLTR-V1K130A00 FLTR-V1K130A01 125 130 8.5 11.75 9.5 16.5 18 15 83
FLTR-V1K160A00 FLTR-V1K160A01 150 160 8.5 11.75 10.5 16.5 18 15 83
FLTR-V1K200A00 FLTR-V1K200A01 200 200 8.5 11.75 9.25 16.5 18 15 933
FLTR-V1K250A00 FLTR-V1K250A01 250 250 8.5 11.75 9.25 16.5 18 15 93
FLTR-V1K305A00 FLTR-V1K305A01 300 305 8.75 11.75 12.25 16.5 18 30 117
FLTR-V1K362A00 FLTR-V1K362A01 350 362 8.75 11.75 12 16.5 18 30 117
FLTR-V1K420A00 FLTR-V1K420A01 450 420 10 11.75 13.75 16.5 18 30 132
Long lead filters should be considered on applications where the cable distance between the motor and the variable frequency drive
exceeds 300 feet.
Long lead filters protect the motor from high dV/dt.
Consult motor manufacturer on selection of output filter.

2-44 benshaw.com
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS
DY N A M I C B R A K E R E S I STO R S A N D B R A K E M O D U L E S

Dynamic brake resistors and modules are used to address overvoltage conditions
with drives. Overvoltage trips occur when the DC bus in the drive increases to
the overvoltage trip level. This increase in voltage occurs when the mechanical
energy in the motor is converted into regenerative electrical energy, which is
transferred back into the drive (the motor acts like a generator).

REGENERATION OCCURS WHEN: Regeneration can occur on an


• The deceleration time is too quick occasional basis or periodically
• The load has high inertia and keeps rotating after the drive output power (cyclical) depending on the
has decreased below that of the load (Ex: fly wheels, large fans) type of load. A dynamic brake
module and resistor are required to
• The load is an overhauling load, cyclical or periodic (Ex: pump jack,
be added to the drive to dissipate
punch press)
this excess power. The module and
• When the motor suddenly becomes unloaded (Ex: lumber mill
resistor must be sized correctly
saw applications)
depending on the application.

CONTACT BENSHAW FOR ASSISTANCE WITH SIZING BRAKE RESISTORS AND BRAKE MODULES.

2-45
ENGINEERED LOW VOLTAGE DRIVE PACKAGES
OVERVIEW
Benshaw is a recognized industry
leader in the shipment of engineered PowerPro High Control
drives from our state-of-the-art Performance power
Single AC Drive transformer
factory, with dedicated engineering
teams and a complete inventory
of components necessary to build Input circuit
breaker and
engineered solutions for you. Select disconnect
the enclosure, disconnect, bypass,
pilot devices, control strategy and
filters required to meet your most
demanding applications.

Benshaw builds User


terminal
customized strip Bypass
contactor
engineered
solutions to
meet your most
demanding
applications.

CONTROL MODIFICATIONS — BYPASS PACKAGES — TO FIT FILTERS — FOR YOUR


WHATEVER YOU SPECIFY YOUR APPLICATION UNIQUE APPLICATION
• Pilot devices, control power • Three contactor • Line reactors 3% and 5%
transformers, switches, meters, • Reduced voltage solid • Long lead filters
relays, space heaters, protective state starters • Load reactors
devices and more
• Harmonic filters
ENCLOSURES — TO MATCH • 18-pulse systems
COMBINATION DRIVE PACKAGES — YOUR ENVIRONMENT
TO MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS • Standard designs — NEMA 1,
• Circuit breaker protection 12, 3R
• Non-fused disconnect protection • Custom enclosures
• Fusible disconnect protection • Special enclosures — 4, 4X,
• Flange or rotary handle air conditioned
mechanism • Motor control centers

2-46 benshaw.com
INTEGRATED CONTROL SOLUTIONS USING
BOTH BENSHAW AND ADDITIONAL BRANDS.

Benshaw builds customized engineered solutions


to meet your most demanding applications.

Benshaw’s success in the OEM CUSTOMIZED ENCLOSURES: INTELLIGENT MOTOR CONTROLS:


and industrial marketplace is a Benshaw takes great pride in Benshaw offers a full range of
direct result of our willingness as a our ability to design and deliver intelligent, programmable, low
company to think “beyond the box.” custom control enclosures that truly and medium voltage starters and
We’ve made systems integration a complement the form and function drives—from fractional to 20,000
central focus of our business, and of your machine. HP—to meet a variety of motor
we make learning your business a NEMA 1, 12, 3R, 4 and 4X control needs.
top priority. enclosures in unit mount, console Motor control products include
By focusing on the bigger picture, mount, free-standing and wall-mount full voltage starters, solid state
we gain a better understanding configurations are available to suit reduced voltage starters and variable
of your process, your control your needs. frequency drives. Reversing, two-
requirements and your market Every enclosure we design is speed, DC braking, wye-delta,
objectives. carefully crafted to meet your synchronous and wound rotor
We then apply that knowledge dimensional requirements, control are supported.
toward the development and prototyped and tested for fit and
production of complete, cost- compliance with relevant safety
effective, fully integrated control standards, fabricated to exacting
solutions. tolerances and finished to your
paint specification.

2-47
LET OUR KNOWLEDGE BECOME YOUR
COMPETITIVE EDGE.

INTEGRATED MACHINE LOGIC: INTEGRATED POWER PACKAGES: TYPICAL OEM / INDUSTRIAL


Benshaw can supply standard Benshaw can also incorporate all of APPLICATIONS
or PC-based programmable logic the power distribution components • Air and process compressors
controllers, and will custom design needed for your machine in one • Blowers and air handling
hardware or software to meet simple, plug-and-play package. equipment
process requirements. Turnkey power distribution packages • Chillers
Networking capabilities, remote typically include all internal and • Conveyors
monitoring and custom-designed external motor control wiring
• Food / liquid processing
human machine interface packages harnesses, power wiring harnesses,
equipment
are also available. motor/machine sensor connections
• Industrial refrigeration equipment
and, if needed, a fully integrated
power factor correction unit. • Municipal waste / water
INTEGRATED CONTROL SENSORS:
handling machines
Benshaw can integrate any number All power systems are factory
tested at Benshaw with custom- • Pumps
of sensors, transducers, relays,
built machine simulators and wire • Pipelines
switches, meters and protective
devices, as required, to precisely pull-testers to guarantee reliable • Shredders / grinders
monitor and respond to all critical performance. • Specialty machinery
process, machine or environmental • Transfer lines
variables.

2-48 benshaw.com
CUSTOM-ENGINEERED DRIVE SOLUTIONS.
F O R A N Y D R I V E A P P L I C AT I O N . I N A N Y C O N F I G U R AT I O N .

Whether you need simple modifications made to one of


Benshaw’s standard drive packages, a custom engineered,
application-specific drive package or a turnkey drive
solution, Benshaw can help.
With engineering experience and complete motor control system production
capabilities, Benshaw delivers all of the competence, convenience and value
you’d expect from a leader in engineered control systems.
Whatever your motor control needs may be, Benshaw’s engineering teams
and application specialists can help you find a cost-effective, reliable solution.

QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING CONTROL MODIFICATIONS:


Benshaw’s assembly teams perform Over 250 control modifications
a preliminary quality assurance and accessories are available
inspection before delivery is made. from Benshaw, including:
Drive assemblies undergo a variety of • Pilot devices
testing procedures, including motor • Control power transformers
operation testing, load testing, control
• Switches
circuit testing, wire pull testing,
• Meters
electrical performance checks,
mechanical alignment inspection, • Relays
torque measurement and user • Space heaters
interface / pilot device functionality. • Protective devices
All test processes meet or exceed • PLCs
ISO 9001 requirements, and all tests
are documented and archived for BYPASS PACKAGES:
quality verification. • Three contactor
• Reduced voltage
ENCLOSURES: solid state starters
• Standard NEMA 1, 12 and 3R
enclosure designs FILTERS:
• Custom enclosures • Line reactors (3% and 5%)
• NEMA 4, 4X, air conditioned • Long lead filters
and other special enclosures
• Passive harmonic filters
• Motor control centers
• 18-pulse systems (IEEE-519)
• Combination drive packages
• 15–2,000A circuit breakers
• 40–2,000A non-fused disconnects
• 30–800A fusible disconnects
• Flange or rotary handle
mechanisms

2-49
ENGINEERED PACKAGE OPTIONS
C L E A N P OW E R D R I V E S — S G 5 19 S E R I E S

RATINGS
Standard Duty:
50–600 HP @ 460 V

Heavy Duty:
50–500 HP @ 460 V

IEEE-519 Compliant OPTIONAL BYPASS: OPTIONS


PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS: An optional bypass design • Bypass (ATL or RVSS)
Benshaw’s SG 519 Series drives are configuration (ATL or RVSS) is • Line fusing
designed and manufactured to limit available for SG 519 drive packages • Output filter (reactor, long lead
voltage and current distortion levels when mission-critical reliability is or sine wave)
to within the levels defined by IEEE- important and disruptive downtime
• Enclosures — NEMA 12, 3R,
519*. This eliminates the need for cannot be tolerated.
4 or 4X (with AC unit)
expensive, time-consuming harmonic
• RTD monitor
analysis and avoids the resonance STANDARD FEATURES:
• Communications
problems associated with inefficient • SG Series drive
harmonic filters. • Control options to customer
• NEMA 1 ventilated enclosure specification
Our municipal projects and
• 65 kAIC circuit breaker with
engineering team will work with you
lockable disconnect
to configure a clean power solution
• Phase-shifting transformer
that meets your specifications and
and line reactor
requirements.
• 12-pulse rectifier unit
• Control transformer with
MODULAR DESIGN:
extra 120 V capacity
The modular design of Benshaw’s
• Door-mounted control
SG 519 Series drives eliminates
maintenance problems inherent in • Keypad / display
older drive designs and improves start / stop buttons
drive reliability by significantly • Reset button hand-off-
reducing power module part counts. auto switch
This design approach also allows • Speed potentiometer
each drive unit to be custom-tailored
to your specific requirements.

2-50 benshaw.com
VFD PRE-ORDER CHECK LIST
PURCHASER INFORMATION
2
1 Transformer Company Name______________________________________________________
3
Contact Person_______________________________________________________
Other Loads MCC
Email________________________________________________________________
7 Address _____________________________________________________________
4
Enclosure 16 Phone Number_______________________________________________________
L
17 5

19
Fuse Supply —
Incoming
r
1 Primary (Input) Volts _____ VAC
_____KVA _____% Impedance
Short Circuit Capability _____ ISC (Amps)
6 Secondary (Output) Volts _____
WYE-Delta Connection:  Yes  No
 Grounded  Ungrounded
7
PCC (Point
of Common
r
2 Harmonic Restrictions at PCC:  Yes  No

Coupling)  IEEE 519-1992

VFD Other Connected Loads Present?


Other Connected
B+
B-
RSi Loads r
3 Please list in detail in comments.
Ex. PFCC, VFD, etc.
 Yes  No
9
DBR
8 Feeder Cable r
4 Cable Length _____  Conduit  Teck
 Non-
Shielded
 Shielded
KAIC Rating
10
Main Disconnect r
5  Breaker  Fusible Disc.  Line Fuses
_____
Input Isolation
Contactor r
6  Yes  No  HP Rated
 NEMA
Rated
Harmonic Input Line Reactor
r
MECH.
INTERLOCK  Active
7  Transformer  Passive Filter
11 Suppression 3  or 5  % Imp. Filter
 18 Pulse  RFI/EMI Filter
12
VFD - HP _____ KVA _____ KW _____
VFD Ratings r
8
V _____
CT  VT  Volts _____
Amps _____
T Model - RSi - _____ HP - _____ V - _____ Encl.
Dynamic Braking r
9 Load Type:  Decel Only  Overhauling

13 Duty Cycle  5%  10%  25%


 50%  100%
Output Filter r
10  Reactor  Long Lead  Sine Wave
50 ft. ~ 300 ft. 300 ft. ~ 1500 ft. > 1500 ft.
MOTOR Bypass r
11  2 Contactor  3 Contactor  RVSS  HP Rated
14  NEMA Rated  IEC Rated
Overload r
12 For ATL Bypass only: Class 1–40 _____

LOAD

20 21

2-51
VFD PRE-ORDER CHECK LIST

Cable Length rSee r


13 10 Manufacturer _______________________
Length _____ Ft _____ m _____
Cable Specification:  Non-Shielded  Shielded  Conduit
Motor Name
Plate Data
r14 Manufacturer _________________________
HP _____________ Volts ________________
RPM _______ FLA _______ S.F. __________
Amps ________ KVA/Code_____________
Design____________ Frame_____________
Breakdown torque _______% _______lb-ft
Temperature Rise ___________________°C
Critical speed ____________________ RPM
Insulation VFD Grade NEMA MG 1 -1998,
Part 3 1.4.4.2
 Yes  No; See r
10

Over temperature protection: Thermostat Thermistor


RTD and type  100 Pt  10 Cu  100Ni  120Ni
Does the motor require a blower for low speed operation?  Yes  No
Insulated Bearing(s)  Yes  No
Options r15  Start P/B  Local/Remote Sw.
 Stop P/B  Pilot Lights
 Emergency Stop P/B  - Run/Stop
 HOA Switch  - Forward/Reverse
 Forward P/B  - Jog
 Reverse P/B  - Power
 Jog Forward P/B  - Fault
 Jog Reverse P/B
 Potentiometer
 Fault Reset P/B
 Other____________________________________________
Enclosure r16 UL Type ________ (1, 12, 3R, 4, 4X)
Ambient temperature range _____°C to _____°C
Altitude 0 to 3,300 ft. (1,000m)  Other ________________
Cable Entry/Exit Locations __________________
Enclosure Size
H ________ W _________ D __________
Restrictions
Description ____________________________________________________________________
Control r17  Keypad  Multi-Motor
 Terminal  Master  Follower
 0 to 5VDC  Analog Outputs
 0 to 10VDC  Analog Inputs
 ± 10VDC  Digital Inputs
 0/4 to 20mA  Relay Outputs

2-52 benshaw.com
VFD PRE-ORDER CHECK LIST

Communications r
18  DeviceNet  Modbus RTU
 Profibus  Other _______________
Moters r
19 Motor Amps ______ Motor Volts ____________
Frequency ________ RPM __________________
Other (Please Specify) ______________________
Application  Standard-Duty  Variable
Details r
20
 Constant Torque
(150% for 60s)
Torque (120%
for 60s)
Torque (110%
for 60s)
 Load-Steady  Pulsing  Regenerative
Speed Range _______ to _______ RPM
 Load Flywheel Inertia (WK²)
 Load Torque Profile
 Breakaway Torque lb.-ft.
Breakaway Torque Duration _______ sec.
Max. Peak Torque _______ lb.-ft.
Accel. Time _______ Decel. Time _______
 Torque vs. Speed Curve
Deceleration:  Coast  Ramp  DC Injection
Pump/Fan
Speed _______ Min. Speed _______ Starting and stopping cycle (details) _______________________________________
Holding Brake required?  Yes  No
Load Details r
21 Fan  Fin Fan Cooler  Cooling Tower Fan
 Centrifugal  Centrifugal  Electrical Submersible  Slurry
Pump  PD Pump
Pump Compressor Pump (ESP) Pump
Oil Pump  Pumpjack (PG)  Progressive Cavity Screw Pump (PCP)
 Screw  Belt  Bucket  Air
Conveyor  Flat Conveyor
Conveyor Conveyor Conveyor Conveyor
 Single  Dual
Extruder  Piston Extruder
Extruder Extruder
 Number
Other  Centrifuge  Canter Line
Throws
 Step-up
 KVA  Vprim  Vsec V Z
Additional Comments:_____________________________________________________________________________________
Transformer:
Gear ratio/Sheave ratio (Motor RPM/Load RPM) _____:_____  Single-phase input
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2-53
ENGINEERED PACKAGE PART NUMBER ASSEMBLER
B E N S H AW P OW E R P R O ™ H I G H P E R F O R M A N C E S I N G L E AC D R I V E S

PACKAGE MOTOR CONTROL CONTROL BYPASS OTHER


PREFIX SERIES HP VOLTAGE PHASE BRAKE ENCLOSURE TYPE OPTION 1 OPTION 2 PULSES DISCONNECT TYPE KEYPAD DEVICES

RSP - PPVC - 0125 - 4 - 3 - X - XXXX - IM - A1 - B1 - 06 - CB - XX - ADV - E12345

PREFIX BRAKE NUMBER OF PULSES


RSP = Redi Start Package — X = No Dynamic Brake 06 = Standard 6-Pulse VFD
Enclosed Drives B = Dynamic Brake 18 = RSI-519 Clean Energy VFD
with 18-Pulse input

SERIES PACKAGE ENCLOSURE


PPVC = Constant Torque/Heavy Duty EN01 = NEMA 1
DISCONNECT
(general purpose drives) EN12 = NEMA 12 NC = Non-combo (distribution block)
PPFP = Variable Torque/Standard Duty EN3R = NEMA 3R
(fan and pump drives) CB = Circuit Breaker
EN04 = NEMA 4*
FD = Fused Disconnect
EN4X = NEMA 4X*
POWER POWER
SIZE HP SIZE HP MOTOR TYPE BYPASS TYPE
00H5 1
⁄2 0075 75 IM = Induction Motor XX = No Bypass Option
0001 1 0100 100 PM = Permanent Magnet Motor C2 = 2-Contactor Bypass*
01H5 11⁄2 0125 125 C3 = 3-Contactor Bypass
0002 2 0150 150 CONTROL OPTION 1 SS = RVSS Solid State Bypass
0004 4 0175 175 (for PPFP and PPVC)

0003 3 0200 200 AX = No option


A1 = RS485 Comm Card, KEYPAD
0005 5 0250 250
Supports Modbus XXX = No Keypad on the Panel
07H5 71⁄2 0300 300
A2 = Profibus Comm Card (T4 and above) BAS = Basic Numeric LED keypad
0010 10 0350 350
A3 = Advanced IO card with Modbus ADV = Advanced Multi-line LCD keypad
0015 15 0375 375 (T4 and above)
H07 = 7" Touchscreen HMI*
0020 20 0400 400 A4 = Basic IO card - 3 DI
H10 = 10" Touchscreen HMI*
0025 25 0450 450 A5 = Advanced PLC IO Card
0030 30 0500 500 (T4 and above)
0040 40 0600 600 A6 = CAN Open Comm Card OTHER DEVICES
0050 50 0700 700 E+5digit code = Other options defined
0060 60 — — CONTROL OPTION 2 (for PPVC) as “Custom-Engineered Panel”
BX = No Option
B1 = Encoder with Open Collector
VOLTAGE LEVEL Differential Inputs Multi-emulated
4 = 460 Volt Output, Screw Terminals
B2 = Encoder with 5V Differential
Inputs, Multi-emulated Output,
VOLTAGE PHASE DB9 Connector
3 = Three-phase B3 = Encoder with 5V Differential Inputs,
DB15 Connector
B4 = Encoder with 7V Differential Inputs,
DB9 Connector
B5 = 5V Differential Resolver
* Consult Factory
Consult PowePro VFD section for selection options for fields Series to Motor Type

2-54 benshaw.com
ENGINEERED PACKAGE PART NUMBER ASSEMBLER
S E N S O R L E S S V E C TO R D R I V E S

RSI - 060 - SG - 4 - NC - A - 01

PREFIX ENCLOSURE**
Ready Start Inverter 1/12 = NEMA 1/12
4 = NEMA 4*
3R = NEMA 3R

POWER POWER
SIZE HP SIZE HP
001 1 060 60
002 2 075 75
003 3 100 100
005 5 125 125
PACKAGE TYPE
007 7 150 150
A = Packaged Drive, No Bypass
010 10 200 200
C = Packaged Drive with Three Contactor
015 15 250 250 Bypass
020 20 300 300 SS = Packaged Drive with Soft Starter
(RVSS) Bypass**
025 25 400 400
030 30 500 500
040 40 600 600
050 50 700 700

SERIES DISCONNECT OPTIONS


SG = Sensorless Vector Drive NC = Non-Combination
CB = Circuit Breaker
FD = Fusible Disconnect**

VOLTAGE LEVEL
2 = 230 Volt
4 = 460 Volt
6 = 600 Volt

2-55
ENGINEERED PACKAGE OPTIONS
S E N S O R L E S S V E C TO R D R I V E S — P I LOT D E V I C E S

PUSH-BUTTONS SELECTOR SWITCHES


Model Model
Number Description Number Description
QB Raised Stop Push-Button — Red QV Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch
QC Flush Start Push-Button — Green QW Local-Off-Remote Selector Switch
QD Jog Push-Button - Yellow TV Key-Operated Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch
QE Ol Reset Push-Button — (For External Ol Relay) — Black TW Dual Ramps Selector Switch
QF Reset Push-Button — Black TX Two-Postion Selector Switch — Specify Function
QG Raised Push-Button — Specify Color and Function TY Three-Position Selector Switch — Specify Function
QH Flush Push-Button — Specify Color and Function TZ Other Selector Switch — Specify Function and Type
QJ Mushroom Head Stop Push-Button — Red
QK Illuminated Push-Button — Specify Color and Function
METERS
QL On/Off Push-Button
Model
QM O/L trip Reset Button Number Description
KT Analog Ammeter
KU Analog Ammeter (3-phase with selector)
PILOT LIGHTS
KV Analog Voltmeter
Model
Number Description KW Analog Voltmeter (3-phase with selector)
QN Red Run Light KX Elapsed Timer Meter (analog, non-resettable)
RJ Green Stop Light KY Operations Counter
RK Amber Fault Light KZ AC Wattmeter
RL Green Ready Light L2 AC Watt Hour Meter
RM Amber Bypass Light L3 Other Power Metering - Specify Function
RN Red Light — Specify Function L4 Analog Ammeter (utilizes VFDs analog output)
RP Green Light — Specify Function L5 Analog Voltmeter (utilizes VFDs analog output)
RQ Amber Light — Specify Function
RR White Light — Specify Function
SPACE HEATERS
RS Blue Light — Specify Function
Model
RT Push to Test Contact Assembly (Addition to Above) Number Description
QP Power On Light — White A171 Space Heater with Thermostat

For additional options, contact factory.

2-56 benshaw.com
ENGINEERED PACKAGE OPTIONS
S E N S O R L E S S V E C TO R D R I V E S — L I N E R E AC TO R S ( I N STA L L E D )

230 V — INPUT 3% AC LINE REACTORS 460 V — INPUT 3% AC LINE REACTORS 460 V — INPUT 5% AC LINE REACTORS
Model Number HP Volts Model Number HP Volts Model Number HP Volts
GA 1 230 GL 2 460 HN 2 460
GB 2 230 GM 3 460 HP 3 460
GC 3 230 GN 5 460 HQ 5 460
GD 5 230 GP 7.5 460 HR 7.5 460
GE 7.5 230 GQ 10 460 HS 10 460
GF 10 230 GR 15 460 HT 15 460
GG 15 230 GS 20 460 HU 20 460
GH 20 230 GT 25 460 HV 25 460
GJ 25 230 GU 30 460 HW 30 460
GV 40 460 HX 40 460
GW 50 460 HY 50 460
GX 60 460 HZ 60 460
GY 75 460 J2 75 460
GZ 100 460 J3 100 460
H2 125 460 J4 125 460
H3 150 460 J5 150 460
H4 200 460 J6 200 460
H5 250 460 J7 250 460
H6 300 460 J8 300 460
H7 350 460 J9 350 460
H8 400 460 JA 400 460
H9 500 460 JB 500 460
HA 600 460 JC 600 460
HB 700 460 JD 700 460

Line reactors reduce harmonics and protect the variable frequency drive from input power quality problems. They are also
recommended on applications where the transformer kVA exceeds 10 times the KVA rating of the drive.
For additional options, contact factory.

2-57
ENGINEERED PACKAGE OPTIONS
S E N S O R L E S S V E C TO R D R I V E S — LO N G L E A D F I LT E R S ( I N STA L L E D )

460 V — LONG LEAD FILTERS


Model Number HP Volts
JW 1 460
JX 2 460
JY 3 460
JZ 5 460
K2 7.5 460
K3 10 460
K4 15 460
K5 20 460
K6 25 460
K7 30 460
K8 40 460
K9 50–60 460
KA 75 460
KB 100 460
KC 125 460
KD 150 460
KE 200 460
KF 250 460
KG 300 460
KH 350 460
KJ 400 460
KK 500 460
KL 600 460
KM 700 460
Long lead filters should be considered on applications where the cable distance between
the motor and the variable frequency drive exceeds 300 feet.
Long lead filters protect the motor from high dV/dt.
Consult motor manufacturer on selection of output filter.

2-58 benshaw.com
ENGINEERED PACKAGE OPTIONS
S E N S O R L E S S V E C TO R D R I V E S — FAST- AC T I N G S E M I C O N D U C TO R F U S E S

FAST-ACTING SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES


HP
SG VFD PowerPro PPFP PowerPro PPVC
Model Number 208 V 240 V 460 V VFD 460 V VFD 460 V 575 V
EP 2 3 5 1 0.5 7.5
EQ 3 — 7.5 1.5 1 10
ER — 5 5 2 1.5 7.5)
ES 7 10 20 3 2 25
ET 10 — 25 5 3 30
EU — 15 30 7.5 5 40
EV 15 20 40 10 7.5 50
EW 20 25 50 15 10 60
EX 25 30 60 20 15 75
EY 30 40 75 25 20 100
EZ 40 50 100 30 25 125
F2 50 60 125 40 30 150
F3 60 75 150 50 40 200
F4 75 100 200 60 50 250
F5 100 125 250 75 60 300
F6 125 150 300 100 75 400
F7 150 200 400 125 100 500
F8 200 250 500 150 125 600
F9 250 300 600 200 150 700
FA 300 350 700 250 200 —
FB — — — 300 250 —
FC — — — 350 300 —
FD — — — 400 350 —
FE — — — 450 400 —
FF — — — 500 450 —
FG — — — 600 500 —
FH — — — 700 600 —
NOTE: This option adds fast-acting semiconductor fuses to the input of the VFD.

2-59
Full Voltage Controls
Medium Voltage Products
Variable Frequency Drives • MVB Series Medium Voltage Draw-Out Circuit Breakers

• MVRMX Series Medium Voltage Solid State Soft Starters


Low Voltage Solid State Starters
• MVATL Series Medium Voltage Across the Line Starters

• Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers


Medium Voltage Drives
• MVMS Series Customizable Underground Mine Skid
Medium Voltage Controls • Plus 15 kV Soft Starter with Circuit Breaker Bypass, Load-Break Switch
and MV Junction Boxes
Medium Voltage Switchgear

Electrical
2-60
Solutions to Mechanical Problems.
benshaw.com Benshaw.com
SECTION 3
M E D I U M VO LTAG E D R I V E S

M2L MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE FEEDER


Technical Data............................................................ 3-2 Drive Feeder Non-Bypassed....................................... 3-8
Performance............................................................... 3-3 Drive Feeder with ATL Bypass................................. 3-10
Flexibility of Installation.............................................. 3-4 Drive Feeder with Fully Isolated ATL Bypass........... 3-12
Total Cost of Ownership............................................. 3-5
Special Applications.................................................... 3-6

3-1
M2L MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE
T E C H N I C A L DATA

Transformer/Rectifier Inverter
01

L
C1
Secondary Windings 02

L
Main Contactor
+ DC
+DC 03

L
C2
3-Phase Primary Cell Cell Cell
04

L
Windings
Pre-charge Cell Cell Cell
Contactor
Cell Cell Cell
3-Phase Bridge
AC Rectifiers
Mains
M
3

Cell Cell Cell


Pre-charge
Contactor Cell Cell Cell

Cell Cell Cell

-DC
- DC
Main Contactor

INPUT LINE SPECIFICATION INPUT TRANSFORMER CONTROL METHODS


• Input Voltage1 • 6–36-Pulse • Volts/Hertz (V/Hz)
- 3Ø, 380 V–35 kV ±10% • Air-cooled or Oil-filled • Sensorless Vector Control (SVC)
• Input Frequency • Indoor or Outdoor Installation
- 50 or 60 Hz ±5% EFFICIENCY
RECTIFIER • Inverter
MOTOR-SIDE SPECIFICATION • 6–36-Pulse - >99.5%
• Output Voltage1 • Diode Front End • Drive System
- 3Ø, 0–4160 V • Indoor or Outdoor Installation - >97%
- 3Ø, 0–7200 V
• Output Current INVERTER 1
 onsult factory for voltages other
C
than specified ranges.
- 0–770 A Single Inverter • Multi-Level PWM 2
 onsult factory for higher output
C
- 0–1500 A Parallel Inverters • LV IGBT Power Cells frequency requirements.

• Output Frequency2 • Indoor Installation 3


 onsult factory for higher power
C
requirements.
- 0–90 Hz
• Output Power3
- Up to 12,000 HP

3-2 benshaw.com
M2L MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE
PERFORMANCE

SUPERIOR UTILITY-FRIENDLY INPUT POWER QUALITY SUPERIOR MOTOR-FRIENDLY OUTPUT WAVEFORM QUALITY
Example of Input Current Harmonic Spectrum Example of Output Line-To-Line Voltage and Current

5.00%

4.00%

3.00%

3.00%

2.00%

1.00%

0.00%
5th 7th 11th 13th 17th 19th 23th 25th THD%

■ M2L3000 ■ IEEE 519 Requirements

• Input currents and voltages meet/exceed • Motor-friendly 13-level line-to-line output voltage
IEEE 519 requirements • Low harmonics and low dV/dT
• Input PF > 0.95 • Output filter not required (cables up to 1000 ft.)
• Input filter not required

RELIABILITY SAFETY SERVICEABILITY


Availability of operations is ensured Workforce, application and equipment Simple and fast maintenance is
through simple and well-proven are protected through safe design ensured through front access only
design. Utilizing simple and standard with reduced arc flash footprint design and advanced diagnostic
transformer and rectifier minimizes and unique and standard arc flash tools such as Benshaw Connect
the component count as well as cable detection system. and GMC® remote monitoring system.
connections. True power-cell- based Remote HMI allows personnel to Benshaw Connect provides intuitive,
inverter design creates the most operate the drive while away from user-friendly access to operational
modular inverter design in industry medium voltage. and conditional data, trends and
while enabling use of highly reliable events log as well as control and
components such as dry-type film motor parameters.
capacitors and LV IGBTs. Redundant GMC remote monitoring system
fans are included in the standard provides secure access to the drive
design. and insights into its performance and
condition. This system enables end
users to rely on Benshaw’s expertise
and receive immediate support during
unexpected situations.

3-3
M2L MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE
F L E X I B I L I T Y O F I N STA L L AT I O N

FLEXIBILITY OF INSTALLATION
Great versatility provides various configuration and installation options to
make the solution suitable for operation in different environmental conditions
while providing significant cost savings and reduced total cost of ownership.

Converter Inverter

V in + V out
M
Vdc 3
-

E-house

Transformer Rectifier Inverter

V in
+ V out
M M
Vdc 3˜ 3
-

Outdoor E-house

3-4 benshaw.com
M2L MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE
TOTA L C O ST O F OW N E R S H I P

SIGNIFICANT SAVING ON YOUR AIR-CONDITIONING COST


Significant savings on initial investment, operating cost and maintenance
costs of air-conditioning system by moving majority of heat load outdoors.

HEAT LOAD ANALYSIS


Example shown for a typical 5000 HP MV drive with 97% overall efficiency

Power Loss and Heat Load


POWER LOSS (kW) HEAT LOAD (BTU/HR)
Transformer 80 275,000
Rectifier 10 34,000
Inverter 25 85,000
Drive 115 394,000

Required Air-Conditioning Tonnage to Dissipate Heat from E-House


INDOOR TRANSFORMER, OUTDOOR TRANSFORMER,
RECTIFIER & INVERTER INDOOR RECTIFIER & INVERTER

35
30 7
25
3
20
15
25
10
5 7
0
3

Yearly Operating Cost $37,000 $11,000


20-Year Operating Cost $788,000 $225,000
1
Calculations above do not include redundant HVAC capacity and installation and maintenance cost of HVAC units.

3-5
M2L MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE
S P E C I A L A P P L I C AT I O N S

SYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER Single VFD with Single Motor — Single motor setup
Advanced synchronous transfer setup allows the motor provides the ability to soft start a motor and eliminate
to be transferred to the supply line after the motor any inrush current, thus reducing the impact on the
voltage magnitude and phase angles at the motor power system. The motor may be operated at variable
terminals are synchronized and matched with the ones speeds using the M2L MV drive or transferred across
at the supply line terminals. Advanced synchronous the line to operate at full speed.
transfer controller provides “bump-less” transfer of the
motor, which ensures minimized stress on the motor Single VFD with Multiple Motors — Multiple motors
and driven system. setup provides the ability to soft start any of the motors
Benshaw offers all the isolation disconnects, contactors, and eliminate any inrush current, thus the reducing
sync reactor and synchronous controller as well as the impact on the power system. Some or all the motors
M2L MV drives, providing an easy, fast and smooth one- may be synchronized with the utility supply and be
stop shop experience. operated at full speed. One motor may be operated
at variable speeds using the M2L MV drive for load
trimming purposes.

One-Line Diagram 1 VFD — 3 Motor

Line-Up Diagram 1 VFD — 3 Motor

3-6 benshaw.com
M2L MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE
S P E C I A L A P P L I C AT I O N S

PARALLEL DRIVE
The modular and flexible design of the M2L MV drive The 2ML design utilizes modular building blocks;
provides the ability to utilize two inverters in parallel therefore, the same components are used to achieve
and expand the HP rating of a fully air-cooled solution to higher horsepower ratings. Using modular building blocks
beyond 10,000 HP range. An air-cooled solution at this HP allows the customer to standardize on lower-cost spare
range eliminates cumbersome piping and complex and parts, minimizing downtime and maintenance costs.
unreliable liquid-cooling systems, thus offering significant
cost savings during initial investment, installation and
operation of the drive.

One-Line Diagram with Parallel Drive and Outdoor Transformer

DC Reactor

18-Pulse
Rectifier AC Reactor
M2L 3000
3 FU
440 A/550 A/660 A/770 A

Master
3 FU

3 FU
TC-FO
M
DC Reactor
AC
Reactor
M2L 3000

440 A/550 A/660 A/770 A

Follower
STD-EE

Process
STD-EE
Control Router
Interface

Single HMI
Machine
Interface Laptop STD- EE — Standard Electrical Ethernet (100 MB)
Benshaw Connect TC-FO — Time Critical Fiber Optic Inter-Inverter Communication

Line-Up for 8000 HP 4160 V Parallel Drive with Outdoor Transformer

3-7
MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE FEEDER
D R I V E F E E D E R N O N - BY PAS S E D

Shunt isolation is required in order to protect the VFD from line power in
the case of the fault. Load-break isolation is required to be able to safely
perform maintenance on drive solutions. Benshaw provides standard
solutions for isolation drive systems utilizing load-break disconnect switches
and contactors. The Benshaw drive solutions are designed to seamlessly
integrate into existing Benshaw medium voltage line-ups.

VFD FEEDER
The VFD Feeder provides input isolation to the VFD, but does not allow for
bypass. The contactor will open, isolating the VFD, should a fault appear.

Each VFD Feeder includes the following:


• 5 kV vacuum contactor
• 4.76 kV disconnect
- Load break/fault make
- Grounding bar
- Viewing window
• Class E rated fuses
• NEMA 12 enclosure

Approximate Dimensions (in.)


maximum HP Disconnect Disconnect
Model Number Voltage (kW) FLA H W D Rating Type
CFMVM2LDISC-160A-2300-12 2300 700 (500) 160 and 92.5 24 36 400 A Rotary
below load break handle
and 600 A
continuous
CFMVM2LDISC-160A-4160-12 4160 1300 (950) 160 and 92.5 24 36 400 A Rotary
below load break handle
and 600 A
continuous
*The FLA of the system must include any safety factor of the motor, and should be sized to the maximum full load current at which the motor
will operate.
**Larger sizes are available upon request.
*All dimensions above assume top entry and a pass-through exit to the neighboring converter or bottom exit. Contact Benshaw for additional
entry/exit options.
*Contact Benshaw for any VFD Feeders requiring a NEMA 3R rating.

3-8 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE FEEDER
D R I V E F E E D E R N O N - BY PAS S E D

3-9
MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE FEEDER
D R I V E F E E D E R W I T H AT L BY PAS S

VFD FEEDER WITH ATL BYPASS


Having the option for ATL bypass allows for operation of the motor if the
drive fails. Power is applied through the closure of a vacuum contactor and
disconnect switch, bypassing the VFD, and connecting the motor directly
to the line. This solution is highly recommended for critical applications that
can’t afford any downtime.

Each VFD Feeder with ATL Bypass includes the following:


ATL STARTER SECTION MAIN VFD DISCONNECT
• 4.76 kV disconnect • 4.76 kV disconnect
- Load break/fault make - Load break/fault make
- Grounding bar - Grounding bar
- Viewing window - Viewing window
• Class R rated fuses • Class E rated fuses
• (2) 5 kV vacuum contactors — • 5 kV VFD input vacuum contactor
one for line isolation and one • NEMA 12 enclosure
for VFD output isolation
• NEMA 12 enclosure
• MX3 protection
- (3) phase current transformers
- MV divider card
- MX3 keypad
- MX3 control board

Approximate Dimensions (in.)


maximum HP Disconnect Disconnect
Model Number Voltage (kW) FLA H W D Rating Type
CFMVM2LBYP-160A-2300-12 2300 700 (500) 160 and 92.5 60 36 400 A Rotary
below load break handle
and 600 A
continuous
CFMVM2LBYP-160A-4160-12 4160 1300 (950) 160 and 92.5 60 36 400 A Rotary
below load break handle
and 600 A
continuous
*The FLA of the system must include any safety factor of the motor, and should be sized to the maximum full load current at which the motor
will operate.
**Larger sizes are available upon request.
*All dimensions above assume top entry and a pass-through exit to the neighboring converter or bottom exit. Contact Benshaw for additional
entry/exit options.
*Contact Benshaw for any VFD Feeders requiring a NEMA 3R rating.

3-10 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE FEEDER
D R I V E F E E D E R W I T H AT L BY PAS S

Note that to run in ATL mode, the ATL disconnect must be closed and the VFD disconnect must
be opened.
*With the standard configuration, two load side connection points are required — one to the ATL
Starter Section and one to the Main VFD Disconnect Section. This option includes the following
in order have only one load power connection point for CFMVM2LBYP-160A-2300/4160-12.
• NEMA 12 Enclosure approx. 92.5”H x 18”W x 36”D
• Motor Landing Pad
• 800 A Non-insulated Bus
*This option is also available for our larger VFD Feeder with ATL Bypass offerings. Please contact
Benshaw for more detailed information.

3-11
MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE FEEDER
D R I V E F E E D E R W I T H F U L LY I S O L AT E D AT L BY PAS S

VFD FEEDER WITH FULLY ISOLATED ATL BYPASS


To continuously run a motor even during servicing of the medium voltage
drive, an additional disconnect switch is required. This solution allows the
motor to run through the bypass starter while the drive can be safely worked
on. This is recommended for highly critical applications where no downtime
can be tolerated.

Each VFD Feeder with Fully Isolated ATL Bypass includes the following:

(2) HIGH ATL STARTER/VFD OUTPUT MAIN VFD DISCONNECT


ISOLATION SECTIONS • 4.76 kV disconnect
• (2) 4.76 kV disconnects — one - Load break/fault make
for line isolation and one for VFD - Grounding bar
output isolation
- Viewing window
- Load break/fault make
• Class E rated fuses
- Grounding bar
• 5 kV VFD input vacuum contactor
- Viewing window
• NEMA 12 enclosure
• Class R rated fuses
• (2) 5 kV vacuum contactors —
one for line isolation and one
for VFD output isolation
• NEMA 12 enclosure
• MX3 protection
- (3) phase current transformers
- MV divider card
- MX3 keypad

Approximate Dimensions (in.)


maximum HP Disconnect Disconnect
Model Number Voltage (kW) FLA H W D Rating Type
CFMVM2LFBYP-160A-2300-12 2300 700 (500) 160 and 92.5 60 36 400 A Rotary or
below load break Flange
and 600 A Handle
continuous
CFMVM2LFBYP-160A-4160-12 4160 1300 (950) 160 and 92.5 60 36 400 A Rotary or
below load break Flange
and 600 A Handle
continuous
*The FLA of the system must include any safety factor of the motor, and should be sized to the maximum full load current at which the motor
will operate.
**Larger sizes are available upon request.
*All dimensions above assume top entry and a pass-through exit to the neighboring converter or bottom exit. Contact Benshaw for additional
entry/exit options.
*Contact Benshaw for any VFD Feeders requiring a NEMA 3R rating.

3-12 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRIVE FEEDER
D R I V E F E E D E R W I T H F U L LY I S O L AT E D AT L BY PAS S

Note that to run in ATL mode, the ATL disconnect must be closed and the VFD disconnect must
be opened.
*With the standard configuration, two load side connection points are required — one to the two
High ATL Starter/VFD Output Isolation Sections and one to the Main VFD Disconnect Section.
This option includes the following in order have only one load power connection point for
CFMVM2LFBYP-160A-2300/4160-12.
• NEMA 12 Enclosure approx. 92.5”H x 18”W x 36”D
• Motor Landing Pad
• 800 A Non-insulated Bus
*This option is also available for our larger VFD Feeder with ATL Bypass offerings. Please contact
Benshaw for more detailed information.

3-13
M2L 3000
Series

Full Voltage Controls


Medium Voltage Drives
Variable Frequency Drives • Patented topology

• Industry-leading performance
Low Voltage Solid State Starters • Reduced cost of ownership

• Flexibility of installation
Medium Voltage Drives
• Enhanced reliability and efficiency
Medium Voltage Controls • Simplified serviceability

• Dependable safety
Medium Voltage Switchgear

Electrical
3-14
Solutions to Mechanical Problems.
benshaw.com Benshaw.com
SECTION 4
LOW VO LTAG E S O L I D STAT E STA RT E R S

4.1 STANDARD PRODUCTS 4.2 ENGINEERED PRODUCTS (BUILT-TO-ORDER)


TECHNICAL INFORMATION ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES
MX2 Control Specification........................................... 4-3 Engineered Starters Part Number Assembler.........4-21
MX3 Control Specification........................................... 4-6 Continuous Duty/Non-bypassed............................. 4-22
Control Comparison Guide......................................... 4-9 Continuous Duty/Non-bypassed
with Circuit Breaker................................................ 4-26
OPEN CHASSIS SOLID STATE STARTERS Integral Bypass/Standard and Heavy Duty............. 4-30
Open Chassis Starters — Continuous Duty/ Integral Bypass with Circuit Breaker/Standard
Non-bypassed........................................................... 4-12 and Heavy Duty...................................................... 4-38
Open Chassis Starters with Integral Bypass............ 4-15 Across-the-Line Bypass.......................................... 4-46
Across-the-Line Bypass and Circuit Breaker.......... 4-50
ENCLOSED PREPACKAGED STARTERS
Severe Duty Starters with ATL Bypass.....................4-17 APPLICATION-SPECIFIC STARTERS
DC Injection Braking............................................... 4-54
Reversing............................................................... 4-55

ENGINEERED OPTIONS............................................. 4-56

4-1
LOW VOLTAGE SOLID STATE STARTERS
PA RT N U M B E R C R O S S R E F E R E N C E

Description Old New


Open Chassis/Non-Bypassed RCX RC2 or RC3
Open Chassis/Bypassed RBX RB2 or RB3
Prepackaged Severe Duty Starter RSE6 RX3E
Prepackaged Severe Duty Starter RXE6 RX2E or RX3E
Prepackaged Starters/Non-Bypassed MXPC MX2PC
Prepackaged Starters/Bypassed MXPB MX2PB
Starters with Separate/Run Duty Bypass RBX2 RB2-2 or RB3-2
Starters with Separate/Starting Duty Bypass RBX3 RB2-3 or RB3-3
Starters with DC Injection Brake/Non-Bypassed RSM7 See page 4-59
Starters with DC Injection Brake/Bypassed RSM7SB See page 4-59
Reversing Starters RSM10 RC2, RC3, RB2, RB3 with reversing contactor option

Please see Engineered Starter Part Number Assembler for complete engineered
product part numbers (page 4-21).

4-2 benshaw.com
MX2 CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
N E X T G E N E R AT I O N I NT E L L I G E NT M OTO R C O NT R O L

MX2 CONTROL HIGHLIGHTS OPTIONAL


KEYPAD
MX2 control technology
from Benshaw provides
MX2 BOARD
a powerful, flexible,
intelligent low voltage
motor control platform.
MX2-based controls offer
multiple, user-selectable
starting modes, an
increased selection of
configurable digital and
analog I/Os, comprehensive
built-in metering capabilities,
unprecedented onboard protection
and an easy to use, intuitive
user interface.

The control board terminal configuration — coupled with


programmable burden CT settings — makes Benshaw’s MX2
technology an excellent choice for a wide range of intelligent,
soft start motor control applications.

With more built-in starting modes … more built-in protection features …


additional communications capabilities … improved noise immunity …
a more complete user I/O and CE compliance, Benshaw’s MX2-based
low voltage motor controls raise the bar for intelligent, low-cost, soft start
motor control.

When you factor in our unique three-year factory warranty and 24/7
comprehensive technical support, we think you’ll find Benshaw’s
MX2-based controls to be the best value on the planet.

STANDARD FEATURES: • User-configurable analog I/O • Energy saver


• High performance motor • Programmable burden • Remote keypad ready
control with multiple starting CT settings • CE, UL, CUL, NEMA compliance
modes built-in • Residual ground fault • Built-in self-testing (BIST)
• Jogging 7 and 14% speed • Advanced line/motor metering • ModBus 485 plus expanded
• 3 user-configurable digital inputs • Full DC braking with add-on SCR communications capabilities
• 2 fixed inputs for start and • Power stack thermistor with optional bridges
bypass confirm • Data snapshot of each fault
• 3 user-configurable output relays • Power up on start
and 1 fixed bypass confirm
• 1000 V capable

4-3
MX2 CONTROL FEATURES
STA N DA R D P R O D U C T S

MULTIPLE STARTING MODES: METERING: 3 DIGITAL INPUTS CONFIGURABLE TO:


• Voltage ramp • Review 2% value • Stop
• Current ramp • Average current • Fault
- Adjustable initial current • L1 current • Fault reset
- Adjustable maximum current • L2 current • Bypass/confirmation & inline
- Adjustable ramp time • L3 current • OL reset
• Torque ramp (TruTorque™) • Current imbalance % • Local/remote selection
- Adjustable initial torque • Ground fault amps/residual • Heater enable
- Adjustable maximum torque • Average volts • Heater disable
- Adjustable ramp time • L1 — L2 voltage • Dual ramp selection
• Power ramp • L2 — L3 voltage • 1 dedicated start input
- Adjustable initial torque • L3 — L1 voltage • 1 dedicated bypass
- Adjustable maximum torque • Overload %
- Adjustable ramp time • Power factor 3 RELAY OUTPUTS CONFIGURABLE TO:
• Linear/tach feedback control • Watts • Starter off
• Jogging 7 and 14% speed • VA • Faulted fail safe and non-fail safe
• VARS • Running
MOTOR PROTECTION: • KW hours • Up to speed
• Motor thermal overload • MW hours • Alarm condition
• Independent starting • Phase order • Ready condition
and running OLs • Line frequency • Locked out
• Up to speed timer exceeded • Analog input • Overcurrent trip
• Low line voltage • Analog output • Undercurrent trip
• Low line frequency • Run time — days • OL alarm
• High line frequency • Run time — hours • Shunt trip fail safe
• Phase reversal • # of starts and non-fail safe
• Phase loss • TruTorque % • Ground fault
• Instantaneous overcurrent • Power % • Energy saver indication
• Overcurrent • Peak starting current • Heating indication
• Undercurrent • Last starting duration • Slow speed forward/reverse
• Current imbalance • DC braking
• Ground fault residual • Cooling fan
• Shorted SCR
• Disconnect fault
• Inline contactor fault
• Control power low
• Stack over temperature

4-4 benshaw.com
MX2 CONTROL FEATURES
STA N DA R D P R O D U C T S

1 ANALOG 4–20 MA/0–10 VDC USER INTERFACE: 1 COMMUNICATION PORT:


INPUT CONFIGURABLE TO: • Standard board-mounted • Modbus RS485
• Trip high level LED interface
• Trip low level • Optional remote mount ADVANCED FUNCTIONALITY:
LCD display • Dual ramp selection
1 ANALOG 4–20 MA/0–10 VDC - Set/examine operating • Adjustable kick current
OUTPUT CONFIGURABLE TO: parameters
• Programmable decel modes
• Current (0–200%/0–800%) - View status information
• LV BIST (built-in self test)
• Voltage (0–150%) - View line current, voltage
• OL (0–150%) and frequency in real time
• KW (0–10 KW/0–100 KW) - Start and stop the solid
state starter
• MW (0–1 MW)
• Analog input (0–100%)
• Firing (0–100%)
• Calibration

4-5
MX3 CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
N E X T G E N E R AT I O N I NT E L L I G E NT M OTO R C O NT R O L

KEYPAD
MX3 CONTROL HIGHLIGHTS (INCLUDED)
Benshaw’s next
generation MX3 OPTIONAL MX3 BOARD
technology propels low RTD MODULES
voltage motor control
to even greater levels
of performance and
functionality. With
its real-time clock,
enhanced programming
capabilities, ease of use
and a unique, flexible
architecture — Benshaw’s
MX3 controller delivers advanced
motor control and protection with all of the rugged,
dependable performance you’ve come to expect
from the world leader in advanced controls and drives.
I/O CARD

MX3 controllers, power components, software and sensors are all designed,
built and tested to perform as an integrated control system, eliminating the
coordination and performance problems inherent in other forms of reduced
voltage starting.

With more built-in features, more configurable options, greater expandability


and a broader communications capability than any other motor control on
the market, Benshaw’s next generation MX3 technology will shorten your
commissioning times, improve motor performance and protection, enhance
diagnostic capability and streamline electrical system monitoring and
maintenance tasks.

BENSHAW’S MX3 CONTROL • Real-time clock • Zero speed switch input


TECHNOLOGY PROVIDES ALL • Motor PTC input • Power outage ride through
MX2 FEATURES, PLUS: • Zero sequence ground fault (PORT)
• 8 user-configurable inputs • RTD module support • Power factor trip
• 2 fixed inputs for start and • Event log (99 events) • Patented CYCLO control
bypass confirm (0–40% speed)
• Start per hour limiter
• 6 user-configurable relay outputs
• Back spin timer
• 1 fixed output for bypass control
• Time between starts limiter

4-6 benshaw.com
MX3 CONTROL FEATURES
STA N DA R D P R O D U C T S

MULTIPLE STARTING MODES: METERING: 8 DIGITAL INPUTS CONFIGURABLE TO:


• Voltage ramp • Review 2% value • Stop
• Current ramp • Average current • Fault
- Adjustable initial current • L1 current • Fault reset
- Adjustable maximum current • L2 current • Bypass/confirmation
- Adjustable ramp time • L3 current and inline
• Torque ramp (TruTorque) • Current imbalance % • OL reset
- Adjustable initial torque • Ground fault amps/residual • Local/remote selection
- Adjustable maximum torque • Average volts • Heater enable
- Adjustable ramp time • L1 — L2 voltage • Heater disable
• Power ramp • L2 — L3 voltage • Dual ramp selection
- Adjustable initial torque • L3 — L1 voltage • 1 dedicated start input
• Overload % • 1 dedicated bypass
- Adjustable maximum torque
- Adjustable ramp time • Power factor
• Watts 6 RELAY OUTPUTS CONFIGURABLE TO:
• Linear/tach feedback control
• VA • Starter off
• CYCLO converter control
• VARS • Faulted fail safe and non-fail safe
• KW hours • Running
MOTOR PROTECTION:
• MW hours • Up to speed
• Motor thermal overload
• Phase order • Alarm condition
• Independent starting
and running OLs • Line frequency • Ready condition
• Up to speed timer exceeded • Analog input • Locked out
• Low line voltage • Analog output • Overcurrent trip
• Low line frequency • Run time — days • Undercurrent trip
• High line frequency • Run time — hours • OL alarm
• Phase reversal • # of starts • Shunt trip fail safe
• TruTorque % and non-fail safe
• Phase loss
• Power % • Ground fault
• Instantaneous overcurrent
• Peak starting current • Energy saver indication
• Overcurrent
• Last starting duration • Heating indication
• Undercurrent
• Real-time clock • Slow speed forward/reverse
• Current imbalance
• DC braking
• Ground fault (residual
or zero sequence) • Cooling fan
• Shorted SCR
• Disconnect fault
• Inline contactor fault
• Control power low
• Stack over temperature
• Motor PTC input
• RTD modules

4-7
MX3 CONTROL FEATURES
STA N DA R D P R O D U C T S

1 ANALOG 4–20 MA/0–10 VDC USER INTERFACE: 1 COMMUNICATION PORT:


INPUT CONFIGURABLE TO: • Standard board-mounted • Modbus RS485
• Trip high level LED interface
• Trip low level • Optional remote mount ADVANCED FUNCTIONALITY:
LCD display • Dual ramp selection
1 ANALOG 4–20 MA/0–10 VDC - S
 et/examine operating • Adjustable kick current
OUTPUT CONFIGURABLE TO: parameters
• Programmable decel modes
• Current (0–200%/0–800%) - View status information
• LV BIST (built-in self test)
• Voltage (0–150%) - V
 iew line current, voltage
• Event log (99 events)
• OL (0–150%) and frequency in real time
• KW (0–10 KW/0–100 KW) - S
 tart and stop the solid
state starter
• MW (0–1 MW)
• Analog input (0–100%)
• Firing (0–100%)
• Calibration

4-8 benshaw.com
CONTROL FEATURE COMPARISON
Function Micro ii MX2 MX3 
Soft Starting and Stopping
Voltage Ramp √ √
Current Ramp √ √ √
TruTorque Ramp √ √ √
Power Ramp √ √ √
Tach/Speed Control Ramp √ √
Linear Ramp Profiles √ √ √
Squared and S Ramp Profiles √
Dual Ramps √ √ √
Kicking √ √ √
Voltage Decel √ √ √
TruTorque Decel √ √ √
DC Braking √ √ √
Heater/Antiwindmill √ √ √
Jogging 7–14% Speed √ √ √
Slow Speed CYCLO Operation 0–40% speed √ √
Inside Delta √ √ √
Wye-Delta/Electromechanical Control √ √
Phase Controller √ √
Current Follower √ √
ATL √ √ √
Protection
Separate Starting/Running Overload Classes √ √
Adj. Hot/Cold Ratio √ √
Adj. Cooling Time √ √
Intelligent Start Lockout √
Adj. OL Lockout Level √
Over/Under Current Protection √ √ √
Retained OL When Power Lost √ √ √
Current Imbalance Protection √ √ √
IOC (Instantaneous Over Current) √ √ √
Open/Shorted SCR Detection √ √ √
Overcurrent/Shear Pin √ √ √
Undercurrent/Load Loss √ √ √
Residual Ground Fault Protection √ √ √
Zero Sequence Ground Fault Protection √
Starts Per Hour √ √
RTD Monitoring √ √
Motor PTC √
Stack OT Switch √ √ √
Stack Thermistor Input √ √
Backspin Timer √ √
Time Between Starts √ √
Phase Rotation √ √ √

4-9
CONTROL FEATURE COMPARISON
Function Micro ii MX2 MX3 
Protection
Overvoltage √ √ √
Undervoltage √ √ √
Phase Loss √ √ √
UTS/Stall Timer √ √ √
Zero Speed Switch √ √
PF Trip √ √
PORT (Power Outage Ride Through) √ √
Keypad Fault Reset √ √
Adj. Auto Fault Reset Timer √ √
Adj. Number of Auto Resets Before Lockout √ √ √
Decel After Fault √ √
Fault Log √ √ √
Time and Date Stamp √ √
9 Data Snapshots of Each Fault √ √
Event Log (last 99 events) √ √
Fault Classes √
User I/O
Programmable Digital Inputs √ √ √
Programmable Digital Outputs √ √ √
User Analog Input √ √
Programmable User Analog Output √ √
Local/Remote Source Input √ √
Power Up Start √ √ √

4-10 benshaw.com
CONTROL FEATURE COMPARISON
Function Micro ii MX2 MX3 
Metering
Full Voltage and Current Metering √ √ √
True RMS Calculation √ √
Factory Menu Calibration √ √ √
Current Imbalance Meter √ √ √
Ground Fault Meter √ √ √
Watt Meters √ √ √
KVA Meters √ √ √
VAR Meter √ √ √
Watt Hour Meters √ √ √
Line Frequency Meter √ √ √
Power Factor Meter √ √ √
% OL Meter √ √ √
Time Until OL Lockout Release Meter √ √
Phase Rotation Meter √ √
& Power and % TruTorque Meter √ √ √
Run Time Meter √ √ √
Number of Starts Meter √ √ √
Peak Current of Last Start Meter √ √
Last Starting Time Meter √ √
Analog Input Meter √ √
Real-Time Clock √ √
RTD Meters √
Miscellaneous
LV BIST √ √
MV BIST √ √ √
LV Powered BIST √ √

4-11
OPEN CHASSIS STARTERS Also
available
NON-BYPASSED/CONTINUOUS DUTY with MX3
control

R C S E R I E S W I T H M X 2 O R M X 3 T E C H N O LO G Y —
R U G G E D I N D U ST R I A L S O L I D STAT E STA RT E R S
1 – 12 0 0 H P / 2 0 8 – 6 0 0 VAC

RC SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS:


The RC Series Solid State Starter combines the high performance MX2
or MX3 control with the rugged, continuous duty, fan cooled RC stack.

The MX2 or MX3 series control provides users with a powerful group of
programming parameters, designed for flexibility in industrial applications.
The MX2 and MX3 both provide simple setup and commissioning via the
Quick Start Menu.

The RC power section is a rugged non-bypassed section. It is an economical


solution at low horse-power. In addition, the fan-cooled stack provides high
duty cycle and high inertia starting and energy saver operation.

KEY ADVANTAGES: • Integrated motor protection • Integrated metering


• Economical at low horsepower • Modbus/TCP, DeviceNet, and diagnostics
• High duty cycle starting Ethernet/IP, web addressable • Multiple starting ramps
• Long starting times communication protocols for various applications
are available via optional
• Suitable for jogging applications
communication bridges
• Fan-cooled stack
• 1.25 service factor
• Energy saver applications

See pages 4-9–4-11 for MX2 and MX3 control feature comparison

Guaranteed … for three full years.


Only Benshaw has a three year guarantee.
Every Benshaw solid state starter is guaranteed
for three full years. Other manufacturers limit their
warranties to just one year. But at Benshaw, we believe
that, because we build them better, we can guarantee
them longer.

4-12 benshaw.com
OPEN CHASSIS STARTERS
NON-BYPASSED/CONTINUOUS DUTY
R C S E R I E S W I T H M X 2 O R M X 3 T E C H N O LO G Y —
O P E N C H AS S I S / N O N - BY PAS S E D
5 0 0 % C U R R E NT F O R 3 0 S E C / 12 5 % C O NT I N U O U S R AT E D

Horsepower Dimensions (in.)


Wgt.
Model Number Amps 208 V 240 V 480 V 575 V H W D (lbs.)
RC2-0-S-027A-31C 27 7.5 10 20 25 14 9.9 7.9 15
RC2-0-S-040A-31C 40 10 15 30 40 14 9.9 7.9 15
RC2-0-S-052A-31C 52 15 20 40 50 14 9.9 7.9 18
RC2-0-S-065A-32C 65 20 25 50 60 18 10 9.6 18
RC2-0-S-077A-32C 77 25 30 60 75 18 10 9.6 18
RC2-0-S-096A-33C 96 30 – 75 100 27 10 9.6 19
RC2-0-S-125A-34C 125 40 50 100 125 27 10 9.6 45
RC2-0-S-156A-34C 156 50 60 125 150 24 22 10.1 45
RC2-0-S-180A-34C 180 60 75 150 200 24 22 10.1 45
RC2-0-S-240A-35C 240 75 100 200 250 26 22 10.1 55
RC2-0-S-302A-35C 302 100 125 250 300 26 22 10.1 55
RC2-0-S-361A-35C 361 125 150 300 400 26 22 10.1 60
RC2-0-S-414A-35C 414 150 – 350 – 26 22 10.1 150
RC2-0-S-477A-35C 477 – 200 400 500 26 22 10.1 150
RC2-0-S-515A-36C 515 200 – 450 – 36.8 29 10.7 150
RC2-0-S-590A-36C 590 – 250 500 600 36.8 29 10.7 160
• Unit requires separate 120 V control power.
• Unit includes standard board-mounted LED interface. The optional LCD interface is shown. The keypad is shipped loose.
• The above starters include MX2 technology.
• Consult factory for larger sizes.

Part Number Description


KPMX3CBL2M NEMA 12 Remote Keypad with 2 Meter Cable

4-13
OPEN CHASSIS STARTERS
NON-BYPASSED/CONTINUOUS DUTY
R C 3 S E R I E S W I T H M X 3 T E C H N O LO G Y — O P E N C H AS S I S / N O N - BY PAS S E D
5 0 0 % C U R R E NT F O R 3 0 S E C / 12 5 % C O NT I N U O U S R AT E D

Horsepower Dimensions (in.)


Wgt.
Model Number Amps 208 V 240 V 480 V 575 V H W D (lbs.)
RC3-0-S-027A-31C 27 7.5 10 20 25 14 9.9 8.7 15
RC3-0-S-040A-31C 40 10 15 30 40 14 9.9 8.7 15
RC3-0-S-052A-31C 52 15 20 40 50 14 9.9 8.7 18
RC3-0-S-065A-32C 65 20 25 50 60 18 10 10.4 18
RC3-0-S-077A-32C 77 25 30 60 75 18 10 10.4 18
RC3-0-S-096A-33C 96 30 – 75 100 27 10 10.4 19
RC3-0-S-125A-34C 125 40 50 100 125 27 10 10.4 45
RC3-0-S-156A-34C 156 50 60 125 150 24 22 10.9 45
RC3-0-S-180A-34C 180 60 75 150 200 24 22 10.9 45
RC3-0-S-240A-35C 240 75 100 200 250 26 22 10.9 55
RC3-0-S-302A-35C 302 100 125 250 300 26 22 10.9 55
RC3-0-S-361A-35C 361 125 150 300 400 26 22 10.9 60
RC3-0-S-414A-35C 414 150 – 350 – 26 22 10.9 150
RC3-0-S-477A-35C 477 – 200 400 500 26 22 10.9 150
RC3-0-S-515A-36C 515 200 – 450 – 36.8 29 11.5 150
RC3-0-S-590A-36C 590 – 250 500 600 36.8 29 11.5 160
• Unit requires separate 120 V control power.
• Unit includes remote mountable LCD keypad (KPMX3CBL2M) with 2 meter cable.
The keypad is shipped loose.
• The above starters include MX3 technology.
• Consult factory for larger sizes.

4-14 benshaw.com
OPEN CHASSIS STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
R B S E R I E S W I T H M X 2 T E C H N O LO G Y —
( A L S O AVA I L A B L E W I T H M X 3 T E C H N O LO G Y )
R U G G E D I N D U ST R I A L S O L I D STAT E STA RT E R S W I T H I NT EG R A L BY PAS S

RB SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS: NEMA 2-Hole Pattern SCRs In Reverse dV/dt NEMA 2-Hole
(bottom entry/ Parallel Configuration Protection Pattern
Benshaw’s RB series solid bottom exit) (top entry/top exit)
state starter combines the
high performance MX2 or
MX3 technology with a rugged,
compact, integral bypass
RB series power section.

The MX2 or MX3 technology


provides users with a powerful
group of programming parameters,
designed for flexibility in across
a wide range of industrial RB Power Pole — 180 A
Stack Over- Integral Bypass
applications. Both MX and MX
2 3
Temperature Contactor
controls provide simple setup and Protection
commissioning via the Quick Start Menu.

The RB power section is a rugged, heavy duty solid state starter section
designed with integral bypass contactors for a compact, efficient profile.
The modular design includes separate poles for each phase for ease
of maintenance.

KEY ADVANTAGES: • Multiple starting ramps • Integrated motor protection


• Small, compact design for various applications • Dual ramp capability for loaded/
• Modular power stack assembly • Integrated metering unloaded applications
for ease of maintenance system diagnostics • Power stack has multiple ratings
• ModBus standard/other • Integral bypass contactors for for application flexibility
Fieldbus optional efficient operation, eliminating
the need for external fans

See pages 4-9–4-11 for MX2 and MX3 control feature comparison

Guaranteed … for three full years.


Only Benshaw has a three year guarantee.
Every Benshaw solid state starter is guaranteed
for three full years. Other manufacturers limit their
warranties to just one year. But at Benshaw, we believe
that, because we build them better, we can guarantee
them longer.

4-15
OPEN CHASSIS STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
RB2/RB3 SERIES— PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Horsepower Dimensions (in.)*


Wgt.
Model Number 208 V 240 V 480 V 575 V H W D (lbs.)
Standard Duty RBX-1-S-027A-11C 7.5 10 20 25 14 10 6.9 14
350% for 30 sec
RBX-1-S-040A-11C 10 15 30 40 14 10 6.9 14
115% continuous
RBX-1-S-052A-12C 15 20 40 50 14 10 8.4 17
RBX-1-S-065A-12C 20 25 50 60 14 10 8.4 17
RBX-1-S-077A-13C 25 30 60 75 15 10 8.4 17
RBX-1-S-096A-13C 30 40 75 100 15 10 8.9 18
RBX-1-S-125A-14C 40 50 100 125 21.7 12.3 9 43
RBX-1-S-156A-14C 50 60 125 150 21.4 14 9 43
RBX-1-S-180A-14C 60 75 150 200 21.4 14 9 43
RBX-1-S-240A-15C 75 100 200 250 23.8 12.5 10.3 51
RBX-1-S-302A-15C 100 125 250 300 23.8 12.5 10.3 51
RBX-1-S-361A-16C 125 150 300 400 23.9 13.3 9.2 56
RBX-1-S-414A-17C 150 – 350 – 27.9 18 11.1 151
RBX-1-S-477A-17C – 200 400 500 28.9 18 11.1 155
RBX-1-S-515A-17C 200 – 450 – 28.9 18 11.1 155
RBX-1-S-590A-18C – 250 500 600 28.8 18 11.1 159
RBX-1-S-720A-19C 250 300 600 700 30.7 18.5 10.9 159
RBX-1-S-838A-20C 300 350 700 800 29.1 26.1 12.5 160
Heavy Duty RBX-1-S-027A-11C 7.5 10 20 25 14 10 6.9 14
500% for 30 sec
RBX-1-S-040A-11C 10 15 30 40 14 10 6.9 14
125% continuous
RBX-1-S-052A-12C 15 20 40 50 14 10 8.4 17
RBX-1-S-096A-13C 30 40 75 100 15 10 8.4 18
RBX-1-S-156A-14C 40 50 100 125 21.4 14 9 43
RBX-1-S-180A-15C 60 75 150 200 21.4 14 9 51
RBX-1-S-361A-16C 75 100 200 250 23.9 13.3 9.2 56
RBX-1-S-414A-17C 125 150 300 400 27.9 18 11.1 151
RBX-1-S-590A-18C 200 200 450 500 28.8 18 11.1 159
RBX-1-S-720A-19C – 250 500 600 30.7 18.5 10.9 160
Severe Duty RBX-1-S-027A-11C 5 7.5 15 20 14 10 6.9 14
600% for 30 sec
RBX-1-S-040A-11C 10 10 30 40 14 10 6.9 14
125% continuous
RBX-1-S-052A-12C – 15 – – 14 10 8.4 17
RBX-1-S-096A-13C 25 30 60 75 15 10 8.4 18
RBX-1-S-180A-14C 30 40 75 100 21.4 14 9 43
RBX-1-S-180A-15C 50 60 125 150 21.4 14 9 51
RBX-1-S-361A-16C 60 75 150 200 23.9 13.3 9.2 56
RBX-1-S-414A-17C 100 125 250 300 28.9 18 11.1 151
RBX-1-S-590A-18C 150 200 450 500 28.8 18 11.1 159
*RB3 option adds approximately 0.8 inches to the depth.

4-16 benshaw.com
PACKAGED STARTERS WITH ATL BYPASS
SEVERE DUTY 480 V
R E D I STA RT R X 2 E S E R I E S + R X 3 E — N E M A 12 / C O M B I N AT I O N / D U A L R E D U N DA NT

RX2E SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS:


RX2E starters provide solid state reduced voltage starting
for normal operation and full voltage emergency backup
starting with complete electronic motor protection at the flip
of a switch. This unique dual redundant design is the ideal
solution for critical applications where downtime is extremely
disruptive to production operations and cannot be tolerated.
Benshaw’s MX solid state controls provide precise digital
starting and stopping, motor protection, metering, diagnostics
and communications … standard.

Units are stocked with MX2 technology, but are also available
with MX3 technology.

Rugged. Reliable. Ready.

STANDARD FEATURES: • Separately mounted “SPE” • Door-mounted overload reset


• NEMA 12, dual redundant, series overload relay wired • Terminal strip mounted inside
combination/circuit breaker for full voltage start and enclosure for remote start/stop
• Shunt trip on main circuit breaker run operation. connection
• 500% — 30 seconds rated solid • 110 volt control power • Auxiliary relay with (2) Form C
state starter, UL certified transformer with primary run contacts
and listed and secondary fuses • Benshaw MX2 programmable
• 1800 PIV rated SCRs, • Door-mounted start motor controller with soft
UL certified and listed and stop push-buttons start, soft stop and motor
• 125% continuous duty rated • Door-mounted keypad protection capabilities
solid state starter, UL certified • Door-mounted run indicating light • RS485 ModBus communications
and listed • Door-mounted local-off • Analog I/O
• Selector switch for selecting remote switch • Available with MX3 technology
solid state or full voltage
operation mounted inside Guaranteed … for three full years.
enclosure Only Benshaw has a three year guarantee.
• Full HP rated bypass contactor Every Benshaw solid state starter is guaranteed
with a 1.15 service factor, wired for three full years. Other manufacturers limit their
for normal bypass operation warranties to just one year. But at Benshaw, we believe
and full voltage start and run that, because we build them better, we can guarantee
operation, with normally open them longer.
auxiliary contact

4-17
PACKAGED STARTERS WITH ATL BYPASS WEB
SEVERE DUTY 480 V STOCKED

R E D I STA RT R X 2 E S E R I E S + R X 3 E — N E M A 12 / C O M B I N AT I O N / D U A L
R E D U N DA NT PAC K AG E D W I T H C I R C U I T B R E A K E R , E M E R G E N C Y AC R O S S -
T H E - L I N E BY PAS S / N E M A 12 / N E M A 3 R

RX2E SERIES WITH MX2 TECHNOLOGY 


HP CB Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Model Number Wgt.
NEMA 12 NEMA 3R* Amps 480 V Trip H W D (lbs.) 
8 RX2E-050-480-12KP  RX2E-050-480-3RKP 65 50 100 26 24 12 215
8 RX2E-075-480-12KP  RX2E-075-480-3RKP 96 75 225 26 24 12 220
8 RX2E-100-480-12KP  RX2E-100-480-3RKP 124 100 225 48 24 12 230
8 RX2E-125-480-12KP  RX2E-125-480-3RKP 156 125 225 48 24 12 320
8 RX2E-150-480-12KP  RX2E-150-480-3RKP 180 150 300 48 24 12 325
8 RX2E-200-480-12KP  RX2E-200-480-3RKP 240 200 400 48 36 12 335
8 RX2E-250-480-12KP  RX2E-250-480-3RKP 302 250 400 70 30 18 510
8 RX2E-300-480-12KP  RX2E-300-480-3RKP 361 300 600 70 30 18 515
8 RX2E-400-480-12KP  RX2E-400-480-3RKP 477 400 800 87 37 20 765
8 RX2E-500-480-12KP  RX2E-500-480-3RKP 590 500 1200 87 37 20 790
8 RX2E-600-480-12KP  RX2E-600-480-3RKP 720 600 1200 87 37 20 815

RX3E SERIES WITH MX3 TECHNOLOGY 


HP CB Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Model Number Wgt.
NEMA 12 NEMA 3R* Amps 480 V Trip H W D (lbs.) 
 RX3E-050-480-12KP  RX3E-050-480-3RKP 65 50 100 48 24 13 240
 RX3E-075-480-12KP  RX3E-075-480-3RKP 96 75 225 48 24 13 245
 RX3E-100-480-12KP  RX3E-100-480-3RKP 124 100 225 48 24 17 255
 RX3E-125-480-12KP  RX3E-125-480-3RKP 156 125 225 48 36 17 355
 RX3E-150-480-12KP  RX3E-150-480-3RKP 180 150 300 48 36 17 360
 RX3E-200-480-12KP  RX3E-200-480-3RKP 240 200 400 48 36 17 370
 RX3E-250-480-12KP  RX3E-250-480-3RKP 302 250 400 70 30 18 565
 RX3E-300-480-12KP  RX3E-300-480-3RKP 361 300 600 70 30 18 570
 RX3E-400-480-12KP  RX3E-400-480-3RKP 477 400 800 87 37 20 850
 RX3E-500-480-12KP  RX3E-500-480-3RKP 590 500 1200 87 37 20 875
 RX3E-600-480-12KP  RX3E-600-480-3RKP 720 600 1200 87 37 20 905

• 50–600 HP units are service entrance rated.


* NEMA 3R units are available in 2 weeks. RX3E units are available in 2 weeks.
* RX2E and RX3E units include door-mounted keypad.
8 Web stocked
 Built-to-order: Please allow one week for shipment.

4-18 benshaw.com
ENGINEERED PACKAGES
P R O D U C T OV E RV I E W

Benshaw has developed advanced engineering, drafting, materials


management and quality systems focused on designing and building
customer solutions. This “Build to Order” capability combined with
an extensive inventory of control components, protective relays, circuit
breakers, contactors, enclosures and other electrical/electronic devices
provides our customers with the quickest shipment of engineered products
in the industry.

CONTROL MODIFICATIONS — WHATEVER YOU SPECIFY


• Over 250 modifications and accessories are available, including:
pilot devices, PLCs, control power transformers, switches, meters,
relays, space heaters and protective devices.

COMBINATION STARTERS TO MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS


• 15 to 2000 amp circuit breakers
• 40 to 2000 amp non-fused disconnects
• 30 to 800 amp fusible disconnects
• Flange or rotary handle mechanism

POWER STACKS TO FIT YOUR APPLICATION


• Continuous duty/non-bypassed
• Integral bypass
• Standard, heavy and severe duty
• Emergency across-the-line bypass

ENCLOSURES TO MATCH YOUR ENVIRONMENT


• Standard designs — NEMA 1, 12, 4 chassis
• Custom enclosures
• Special enclosures — 3R, 4X, 7, 9, as specified
• Motor control centers

COMMUNICATION
• ModBus/RS485

4-19
FOR ANY APPLICATION FOR
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS —
CONTACT
A P P L I C AT I O N - S P E C I F I C STA RT E R S OV E RV I E W FACTORY

Benshaw is the trusted expert for any AC motor application. Benshaw


provides a full line of application solutions for reversing motors, DC
injection braking, wound rotor motors, two-speed motors, synchronous
motors and more.

CALL FOR PRICE AND AVAILABILITY

SOLID STATE STARTERS WITH REVERSING SOLID SYNCHRONOUS SOLID


DC INJECTION BRAKING STATE STARTERS STATE STARTERS

TWO-SPEED SOLID SOLID STATE STARTERS FOR


STATE STARTERS WOUND ROTOR MOTORS

4-20 benshaw.com
ENGINEERED PART NUMBER ASSEMBLER
R B 2 1 S 100 480 S 04 NC ST

Starter Series Horsepower Options


R RediStart 1 1 HP ST Standard
2 2 HP OP Options Included
See page 4-56
3 3 HP
5 5 HP
Configuration
7 7.5 HP
B Bypass Contactor
10 10 HP
C Continuous Disconnect Option
15 15 HP
NC Non-Combination
20 20 HP
CB Circuit Breaker
25 25 HP
FD Fusible Disconnect*
30 30 HP
Control
40 40 HP
2 MX2 Technology
50 50 HP
3 MX Technology
3

60 60 HP Enclosure
75 75 HP OC Open Chassis*
100 100 HP 01 NEMA 1
125 125 HP 12 NEMA 12
150 150 HP 04 NEMA 4
Type of Bypass 200 200 HP 3R NEMA 3R
0 None 250 250 HP SS Stainless Steel
1 Integral Run Duty 300 300 HP
2 Separate, 400 400 HP
Definite Purpose* 500 500 HP
3 Separate ATL
IEC Rated
600 600 HP Power Stack Rating
700 700 HP S 350% 30 Seconds
4 Separate ATL
NEMA Rated* 800 800 HP H 500% 30 Seconds
900 900 HP V 600% 30 Seconds*
1000 1000 HP

Interupt rating Voltage


S Standard 208 208 V
H High/Consult 240 240 V
Factory
480 480 V
575 575 V
600 600 V

* Consult factory

4-21
ENCLOSED STARTERS NON-BYPASSED/
CONTINUOUS DUTY NON-COMBINATION 208 V
RC2 SERIES — 50 0% FOR 30 SECONDS — NEMA 1/NEMA 4

Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps Volts H W D
RC20S002-208H-04-NC-** 2 7.6 208 16 12 11
RC20S003-208H-04-NC-** 3 11 208 16 12 11
RC20S005-208H-04-NC-** 5 21 208 16 12 11
RC20S007-208H-04-NC-** 7.5 27 208 16 12 11
RC20S010-208H-04-NC-** 10 34 208 16 12 11
RC20S015-208H-04-NC-** 15 52 208 16 12 11
RC20S020-208H-04-NC-** 20 65 208 24 12 13
RC20S025-208H-04-NC-** 25 77 208 24 12 13
RC20S030-208H-04-NC-** 30 96 208 30 12 13
RC20S040-208H-04-NC-** 40 124 208 30 12 13
RC20S050-208H-01-NC-** 50 156 208 46 30 18
RC20S060-208H-01-NC-** 60 180 208 46 30  18
RC20S075-208H-01-NC-** 75 240 208 70 30 18
RS20S100-208H-01-NC-** 100 302 208 70 30 18
RC20S125-208H-01-NC-** 125 361 208 70 30 18
RC20S150-208H-01-NC-** 150 477 208 70 30 18
RC20S200-208H-01-NC-** 200 590 208 70 30 18
RC20S250-208H-01-NC-** 250 720 208 70 30 18
RC20S300-208H-01-NC-** 300 840 208 — — —
** Insert option code. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
• NEMA 1 units will have ventilated enclosures. For NEMA 3R units, see integral bypass section that starts on page 4-30. For other enclosure
types, please consult factory.
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For other enclosure types please consult factory.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.

4-22 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS NON-BYPASSED/
CONTINUOUS DUTY NON-COMBINATION 240 V
RC2 SERIES — 50 0% FOR 30 SECONDS — NEMA 1/NEMA 4

Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps Volts H W D
RC20S003-240H-04-NC-** 3 9.6 240 16 12 11
RC20S005-240H-04-NC-** 5 14 240 16 12 11
RC20S007-240H-04-NC-** 7.5 21 240 16 12 11
RC20S010-240H-04-NC-** 10 27 240 16  12 11
RC20S015-240H-04-NC-** 15 40 240 16 12 11
RC20S020-240H-04-NC-** 20 52 240 16 12 11
RC20S025-240H-04-NC-** 25 65 240 24 12 13
RC20S030-240H-04-NC-** 30 77 240 24 12 13
RC20S040-240H-04-NC-** 40 96 240 30 12 13
RC20S050-240H-04-NC-** 50 124 240 30  12  13
RC20S060-240H-01-NC-** 60 156 240 46 30 16
RC20S075-240H-01-NC-** 75 180 240 46  30 16
RC20S100-240H-01-NC-** 100 240 240 70 30 18
RC20S125-240H-01-NC-** 125 302 240 70 30 18
RC20S150-240H-01-NC-** 150 361 240 70 30 18
RC20S200-240H-01-NC-** 200 477 240 70 30 18
RC20S250-240H-01-NC-** 250 590 240 70 30 18
RC20S300-240H-01-NC-** 300 720 240 70 30  18
RC20S400-240H-01-NC-** 400 960 240 — — —
RC20S500-240H-01-NC-** 500 1200 240 — — —
** Insert option code. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
• NEMA 1 units will have ventilated enclosures. For NEMA 3R units, see integral bypass section that starts on page 4-30. For other enclosure
types, please consult factory.
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For other enclosure types please consult factory.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.

4-23
ENCLOSED STARTERS NON-BYPASSED/
CONTINUOUS DUTY NON-COMBINATION 480 V
RC2 SERIES — 50 0% FOR 30 SECONDS — NEMA 1/NEMA 4

Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps Volts H W D
RC20S005-480H-04-NC-** 5 7.6 480 16 12 11
RC20S007-480H-04-NC-** 7.5 11 480 16 12 11
RC20S010-480H-04-NC-** 10 14 480 16 12 11
RC20S015-480H-04-NC-** 15 21 480 16 12 11
RC20S020-480H-04-NC-** 20 27 480 16 12 11
RC20S025-480H-04-NC-** 25 34 480 16 12 11
RC20S030-480H-04-NC-** 30 40 480 16 12 11
RC20S040-480H-04-NC-** 40 52 480 16 12 11
RC20S050-480H-04-NC-** 50 65 480 24 12 13
RC20S060-480H-04-NC-** 60 77 480 24 12 13
RC20S075-480H-04-NC-** 75 96 480 30 12 13
RC20S100-480H-04-NC-** 100 124 480 30 12 13
RC20S125-480H-01-NC-** 125 156 480 46 30 16
RC20S150-480H-01-NC-** 150 180 480 46 30 16
RC20S200-480H-01-NC-** 200 240 480 46 30 18
RC20S250-480H-01-NC-** 250 302 480 46 30 18
RC20S300-480H-01-NC-** 300 361 480 70 30 18
RC20S400-480H-01-NC-** 400 477 480 70 30 18
RC20S500-480H-01-NC-** 500 590 480 70 30 18
RC20S600-480H-01-NC-** 600 720 480 — — —
RC20S700-480H-01-NC-** 700 840 480 — — —
RC20S800-480H-01-NC-** 800 960 480 — — —
RC20S900-480H-01-NC-** 900 1080 480 — — —
RC20S1000-480H-01-NC-** 1000 1200 480 — — —
** Insert option code. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
• NEMA 1 units will have ventilated enclosures. For NEMA 3R units, see integral bypass section that starts on page 4-30. For other enclosure
types, please consult factory.
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For other enclosure types, please consult factory.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.

4-24 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS NON-BYPASSED/
CONTINUOUS DUTY NON-COMBINATION 600 V
RC2 SERIES — 50 0% FOR 30 SECONDS — NEMA 1/NEMA 4

Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps Volts H W D
RC20S007-600H-04-NC-** 10 11 600 16 12 11
RC20S010-600H-04-NC-** 15 14 600 16 12 11
RC20S015-600H-04-NC-** 20 21 600 16 12 11
RC20S020-600H-04-NC-** 25 27 600 16 12 11
RC20S025-600H-04-NC-** 30 34 600 16 12 11
RC20S030-600H-04-NC-** 40 40 600 16 12 11
RC20S040-600H-04-NC-** 50 52 600 16 12 11
RC20S050-600H-04-NC-** 60 65 600 24 12 13
RC20S060-600H-04-NC-** 75 77 600 24 12 13
RC20S075-600H-04-NC-** 100 96 600 30 12 13
RC20S100-600H-04-NC-** 125 124 600 30 12 13
RC20S125-600H-01-NC-** 150 156 600 46 30 18
RC20S150-600H-01-NC-** 200 180 600 46 30 18
RC20S200-600H-01-NC-** 250 240 600 70 30 18
RC20S250-600H-01-NC-** 300 302 600 70 30 18
RC20S300-600H-01-NC-** 400 361 600 70 30 18
RC20S400-600H-01-NC-** 500 477 600 70 30 18
RC20S500-600H-01-NC-** 600 590 600 70 30 18
RC20S600-600H-01-NC-** 700 720 600 70 30 18
RC20S700-600H-01-NC-** 800 840 600 — — —
RC20S800-600H-01-NC-** 900 960 600 — — —
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• NEMA 1 units will have ventilated enclosures. For NEMA 3R units, see integral bypass section that starts on page 4-30. For other enclosure
types, please consult factory.
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.

4-25
ENCLOSED STARTERS NON-BYPASSED/CONTINUOUS
DUTY COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER 208 V
RC2 SERIES — 50 0% FOR 30 SECONDS — NEMA 1/NEMA 4

Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps Volts H W D
RC20S002-208H-04-CB-** 2 7.6 208 30 24 12
RC20S003-208H-04-CB-** 3 11 208 30 24 12
RC20S005-208H-04-CB-** 5 21 208 30 24 12
RC20S007-208H-04-CB-** 7.5 27 208 30 24 12
RC20S010-208H-04-CB-** 10 34 208 30 24 12
RC20S015-208H-04-CB-** 15 52 208 30 24 12
RC20S020-208H-04-CB-** 20 65 208 30 24 12
RC20S025-208H-04-CB-** 25 77 208 30 24 12
RC20S030-208H-04-CB-** 30 96 208 30 24 12
RC20S040-208H-04-CB-** 40 124 208 30 24 12
RC20S050-208H-01-CB-** 50 156 208 48 36 16
RC20S060-208H-01-CB-** 60 180 208 48 36 16
RC20S075-208H-01-CB-** 75 240 208 48 36 16
RS20S100-208H-01-CB-** 100 302 208 48 36 16
RC20S125-208H-01-CB-** 125 361 208 70 30 18
RC20S150-208H-01-CB-** 150 477 208 70 30 18
RC20S200-208H-01-CB-** 200 590 208 70 30 18
RC20S25-0208H-01-CB-** 250 720 208 87 37 20
RC20S300-208H-01-CB** 300 840 208 87 37 20
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• NEMA 1 units will have ventilated enclosures. For NEMA 3R units, see integral bypass section that starts on page 4-30. For other enclosure
types, please consult factory.
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.

4-26 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS NON-BYPASSED/CONTINUOUS
DUTY COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER 240 V
RC2 SERIES — 50 0% FOR 30 SECONDS — NEMA 1/NEMA 4

Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps Volts H W D
RC20S003-240H-04-CB-** 3 9.6 240 30 24 12
RC20S005-240H-04-CB-** 5 14 240 30 24 12
RC20S007-240H-04-CB-** 7.5 21 240 30 24 12
RC20S010-240H-04-CB-** 10 27 240 30 24 12
RC20S015-240H-04-CB-** 15 40 240 30 24 12
RC20S020-240H-04-CB-** 20 52 240 30 24 12
RC20S025-240H-04-CB-** 25 65 240 30 24 12
RC20S030-240H-04-CB-** 30 77 240 30 24 12
RC20S040-240H-04-CB-** 40 96 240 30 24 12
RC20S050-240H-04-CB-** 50 124 240 30 24  12
RC20S060-240H-01-CB-** 60 156 240 48 36 16
RC20S075-240H-01-CB-** 75 180 240 48  36 16
RC20S100-240H-01-CB-** 100 240 240 48 36 16
RC20S125-240H-01-CB-** 125 302 240 48 36 16
RC20S150-240H-01-CB-** 150 361 240 70 30 18
RC20S200-240H-01-CB-** 200 477 240 70 30 18
RC20S250-240H-01-CB-** 250 590 240 70 30 18
RC20S300-240H-01-CB-** 300 720 240 70 30  18
RC20S400-240H-01-CB-** 400 960 240 87 37 20
RC20S500-240H-01-CB-** 500 1200 240 87 37 20
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• NEMA 1 units will have ventilated enclosures. For NEMA 3R units, see integral bypass section that starts on page 4-30. For other enclosure
types, please consult factory.
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.

4-27
ENCLOSED STARTERS NON-BYPASSED/CONTINUOUS
DUTY COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER 480 V
RC2 SERIES — 50 0% FOR 30 SECONDS — NEMA 1/NEMA 4

Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps Volts H W D
RC20S005-480H-04-CB-** 5 7.6 480 30 24 12
RC20S007-480H-04 -CB-** 7.5 11 480 30 24 12
RC20S010-480H-04-CB-** 10 14 480 30 24 12
RC20S015-480H-04-CB-** 15 21 480 30 24 12
RC20S020-480H-04-CB-** 20 27 480 30 24 12
RC20S025-480H-04-CB-** 25 34 480 30 24 12
RC20S030-480H-04-CB-** 30 40 480 30 24 12
RC20S040-480H-04-CB-** 40 52 480 30 24 12
RC20S050-480H-04-CB-** 50 65 480 30 24 12
RC20S060-480H-04-CB-** 60 77 480 30 24 12
RC20S075-480H-04-CB-** 75 96 480 30 24 12
RC20S100-480H-04-CB-** 100 124 480 30 24 12
RC20S125-480H-04-CB-** 125 156 480 48 36 16
RC20S150-480H-04-CB-** 150 180 480 48 36 16
RC20S200-480H-04-CB-** 200 240 480 48 36 16
RC20S250-480H-04-CB-** 250 302 480 70 30 18
RC20S300-480H-04-CB-** 300 361 480 70 30 18
RC20S400-480H-04-CB-** 400 477 480 70 30 18
RC20S500-480H-04-CB-** 500 590 480 70 30 18
RC20S600-480H-04-CB-** 600 720 480 70 30 18
RC20S700-480H-04-CB-** 700 840 480 87 37 20
RC20S800-480H-04-CB-** 800 960 480 87 37 20
RC20S900-480H-04-CB-** 900 1080 480 87 37 20
RC20S1000-480H-04-CB-** 1000 1200 480 87 37 20
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• NEMA 1 units will have ventilated enclosures. For NEMA 3R units, see integral bypass section that starts on page 4-30. For other enclosure
types, please consult factory.
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.

4-28 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS NON-BYPASSED/CONTINUOUS
DUTY COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER 600 V
RC2 SERIES — 50 0% FOR 30 SECONDS — NEMA 1/NEMA 4

Dimensions (in.)
Model Number HP Amps Volts H W D
RC20S007-600H-04-CB** 7.5 7.6 600 30 24 12
RC20S010-600H-04-CB** 10 11 600 30 24 12
RC20S015-600H-04-CB** 15 14 600 30 24 12
RC20S020-600H-04-CB** 20 21 600 30 24 12
RC20S025-600H-04-CB** 25 27 600 30 24 12
RC20S030-600H-04-CB** 30 34 600 30 24 12
RC20S040-600H-04-CB** 40 40 600 30 24 12
RC20S050-600H-04-CB** 50 52 600 30 24 12
RC20S060-600H-04-CB** 60 65 600 30 24 12
RC20S075-600H-04-CB** 75 77 600 30 24 12
RC20S100-600H-04-CB** 100 96 600 30 24 12
RC20S125-600H-04-CB** 125 124 600 30 24 12
RC20S150-600H-04-CB** 150 156 600 48 36 16
RC20S200-600H-04-CB** 200 180 600 48 36 16
RC20S250-600H-04-CB** 250 240 600 48 36 16
RC20S300-600H-04-CB** 300 302 600 48 36 16
RC20S400-600H-04-CB** 400 361 600 70 30 18
RC20S500-600H-04-CB** 500 477 600 70 30 18
RC20S600-600H-04-CB** 600 590 600 70 30 18
RC20S700-600H-04-CB** 700 720 600 70 30 18
RC20S800-600H-04-CB** 800 840 600 87 37 20
RC20S1000-600H-04-CB** 1000 960 600 87 37 20
RC20S1125-600H-04-CB** 1125 1080 600 87 37 20
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• NEMA 1 units will have ventilated enclosures. For NEMA 3R units, see integral bypass section that starts on page 4-30. For other enclosure
types, please consult factory.
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.

4-29
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION STANDARD DUTY 208 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 3 5 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-208-S-XX-NC-** 3      10.6 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-208-S-XX-NC**  5 16.7 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-208-S-XX-NC-**    7.5 24.2 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-208-S-XX-NC-**   10 30.8 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-208-S-XX-NC-**   15 46.2 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S020-208-S-XX-NC-**    20 59.4 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S025-208-S-XX-NC-**    25 74.8 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S030-208-S-XX-NC-**             30 88 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S040-208-S-XX-NC-**   40 114 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S050-208-S-XX-NC-**   50 143 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S060-208-S-XX-NC-**   60 169 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S075-208-S-XX-NC-**   75 211 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S100-208-S-XX-NC-**   100 273 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S125-208-S-XX-NC-**   125 343 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S150-208-S-XX-NC-**   150 396 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S200-208-S-XX-NC-**   200 528 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S250-208-S-XX-NC-**   250 720 70 30 18 70 30 18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-30 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION STANDARD DUTY 240 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 3 5 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-240-S-XX-NC-** 3 9.6 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-240-S-XX-NC** 5 15.2 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-240-S-XX-NC-** 7.5 22 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-240-S-XX-NC-** 10 28 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-240-S-XX-NC-** 15 42 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S020-240-S-XX-NC-** 20 54 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S025-240-S-XX-NC-** 25 68 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S030-240-S-XX-NC-** 30 80 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S040-240-S-XX-NC-** 40 104 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S050-240-S-XX-NC-** 50 130 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S060-240-S-XX-NC-** 60 154 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S075-240-S-XX-NC-** 75 192 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S100-240-S-XX-NC-** 100 258 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S125-240-S-XX-NC-** 125 312 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S150-240-S-XX-NC-**  150 360 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S200-240-S-XX-NC-**  200 480 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S250-240-S-XX-NC-** 250 590 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S300-240-S-XX-NC-** 300 720 70 30 18 70 30 18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX 2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-31
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION STANDARD DUTY 480 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 3 5 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-480-S-XX-NC-**  3 4.8 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-480-S-XX-NC**  5 7.6 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-480-S-XX-NC-** 7.5 11 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-480-S-XX-NC-** 10 14 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-480-S-XX-NC-** 15 21 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S020-480-S-XX-NC-** 20 27 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S025-480-S-XX-NC-** 25 34 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S030-480-S-XX-NC-**  30 40 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S040-480-S-XX-NC-** 40 52 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S050-480-S-XX-NC-** 50 65 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S060-480-S-XX-NC-** 60 77 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S075-480-S-XX-NC-** 75 96 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S100-480-S-XX-NC-** 100 124 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S125-480-S-XX-NC-** 125 156 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S150-480-S-XX-NC-** 150 180 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S200-480-S-XX-NC-** 200 240 48 24 16 48 36 16
RB21S250-480-S-XX-NC-** 250 302 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S300-480-S-XX-NC-** 300 361 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S350-480-S-XX-NC-** 350 414 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S400-480-S-XX-NC-** 400 477 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S500-480-S-XX-NC-** 500 590 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S600-480-S-XX-NC-** 600 720 70 30 18 70 30 18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX 2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-32 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION STANDARD DUTY 600 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 3 5 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-600-S-XX-NC-**  3 3.9 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-600-S-XX-NC-**  5 6.1 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-600-S-XX-NC-**   7.5 9 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-600-S-XX-NC-**   10 11 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-600-S-XX-NC-**   15 17 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S020-600-S-XX-NC-**   20 22 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S025-600-S-XX-NC-**   25 27 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S030-600-S-XX-NC-**   30 32 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S040-600-S-XX-NC-**   40 41 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S050-600-S-XX-NC-**   50 52 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S060-600-S-XX-NC-**   60 62 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S075-600-S-XX-NC-**   75 77 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S100-600-S-XX-NC-**   100 99 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S125-600-S-XX-NC-**   125 125 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S150-600-S-XX-NC-**   150 144 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S200-600-S-XX-NC-**   200 192 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S250-600-S-XX-NC-**   250 242 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S300-600-S-XX-NC-**   300 289 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S350-600-S-XX-NC-**   350 336 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S400-600-S-XX-NC-**   400 382 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S500-600-S-XX-NC-**   500 472 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S600-600-S-XX-NC-**   600 590 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S700-600-S-XX-NC-**   700 720 70 30 18 70 30 18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX 2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-33
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY 208 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-208-H-XX-NC-**  3 10.6 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-208-H-XX-NC-**  5 16.7 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-208-H-XX-NC-**   7.5 24.2 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-208-H-XX-NC-**   10 30.8 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-208-H-XX-NC-**   15 46.2 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S020-208-H-XX-NC-**   20 59.4 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S025-208-H-XX-NC-**   25 74.8 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S030-208-H-XX-NC-**   30 88 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S040-208-H-XX-NC-**   40 114 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S050-208-H-XX-NC-**   50 143 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S060-208-H-XX-NC-**   60 169 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S075-208-H-XX-NC-**   75 211 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S100-208-H-XX-NC-**   100 273 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S125-208-H-XX-NC-**   125 343 70 30 18 70 30 18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-34 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY 240 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-240-H-XX-NC-**  3 9.6 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-240-H-XX-NC-**  5 15.2 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-240-H-XX-NC-**   7.5 22 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-240-H-XX-NC-**   10 28 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-240-H-XX-NC-**   15 42 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S020-240-H-XX-NC-**   20 54 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S025-240-H-XX-NC-**   25 68 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S030-240-H-XX-NC-**   30 80 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S040-240-H-XX-NC-**   40 104 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S050-240-H-XX-NC-**   50 130 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S060-240-H-XX-NC-**   60 154 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S075-240-H-XX-NC-**   75 192 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S100-240-H-XX-NC-**   100 258 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S125-240-H-XX-NC-**   125 312 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S150-240-H-XX-NC-**   150 360 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S200-240-H-XX-NC-**   200 480 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S250-240-H-XX-NC-**   250 590 70 30 18 70 30 18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX 2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-35
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY 480 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-480-H-XX-NC-**    3 4.8 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-480-H-XX-NC-**    5 7.6 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-480-H-XX-NC-**    7.5 11 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-480-H-XX-NC-**    10 14 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-480-H-XX-NC-**    15 21 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S020-480-H-XX-NC-**    20 27 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S025-480-H-XX-NC-**    25 34 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S030-480-H-XX-NC-**    30 40 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S040-480-H-XX-NC-**    40 52 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S050-480-H-XX-NC-**    50 65 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S060-480-H-XX-NC-**    60 77 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S075-480-H-XX-NC-**    75 96 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S100-480-H-XX-NC-**    100 124 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S125-480-H-XX-NC-**    125 156 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S150-480-H-XX-NC-**    150 180 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S200-480-H-XX-NC-**    200 240 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S250-480-H-XX-NC-**    250 302 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S300-480-H-XX-NC-**    300 361 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S350-480-H-XX-NC-**    350 414 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S400-480-H-XX-NC-**    400 477 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S500-480-H-XX-NC-**    500 590 70 30 18 70 30 18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-36 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY 600 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-600-H-XX-NC-**    3 3.9 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-600-H-XX-NC-**    5 6.1 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-600-H-XX-NC-**    7.5 9 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-600-H-XX-NC-**    10 11 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-600-H-XX-NC-**    15 17 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S020-600-H-XX-NC-**    20 22 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S025-600-H-XX-NC-**    25 27 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S030-600-H-XX-NC-**    30 32 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S040-600-H-XX-NC-**    40 41 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S050-600-H-XX-NC-**    50 52 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S060-600-H-XX-NC-**    60 62 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S075-600-H-XX-NC-**    75 77 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S100-600-H-XX-NC-**     100 99 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S125-600-H-XX-NC-**     125 125 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S150-600-H-XX-NC-**     150 144 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S200-600-H-XX-NC-**     200 192 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S250-600-H-XX-NC-**     250 242 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S300-600-H-XX-NC-**     300 289 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S350-600-H-XX-NC-**     350 336 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S400-600-H-XX-NC-**     400 382 70 30 18 70 30 18
RB21S500-600-H-XX-NC-**     500 472 70 30 18 70 30 18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX 2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad. See page 4-59
for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-37
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER STANDARD DUTY 208 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 3 5 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-208-S-XX-CB-**  3 10.6 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-208-S-XX-CB-**  5 16.7 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S007-208-S-XX-CB-**   7.5 24.2 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S010-208-S-XX-CB-**   10 30.8 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S015-208-S-XX-CB-**   15 46.2 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S020-208-S-XX-CB-**   20 59.4 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S025-208-S-XX-CB-**   25 74.8 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S030-208-S-XX-CB-**   30 88 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S040-208-S-XX-CB-**   40 114 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S050-208-S-XX-CB-**   50 143 48 24 12 48 24 12
RB21S060-208-S-XX-CB-**   60 169 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S075-208-S-XX-CB-**   75 211 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S100-208-S-XX-CB-**   100 273 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S125-208-S-XX-CB-**   125 343 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S150-208-S-XX-CB-**   150 396 87 30 20 87 37 20
RB21S200-208-S-XX-CB-**   200 528 87 37 20 87 37  20
RB21S250-208-S-XX-CB-**   250 720 87 37 20 87 37 20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• Unit includes thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-38 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER STANDARD DUTY 240 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 3 5 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-240-S-XX-CB-** 3 9.6 30 24 12 30 24 12
RB21S005-240-S-XX-CB-** 5 15.2 30 24 12 30  24 12
RB21S007-240-S-XX-CB-** 7.5 22 30 24  12 30   24  12
RB21S010-240-S-XX-CB-** 10 28 30 24  12 30  24  12
RB21S015-240-S-XX-CB-** 15 42 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S020-240-S-XX-CB-** 20 54 48  24  12 48  24  12
RB21S025-240-S-XX-CB-** 25 68 48  24  12 48   24  12
RB21S030-240-S-XX-CB-** 30 80 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S040-240-S-XX-CB-** 40 104 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S050-240-S-XX-CB-** 50 130 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S060-240-S-XX-CB-** 60 154 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S075-240-S-XX-CB-** 75 192 48   36 16 48   36  16
RB21S100-240-S-XX-CB-** 100 258 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S125-240-S-XX-CB-** 125 312 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S150-240-S-XX-CB-** 150 360 48   36 16 48   36  16
RB21S200-240-S-XX-CB-** 200 480 87  37 20 87   37  20
RB21S250-240-S-XX-CB-** 250 590 87   37 20 87   37  20
RB21S300-240-S-XX-CB-** 300 720 87   37 20 87   37 20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• Unit includes thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-39
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER STANDARD DUTY 480 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 3 5 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-480-S-XX-CB-**    3 4.8 30   24  12 30 24  12
RB21S005-480-S-XX-CB-**    5 7.6 30   24  12 30 24  12
RB21S007-480-S-XX-CB-**   7.5 11 30   24  12 30 24  12
RB21S010-480-S-XX-CB-**   10 14 30   24  12 30 24  12
RB21S015-480-S-XX-CB-**   15 21 30   24  12 30 24  12
RB21S020-480-S-XX-CB-**   20 27 30   24  12 30 24  12
RB21S025-480-S-XX-CB-**   25 34 30   24 12 30 24  12
RB21S030-480-S-XX-CB-**   30 40 30   24 12 30  24  12
RB21S040-480-S-XX-CB-**   40 52 48   24 12 48 24  12
RB21S050-480-S-XX-CB-**   50 65 48   24 12 48 24  12
RB21S060-480-S-XX-CB-**   60 77 48   24 12 48 24  12
RB21S075-480-S-XX-CB-**   75 96 48   24 12 48 24  12
RB21S100-480-S-XX-CB-**   100 124 48   24 12 48 24  12
RB21S125-480-S-XX-CB-**   125 156 48   24 12 48 24 12
RB21S150-480-S-XX-CB-**   150 180 48   36 16 48 36 16
RB21S200-480-S-XX-CB-**   200 240 48  36 16 48 36 16
RB21S250-480-S-XX-CB-**   250 302 48   36 16 48 36 16
RB21S300-480-S-XX-CB-**   300 361 48 36 16 48 36 16
RB21S350-480-S-XX-CB-**   350 414 87 37 20 87 37 20
RB21S400-480-S-XX-CB-**   400 477 87 37 20 87 37 20
RB21S500-480-S-XX-CB-**   500 590 87 37 20 87 37 20
RB21S600-480-S-XX-CB-**   600 720 87 37 20 87 37 20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• Unit includes thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-40 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER STANDARD DUTY 600 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 3 5 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-600-S-XX-CB-**   3 3.9 30  24  12 30   24  12
RB21S005-600-S-XX-CB-**    5 6.1 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S007-600-S-XX-CB-**     7.5 9 30   24 12 30   24  12
RB21S010-600-S-XX-CB-**     10 11 30  24  12 30   24  12
RB21S015-600-S-XX-CB-**     15 17 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S020-600-S-XX-CB-**     20 22 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S025-600-S-XX-CB-**     25 27 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S030-600-S-XX-CB-**     30 32 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S040-600-S-XX-CB-**     40 41 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S050-600-S-XX-CB-**     50 52 48  24  12 48   24  12
RB21S060-600-S-XX-CB-**     60 62 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S075-600-S-XX-CB-**     75 77 48  24  12 48   24  12
RB21S100-600-S-XX-CB-**     100 99 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S125-600-S-XX-CB-**     125 125 48   24  12 48  24  12
RB21S150-600-S-XX-CB-**     150 144 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S200-600-S-XX-CB-**     200 192 48  36  16 48  36  16
RB21S250-600-S-XX-CB-**     250 242 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S300-600-S-XX-CB-**     300 289 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S350-600-S-XX-CB-**     350 336 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S400-600-S-XX-CB-**     400 382 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S500-600-S-XX-CB-**     500 472 87  37  20 87   37  20
RB21S600-600-S-XX-CB-**     600 590 87  37  20 87   37  20
RB21S700-600-S-XX-CB-**     700 838 87   37  20 87   37  20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• Unit includes thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-41
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER HEAVY DUTY 208 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-208-H-XX-CB-** 3 10.6 30  24  12 30   24  12
RB21S005-208-H-XX-CB-** 5 16.7 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S007-208-H-XX-CB-** 7.5 24.2 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S010-208-H-XX-CB-** 10 30.8 30  24  12 30   24  12
RB21S015-208-H-XX-CB-** 15 46.2 48  24  12 48   24  12
RB21S020-208-H-XX-CB-** 20 59.4 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S025-208-H-XX-CB-** 25 74.8 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S030-208-H-XX-CB-** 30 88 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S040-208-H-XX-CB-** 40 114 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S050-208-H-XX-CB-** 50 143 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB21S060-208-H-XX-CB-** 60 169 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB21S075-208-H-XX-CB-** 75 211 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB21S100-208-H-XX-CB-** 100 273 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB21S125-208-H-XX-CB-** 125 343 70  30   18 70   30   18
RB21S150-208-H-XX-CB-** 150 396 79   40   20 79   40   20
RB21S200-208-H-XX-CB-** 200 528 79   40   20 79   40   20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• Unit includes thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-42 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER HEAVY DUTY 240 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-240-H-XX-CB-** 3 9.6 30 24  12 30   24  12
RB21S005-240-H-XX-CB** 5 15.2 30 24  12 30   24  12
RB21S007-240-H-XX-CB-** 7.5 22 30  24  12 30   24  12
RB21S010-240-H-XX-CB-** 10 28 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S015-240-H-XX-CB-** 15 42 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S020-240-H-XX-CB-** 20 54 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S025-240-H-XX-CB-** 25 68 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S030-240-H-XX-CB-** 30 80 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S040-240-H-XX-CB-** 40 104 48  24  12 48   24  12
RB21S050-240-H-XX-CB-** 50 130 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S060-240-H-XX-CB-** 60 154 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S075-240-H-XX-CB-** 75 192 48   36   16 48   36  16
RB21S100-240-H-XX-CB-** 100 258 48   36   16 48   36  16
RB21S125-240-H-XX-CB-** 125 312 48   36   16 48   36  16
RB21S150-240-H-XX-CB-** 150 360 48   36   16 48   36  16
RB21S200-240-H-XX-CB-** 200 480 87   37   20 87   37  20
RB21S250-240-H-XX-CB-** 250 590 87   37   20 87   37  20
RB21S300-240-H-XX-CB-** 300 720 87   37   20 87   37  20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• Unit includes thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-43
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER HEAVY DUTY 480 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-480-H-XX-CB-**  3 4.8 30  24  12 30   24  12
RB21S005-480-H-XX-CB-**  5 7.6 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S007-480-H-XX-CB-**   7.5 11 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S010-480-H-XX-CB-**   10 14 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S015-480-H-XX-CB-**   15 21 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S020-480-H-XX-CB-**   20 27 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S025-480-H-XX-CB-**   25 34 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S030-480-H-XX-CB-**   30 40 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S040-480-H-XX-CB-**   40 52 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S050-480-H-XX-CB-**   50 65 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S060-480-H-XX-CB-**   60 77 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S075-480-H-XX-CB-**   75 96 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S100-480-H-XX-CB-**   100 124 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S125-480-H-XX-CB-**   125 156 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S150-480-H-XX-CB-**   150 180 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S200-480-H-XX-CB-**   200 240 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S250-480-H-XX-CB-**   250 302 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB21S300-480-H-XX-CB-**   300 361 70  30  18 70   30  18
RB21S350-480-H-XX-CB-**   350 414 87   37  20 87 37 20
RB21S400-480-H-XX-CB-**   400 477 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB21S500-480-H-XX-CB-**   500 590 87   37  20 87   37  20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• Unit includes thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-44 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH INTEGRAL BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER HEAVY DUTY 600 V
R B 2 1 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — R U N N I N G D U T Y I NT EG R A L BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB21S003-600-H-XX-CB-**  3 3.9 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S005-600-H-XX-CB-**  5 6.1 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S007-600-H-XX-CB-**   7.5 9 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S010-600-H-XX-CB-**   10 11 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S015-600-H-XX-CB-**   15 17 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S020-600-H-XX-CB-**   20 22 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S025-600-H-XX-CB-**   25 27 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S030-600-H-XX-CB-**   30 32 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S040-600-H-XX-CB-**   40 41 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB21S050-600-H-XX-CB-**   50 52 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S060-600-H-XX-CB-**   60 62 48   24  12 48  24  12
RB21S075-600-H-XX-CB-**   75 77 48   24  12 48  24 12
RB21S100-600-H-XX-CB-**    100 99 48   24  12 48  24  12
RB21S125-600-H-XX-CB-**    125 125 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB21S150-600-H-XX-CB-**    150 144 48   24  12 48  24  12
RB21S200-600-H-XX-CB-**    200 192 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB21S250-600-H-XX-CB-**    250 242 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB21S300-600-H-XX-CB-**    300 289 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB21S350-600-H-XX-CB-**    350 336 70  30  18 70   30  18
RB21S400-600-H-XX-CB-**    400 382 79 40  20 79   40  20
RB21S500-600-H-XX-CB-**    500 472 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB21S600-600-H-XX-CB-**    600 590 87  37  20 87   37  20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04
NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• Unit includes thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-45
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH ATL DUTY BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY 208 V
R B 2 3 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB23S003-208-H-XX-NC-**    3 10.6 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S005-208-H-XX-NC-**    5 16.7 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S007-208-H-XX-NC-**    7.5 24.2 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S010-208-H-XX-NC-**    10 30.8 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S015-208-H-XX-NC-**    15 46.2 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S020-208-H-XX-NC-**    20 59.4 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S025-208-H-XX-NC-**    25 74.8 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S030-208-H-XX-NC-**    30 88 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S040-208-H-XX-NC-**    40 114 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S050-208-H-XX-NC-**    50 143 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S060-208-H-XX-NC-**    60 169 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S075-208-H-XX-NC-**    75 211 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S100-208-H-XX-NC-**    100 273 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S125-208-H-XX-NC-**    125 343 48   36   16 48   36   16
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04 NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• ATL units include panel-mounted selector switch and door-mounted start/stop push-buttons.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-46 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH ATL DUTY BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY 240 V
R B 2 3 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB23S003-240-H-XX-NC-**  3 9.6 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S005-240-H-XX-NC-**  5 15.2 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S007-240-H-XX-NC-**   7.5 22 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S010-240-H-XX-NC-**   10 28 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S015-240-H-XX-NC-**   15 42 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S020-240-H-XX-NC-**   20 54 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S025-240-H-XX-NC-**   25 68 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S030-240-H-XX-NC-**   30 80 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S040-240-H-XX-NC-**   40 104 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S050-240-H-XX-NC-**   50 130 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S060-240-H-XX-NC-**   60 154 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S075-240-H-XX-NC-**   75 192 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S100-240-H-XX-NC-**   100 258 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S125-240-H-XX-NC-**   125 312 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S150-240-H-XX-NC-**   150 360 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S200-240-H-XX-NC-**   200 480 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB23S250-240-H-XX-NC-**   250 590 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB23S300-240-H-XX-NC-**   300 720 70   30   18 70   30   18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04 NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• ATL units include panel-mounted selector switch and door-mounted start/stop push-buttons.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-47
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH ATL DUTY BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY 480 V
R B 2 3 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB23S003-480-H-XX-NC-**    3 4.8 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S005-480-H-XX-NC-**    5 7.6 30   24   12 30   24  12
RB23S007-480-H-XX-NC-**    7.5 11 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S010-480-H-XX-NC-**    10 14 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S015-480-H-XX-NC-**    15 21 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S020-480-H-XX-NC-**    20 27 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S025-480-H-XX-NC-**    25 34 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S030-480-H-XX-NC-**    30 44 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S040-480-H-XX-NC-**    40 51 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S050-480-H-XX-NC-**    50 66 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S060-480-H-XX-NC-**    60 77 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S075-480-H-XX-NC-**    75 96 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S100-480-H-XX-NC-**    100 124 48   36   16 48   24   12
RB23S125-480-H-XX-NC-**    125 156 48   36  16 48   36   16
RB23S150-480-H-XX-NC-**    150 180 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S200-480-H-XX-NC-**    200 240 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S250-480-H-XX-NC-**    250 302 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S300-480-H-XX-NC-**    300 361 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S350-480-H-XX-NC-**    350 414 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB23S400-480-H-XX-NC-**    400 477 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB23S500-480-H-XX-NC-**    500 590 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB23S600-480-H-XX-NC-**    600 720 70   30   18 70   30   18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04 NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• ATL units include panel-mounted selector switch and door-mounted start/stop push-buttons.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-48 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH ATL DUTY BYPASS
NON-COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY 600 V
R B 2 3 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB23S003-600-H-XX-NC-**    3 3.9 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S005-600-H-XX-NC-**  5 6.1 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S007-600-H-XX-NC-**    7.5 9 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S010-600-H-XX-NC-**    10 11 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S015-600-H-XX-NC-**    15 17 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S020-600-H-XX-NC-**    20 22 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S025-600-H-XX-NC-**    25 27 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S030-600-H-XX-NC-**    30 32 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S040-600-H-XX-NC-**    40 41 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S050-600-H-XX-NC-**    50 52 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S060-600-H-XX-NC-**    60 62 30  24   12 30   24  12
RB23S075-600-H-XX-NC-**    75 77 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S100-600-H-XX-NC-**    100 99 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S125-600-H-XX-NC-**    125 125 30   24   12 30   24   12
RB23S150-600-H-XX-NC-**    150 144 48   36  16 48   36   16
RB23S200-600-H-XX-NC-**    200 192 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S250-600-H-XX-NC-**    250 242 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S300-600-H-XX-NC-**    300 289 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S350-600-H-XX-NC-**    350 336 48   36   16 48   36   16
RB23S400-600-H-XX-NC-**    400 382 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB23S500-600-H-XX-NC-**    500 472 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB23S600-600-H-XX-NC-**    600 590 70   30   18 70   30   18
RB23S700-600-H-XX-NC-**    700 838 70   30   18 70   30   18
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04 NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• ATL units include panel-mounted selector switch and door-mounted start/stop push-buttons.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-49
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH ATL DUTY BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER HEAVY DUTY 208 V
R B 2 3 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB23S003-208-H-XX-CB-**    3 10.6 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S005-208-H-XX-CB-**    5 16.7 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S007-208-H-XX-CB-**    7.5 24.2 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S010-208-H-XX-CB-**    10 30.8 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S015-208-H-XX-CB-**   15 46.2 48   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S020-208-H-XX-CB-**    20 59.4 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S025-208-H-XX-CB-**    25 74.8 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S030-208-H-XX-CB-**    30 88 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S040-208-H-XX-CB-**    40 114 48   24  12 48   24 12
RB23S050-208-H-XX-CB-**    50 143 48  36  16 48   36  16
RB23S060-208-H-XX-CB-**    60 169 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S075-208-H-XX-CB-**    75 211 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S100-208-H-XX-CB-**    100 273 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB23S125-208-H-XX-CB-**    125 343 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB23S150-208-H-XX-CB-**    150 396 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB23S200-208-H-XX-CB-**    200 528 87   37  20 87   37  20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04 NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• ATL units include panel-mounted selector switch and door-mounted start/stop push-buttons.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-50 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH ATL DUTY BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER HEAVY DUTY 240 V
R B 2 3 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB23S003-240-H-XX-CB-**  3 9.6 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S005-240-H-XX-CB-**  5 15.2 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S007-240-H-XX-CB-**   7.5 22 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S010-240-H-XX-CB-**   10 28 30   24 12 30   24  12
RB23S015-240-H-XX-CB-**   15 42 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S020-240-H-XX-CB-**   20 54 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S025-240-H-XX-CB-**   25 68 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S030-240-H-XX-CB-**   30 80 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S040-240-H-XX-CB-**   40 104 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S050-240-H-XX-CB-**   50 130 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S060-240-H-XX-CB-**   60 154 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S075-240-H-XX-CB-**   75 192 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S100-240-H-XX-CB-**   100 258 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S125-240-H-XX-CB-**    125 312 70  30  18 70   30  18
RB23S150-240-H-XX-CB-**    150 360 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB23S200-240-H-XX-CB-**    200 480 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB23S250-240-H-XX-CB-**    250 590 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB23S300-240-H-XX-CB-**    300 720 87   37  20 87  37  20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04 NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• ATL units include panel-mounted selector switch and door-mounted start/stop push-buttons.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-51
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH ATL DUTY BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER HEAVY DUTY 480 V
R B 2 3 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB23S003-480-H-XX-CB-** 3 4.8 30 24  12 30   24  12
RB23S005-480-H-XX-CB-** 5 7.6 30   24 12 30   24  12
RB23S007-480-H-XX-CB-** 7.5 11 30   24  12 30   24 12
RB23S010-480-H-XX-CB-** 10 14 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S015-480-H-XX-CB-** 15 21 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S020-480-H-XX-CB-** 20 27 30   24  12 30   24 12
RB23S025-480-H-XX-CB-** 25 34 30   24  12 30  24 12
RB23S030-480-H-XX-CB-** 30 40 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S040-480-H-XX-CB-** 40 52 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S050-480-H-XX-CB-** 50 65 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S060-480-H-XX-CB-** 60 77 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S075-480-H-XX-CB-** 75 96 48   24  12 48   24 12
RB23S100-480-H-XX-CB-** 100 124 48   36  16 48   36 16
RB23S125-480-H-XX-CB-** 125 156 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S150-480-H-XX-CB-** 150 180 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S200-480-H-XX-CB-** 200 240 48   36  16 48   36 16
RB23S250-480-H-XX-CB-** 250 302 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB23S300-480-H-XX-CB-** 300 361 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB23S350-480-H-XX-CB-** 350 414 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB23S400-480-H-XX-CB-** 400 477 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB23S500-480-H-XX-CB-** 500 590 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB23S600-480-H-XX-CB-** 600 720 87   37  20 87   37  20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04 NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• ATL units include panel-mounted selector switch and door-mounted start/stop push-buttons.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-52 benshaw.com
ENCLOSED STARTERS WITH ATL DUTY BYPASS
COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER HEAVY DUTY 600 V
R B 2 3 S E R I E S — 5 0 0 % F O R 3 0 S E C O N D S — AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S /
N E M A 12 / 3 R / 4

NEMA 12/4 Dimensions (in.) NEMA 3R Dimensions (in.)


Model Number HP Amps H W D H W D
RB23S003-600-H-XX-CB-**    3 3.9 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S005-600-H-XX-CB-**    5 6.1 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S007-600-H-XX-CB-**    7.5 9 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S010-600-H-XX-CB-**    10 11 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S015-600-H-XX-CB-**    15 17 30   24  12 30  24  12
RB23S020-600-H-XX-CB-**    20 22 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S025-600-H-XX-CB-**    25 27 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S030-600-H-XX-CB-**    30 32 30  24  12 30   24  12
RB23S040-600-H-XX-CB-**    40 41 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S050-600-H-XX-CB-**    50 52 30   24  12 30   24  12
RB23S060-600-H-XX-CB-**    60 62 48   24  12 48  24  12
RB23S075-600-H-XX-CB-**    75 77 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S100-600-H-XX-CB-**    100 99 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S125-600-H-XX-CB-**    125 125 48   24  12 48   24  12
RB23S150-600-H-XX-CB-**    150 144 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S200-600-H-XX-CB-**    200 192 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S250-600-H-XX-CB-**    250 242 48   36  16 48   36  16
RB23S300-600-H-XX-CB-**    300 289 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB23S350-600-H-XX-CB-**    350 336 70   30  18 70   30  18
RB23S400-600-H-XX-CB-**    400 382 70   30 18 70  30  18
RB23S500-600-H-XX-CB-**    500 472 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB23S600-600-H-XX-CB-**    600 590 87   37  20 87   37  20
RB23S700-600-H-XX-CB-**    700 838 87   37  20 87   37  20
XX = Enclosure type. Please insert appropriate suffix as shown below.
NEMA 12 enclosure suffix = 12 NEMA 4 enclosure suffix = 04 NEMA 3R enclosure suffix = 3R
** Insert option code as shown below. See page 4-56 for a list of available options.
ST = No options
OP = Options included
• The above starters include MX2 technology. For MX3 technology, change the 2 designator to 3. Includes door-mounted keypad.
See page 4-59 for keypad option code.
• For door-mounted LCD display, refer to page 4-59.
• For higher HP, please consult factory.
• ATL units include panel-mounted selector switch and door-mounted start/stop push-buttons.
• The 3R units include a space heater and control power transformer.

4-53
MX2 / MX3 SERIES STARTER WITH DC INJECTION BRAKE
S O L I D STAT E STA RT E R W I T H D C I N J E C T I O N C O NT R O L

DC INJECTION BRAKING STARTER PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS:


Benshaw offers a microprocessor controlled solid state reduced voltage
starter with DC injection braking for three-phase induction motors. The starter
provides a closed loop current ramp for smooth stepless motor acceleration.

The RediStart starter with DC injection brake consists of the Benshaw 3-phase
SCR power stack for the soft start, with an integrated SCR power block power
fuse and control logic for the DC injection circuit.

The RediStart DC injection brake SCR system allows a free wheeling path
for the DC current that circulates in the motor windings. When the DC
current is applied to the AC motor windings, braking action is achieved as
the circulating motor rotor tries to align itself with the stationary DC field, RATINGS
thus giving the motor smooth electronic braking action. Horsepower: 20–1500 HP
Overload: 500% for 30 seconds
125% continuous
• See standard MX technology features on page 4-6
3

Starting Torque: 0–100%


• Contact Benshaw for pricing
Voltage: 200–1000 VAC
Standard Duty: 300% braking current
KEY ADVANTAGES: • Advanced MX3 for 30 seconds
• Benshaw MX3 technology metering function
Heavy Duty: 300% braking current
• Standard and heavy duty • Real-time clock for 60 seconds
DC injection brake • 99 event log history
configurations available • ModBus communication
• Modular power stack design • Configurable output relays
for ease of maintenance • Reduced maintenance
• Solid state starter and DC brake
integrated in one package
• Advanced motor protection

Guaranteed … for three full years.


Only Benshaw has a three year guarantee.
Every Benshaw solid state starter is guaranteed
for three full years. Other manufacturers limit their
warranties to just one year. But at Benshaw, we believe
that, because we build them better, we can guarantee
them longer.

4-54 benshaw.com
MX2 / MX3 SERIES REVERSING STARTER
S O L I D STAT E STA RT E R W I T H R E V E R S I N G C O NT R O L

REVERSING STARTER PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS:


Benshaw also offers a microprocessor controlled solid state reduced voltage
reversing starter for three-phase induction motors. This starter provides a
closed loop current ramp for smooth stepless motor acceleration.

The RediStart reversing starter is offered with a reversing contactor set.


Sold as RC or RB unit in the Engineered Products section with reversing
contactor option.

• See MX2 features on page 4-3


• See standard MX3 control features on page 4-6
• Contact Benshaw for pricing

KEY ADVANTAGES: • Advanced MX2 or MX3


• Benshaw MX2 or MX3 technology metering function
with reversing contactor control • Real-time clock (MX3 only)
• Available with DC injection brake • 99 event log history (MX3 only)
• Modular power stack design • ModBus communication RATINGS
for ease of maintenance • Configurable output relays Horsepower: 20–1500 HP
• Integral bypass contactor design • Reduced maintenance Overload: 500% for 30 seconds
• Advanced MX2 or MX3 125% continuous

motor protection Starting Torque: 0–100%


Voltage: 200–1000 VAC
Heavy Duty: 300% braking current
for 60 seconds

Guaranteed … for three full years.


Only Benshaw has a three year guarantee.
Every Benshaw solid state starter is guaranteed
for three full years. Other manufacturers limit their
warranties to just one year. But at Benshaw, we believe
that, because we build them better, we can guarantee
them longer.

4-55
OPTIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS —
CONTACT
ENGINEERED OPTIONS INDEX FACTORY

PILOT DEVICES POWER OPTIONS


Push-Buttons............................................................ 4-57 Space Heaters.......................................................... 4-59
Pilot Lights............................................................... 4-57 Enclosure Options.................................................... 4-59
Selector Switches..................................................... 4-57 Circuit Breaker Options............................................ 4-59
Meters...................................................................... 4-57 Entry Options........................................................... 4-59

CONTROL OPTIONS RVSS CONTROL OPTIONS
Control Power Transformers..................................... 4-57 MX Keypads............................................................. 4-59
Relays....................................................................... 4-57 Communications Options......................................... 4-59
Transducers.............................................................. 4-57 Motor Monitoring..................................................... 4-59

AUXILIARY MOTOR STARTERS..................................... 4-58


MULTIPLE MOTOR STARTING....................................... 4-58
REVERSING CONTACTORS........................................... 4-58

4-56 benshaw.com
ENGINEERED OPTIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS —
CONTACT
P I LOT D E V I C E S A N D C O NT R O L O P T I O N S FACTORY

PILOT DEVICES CONTROL OPTIONS


Catalog Catalog
Number Description Number Description
Push-Buttons Control Power Transformers
A001 Raised Stop Push-Button — Red A101 120V Control Power Transformer — Provides Control
Power To The Starter Control Board
A002 Flush Start Push-Button — Green
A102 75VA Additional Control Power
A003 Jog Push-Button — Yellow
A103 150VA Additional Control Power
A004 OL Reset Push-Button — Black
A104 250VA Additional Control Power
A005 Solid State Starter Reset Push-Button — Black
A105 500VA Additional Control Power
A008 Mushroom Head Stop Push-Button — Red
A106 1000VA Additional Control Power
Pilot Lights
A021 Red Run Light Relays

A022 Green Stop Light A121 Three Pole Relay — Specify Function
A023 Amber Fault Light A122 Four Pole Relay — Specify Function
A024 Green Ready Light A124 On Delay Timer — Specify Function and Time
A025 Amber Bypass Light A125 Off Delay Timer — Specify Function and Time
A031 Push To Test Contact Assembly A127 Ground Fault Relay — For Equipment Protection Only
Selector Switches Transducers
A041 Hand — Off — Auto Selector Switch A141 Transducer Output 0–5V DC Based on Motor FLA
A042 Local — Off — Remote Selector Switch A142 Transducer Output 4–20 mA Based on Motor FLA
A043 Key Operated Hand — Off — Auto Selector Switch A143 Transducer Output 4–20 mA Based on Motor Voltage
A044 Dual Ramps Selector Switch 
A045 Two Position Selector Switch — Specify Function
A046 Three Position Selector Switch — Specify Function
Meters
A061 Analog Ammeter — Includes CTs
A062 Analog Ammeter with Three Phase Selector Switch
A063 Analog Voltmeter
A064 Analog Voltmeter with Three Phase Selector Switch
A065 Elapsed Time Meter
A066 Operations Counter
A067 AC Wattmeter
A068 AC Watt Hour Meter

4-57
ENGINEERED OPTIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS —
CONTACT
AU X I L I A RY M OTO R STA RT E R S , M U LT I P L E M OTO R STA RT I N G FACTORY
A N D R E V E R S I N G C O NTAC TO R S

AUXILIARY MOTOR STARTERS REVERSING CONTACTORS


HP HP
Catalog Catalog
Number 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Number 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V
A151 2 2 5 7.5 A225 2 2 5 7.5
A152 3 3 7.5 10 A226 3 3 7.5 10
A153 7.5 7.5 10 15 A227 5 5 10 15
A154 7.5 10 20 20 A228 7.5 7.5 10 15
A155 10 10 25 25 A229 7.5 10 20 20
A156 10 15 30 30 A230 10 10 25 25
A157 15 20 40 40 A231 10 15 30 30
A158 25 30 50 50 A232 15 20 40 40
A159 30 30 60 60 A233 20 25 50 50
A160 40 40 75 75 A234 25 30 60 60
A161 40 50 100 100 A235 30 30 60 60
A236 40 40 75 75
NOTE: This option will add a three-phase electromechanical contactor,
motor OL relay and fuses. Customer must provide two-wire start A237 40 50 100 100
command for starting and stopping the starter unless otherwise A238 60 60 125 125
specified.
A239 60 75 150 150
A240 100 100 200 200
MULTIPLE MOTOR STARTING A241 125 150 300 300
HP A242 150 200 400 400
Catalog
Number 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V A243 250 300 600 600
A181 7.5 10 20 25
NOTE: Reversing contactors are used for reversing control of any
A182 10 15 30 40 starter from the Engineered Products section of the catalog.
A183 15 20 40 50 Please consult Benshaw for dimensions.

A184 20 25 50 60
A185 25 30 60 75
A186 30 40 75 100
A187 40 50 100 125
A188 50 60 125 150
A189 60 75 150 200
A190 75 100 200 250
A191 100 125 250 300
A192 125 150 300 350
A193 – – 350 400
A194 150 200 400 500

NOTE: The Benshaw Redistart Solid State Starter can be used to start
multiple motors. The starter should be sized to meet or exceed the
amps of the total connected load. This option provides fusing and motor
protection for each motor connected. Add for each motor connected
excluding the smallest.

4-58 benshaw.com
ENGINEERED OPTIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS —
CONTACT
P OW E R O P T I O N S A N D RV S S C O NT R O L O P T I O N S FACTORY

POWER OPTIONS
Catalog Number Description
Space Heaters
A171 Space Heater with Thermostat
Enclosure Options
A251 Door Interlock Switch
A252 Lightning Surge Protector
Note: Starters under 52 A Require Additional Cost
A253 Print Pocket — Inside Door to Hold Drawings
Circuit Breaker Options
A261 Shunt Trip — Mechanism to Automatically Open 
Entry Options
A271 Bottom Entry, Bottom Exit
A272 Top Entry, Bottom Exit
A273 Bottom Entry, Top Exit
A274 SUSE Service Entry Label below 400 HP/480 V
A275 SUSE Service Entry Label above 400 HP/480 V*
DC Braking Options
A280 DC Injection Brake — Standard Duty —
250% Braking Current**
A281 DC Injection Brake — Heavy Duty — 400% Braking Current**

* This will require ground fault protection for disconnect at 1000 amps or more
** This option can be added to RC2, RC3, RB2, RB3 products

RVSS CONTROL OPTIONS


Catalog Number Description
MX Options
A340B Large Door-Mounted Keypad
A340A Small Door-Mounted Keypad
Communications
A343 Profibus
A344  DeviceNet
A345 Ethernet/IP or Modbus/TCP
Motor Monitoring
A406 RTD Module — Unit Will Accept 8 Input RTDs. RTDs Must be 100 Ohm Platinum.
(Available for Remote Mounting. Consult Factory for Details) (MX3 Only)
A407 RTD Module — Unit Will Accept 16 Input RTDs. RTDs Must be 100 Ohm Platinum.
(Available for Remote Mounting. Consult Factory for Details) (MX3 Only)

4-59
Full Voltage Controls

Medium Voltage Soft Starters


Variable Frequency Drives
• In stock guaranteed

Low Voltage Solid State Starters • Heavy-duty rated — 500% for 30 seconds

• Up to 3000 HP 4160 V
Medium Voltage Drives • MX3 technology

• Load break fault make protection


Medium Voltage Controls
• Over 25 years of experience

Medium Voltage Switchgear

Electrical
4-60
Solutions to Mechanical Problems.
benshaw.com Benshaw.com
SECTION 5
M E D I U M VO LTAG E S O L I D STAT E STA RT E R S

5.1 STANDARD PRODUCTS ENGINEERED OPTIONS................................................5-41


MX3 Control Specification........................................... 5-2
TRANSFORMER FEEDERS
PREPACKAGED STARTERS Transformer Feeders (2300 V to 13800 V)................ 5-50
Severe Duty Solid State Reduced Voltage Dual Transformer Feeders (2300 V to 4160 V)............5-51
Starters with ATL Bypass........................................... 5-4
Customized Quick Ship Options................................. 5-8 APPLICATION-SPECIFIC PRODUCTS............................. 5-52

5.2 ENGINEERED PRODUCTS (BUILT-TO-ORDER)


ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES MEDIUM VOLTAGE MCCS/LINEUPS.............................. 5-54
Combination Solid State Starters............................. 5-16
Combination Solid State Starters
(2300 V to 15 kV Class)..............................................5-21 ENGINEERING SERVICES
Smart Full Voltage Across-the-Line Starters Motor Starting and System Voltage
(2300 V to 13800 V).................................................. 5-25 Drop Analysis........................................................... 5-56
Full Voltage Across-the-Line Starters Capacitor Switching Packages.................................. 5-56
(2300 V to 13800 V).................................................. 5-29
Static VAR Compensation Packages......................... 5-56
Dual Full Voltage Across-the Line Starters
(2300 V to 7200 V).................................................... 5-32
Main Lug Only (MLO)............................................... 5-34
Load Break Interrupter Switch.................................. 5-37
Low Profile Load Break Interrupter Switch............... 5-39
Dual Load Break Interrupter Switches...................... 5-40

5-1
MX3 CONTROLLER
N E X T G E N E R AT I O N I NT E L L I G E NT M OTO R C O NT R O L

KEYPAD
(INCLUDED)

MX3 CONTROL

OPTIONAL RTD MODULES FIBER OPTIC FIRING


• Integrated technology
MX3 CONTROLLER HIGHLIGHTS • Noise immunity
Next generation MX3 technology forms • High voltage isolation
the backbone of Benshaw’s entire line of • Safe, reliable SCR control
intelligent medium voltage motor controls.
With fiber optic firing, enhanced programming capabilities, ease of use
and a unique, flexible architecture — Benshaw’s MX3 controller delivers
unprecedented functionality and all of the rugged, dependable performance
you’ve come to expect from the world leader in solid state motor controls
and drives.

MX3 controllers, power components, software and sensors are all designed,
built and tested to perform as an integrated control system, eliminating the
coordination and performance problems inherent in other forms of reduced
voltage starting.

With more built-in features, more configurable options, greater expandability


and a broader communications capability than any other motor control on
the market, Benshaw’s next generation MX3 technology will shorten your
commissioning times, improve motor performance and protection, enhance
diagnostic capability and streamline many electrical system monitoring and
maintenance tasks.

KEY FEATURES: • Integrated motor protection • Built-in remote self-testing (BIST)


• High performance motor • Line and motor metering • Expanded communications
control with multiple starting • Diagnostic capabilities with capabilities
modes built in event log and real-time clock • Intelligent SCR power poles
• Patented CYCLO converter • CE, UL, CUL, NEC, NEMA • Intelligent MV MCC integration
control from 1 to 40% speed compliance
• Flexible, programmable I/O

5-2 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE MX3 CONTROL FEATURES
MULTIPLE STARTING MODES: • Current imbalance % • Alarm condition
• Voltage ramp • Ground fault current • Ready condition
• Current ramp • Average volts • Locked out
- Adjustable initial current • L1 — L2 voltage • Overcurrent
- Adjustable maximum current • L2 — L3 voltage • Undercurrent
- Adjustable ramp time
• L3 — L1 voltage • OL alarm
• Torque ramp (TruTorque)
• Overload % • Shunt trip
- Adjustable initial torque
- Adjustable maximum torque • Power factor • Ground fault
- Adjustable ramp time • Watts • Energy saver indication
• Power ramp • VA • Heating indication
- Adjustable initial torque • VARS • Slow speed forward/reverse
- Adjustable maximum torque • KW hours • DC braking
- Adjustable ramp time • MW hours • Cooling fan
• Linear/tach feedback control • Phase order
1 ANALOG 4–20 MA/0–10 VDC
• CYCLO converter control • Line frequency INPUT CONFIGURABLE TO:
MOTOR PROTECTION: • Analog input • Trip high level
• Motor thermal overload • Analog output • Trip low level
• Independent starting • Run time — days
1 ANALOG 4–20 MA/0–10 VDC
and running OLs • Run time — hours OUTPUT CONFIGURABLE TO:
• Up to speed timer exceeded • # of starts • Current (0–200%/0–800%)
• Low line voltage • Tru Torque % • Voltage (0–150%)
• Low line frequency • Power % • OL (0–150%)
• High line frequency • Peak starting current • KW (0–10 KW/0–100 KW)
• Phase reversal • Last starting duration • MW (0–1 MW)
• Phase loss • RTD temperatures • Analog input (0–100%)
• Instantaneous overcurrent • Real-time clock • Firing (0–100%)
• Overcurrent • Calibration
8 DIGITAL INPUTS CONFIGURABLE TO:
• Undercurrent
• Stop USER INTERFACE:
• Current imbalance
• Fault • Event log (99 events)
• Ground fault (residual
• Fault reset • Door-mounted LCD display
or zero sequence)
• Bypass/inline confirm - Set/examine operating parameters
• Shorted or open SCR
• OL reset - View status information, line
• Disconnect fault
• Local/remote selection current, voltage and frequency
• Inline contactor fault
• Heater enable - Start and stop the solid
• Control power low state starter
• Heater disable
• Stack over temperature
• Dual ramp selection 1 COMMUNICATION PORT:
• Motor PTC input
• 1 dedicated start input • Modbus/RS485
• RTD modules
• Disconnect
ADVANCED FUNCTIONALITY:
METERING: • Slow speed
• Dual ramp selection
• Accuracy: • Brake enable
- 3% out-of-box • Adjustable kick current
• Brake disable
- 2% factory calibrated • Programmable decel modes
• Average current 6 RELAY OUTPUTS CONFIGURABLE TO: • MV BIST test (built-in self test)
• L1 current • Faulted
• L2 current • Running
• L3 current • Up to speed

5-3
PREPACKAGED SOLID STATE STARTERS
WITH ATL BYPASS
M V R X E S E R I E S — S E V E R E D U T Y W I T H AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S

MVRXE SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS: The logic control incorporates the


The Benshaw Medium Voltage MX3 computer that has all the
Starter is a microprocessor-controlled circuitry required to drive the power
solid state reduced voltage starter semiconductors, which are located
for three-phase induction motors. in the power section.
The starter provides a closed-loop
current ramp for smooth stepless MVRXE starters provide solid state
motor acceleration. Supplied in a reduced voltage starting for normal
free-standing enclosure. operation and full voltage emergency
back-up starting, with complete
Enclosures are available in NEMA electronic motor protection at the
12 or NEMA 3R configurations. The flip of a switch.
medium voltage enclosure consists
of two distinct compartments. The This unique redundant design is
medium voltage or power pole ideal for critical applications where
section is located in the main body downtime is extremely disruptive
of the enclosure, whereas the and cannot be tolerated.
low voltage section containing the
control logic is located behind the
MX3 solid state controls provide
door as an isolated compartment.
precise digital starting and stopping,
motor protection, metering, MVRXE starter with load
break fusible disconnect and
Each starter is supplied with a diagnostics and communications emergency ATL bypass
load break isolation switch, Class standard.
“R” motor fuses, inline vacuum
contactor, solid state power poles
and a vacuum bypass contactor,
which is used to bypass the SCR
power poles once the motor is up
to full speed.

Guaranteed … for three full years.


Only Benshaw has a three year guarantee.
Every Benshaw solid state starter is guaranteed
for three full years. Other manufacturers limit their
warranties to just one year. But at Benshaw, we believe
that, because we build them better, we can guarantee
them longer.

*3 year warranty requires authorized startup — 1 year warranty without authorized startup

5-4 benshaw.com
PREPACKAGED SOLID STATE STARTERS
WITH ATL BYPASS
M V R X E S E R I E S — S E V E R E D U T Y W I T H AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E BY PAS S

STANDARD FEATURES: • Separately mounted “SPE” KEY ADVANTAGES:


• NEMA 12, solid state starter, series electronic overload • NEMA 12, UL 347 listed
UL347 listed, Class E-2. device has the following • 45 kV BIL
• 45 kV BIL standard features:
• Service entrance
• 200 MVA (2300 VAC)/350 MVA - Class 10–30 adjustable labeled (optional)
(4160 VAC) short circuit - Phase imbalance protection • Built-in self test (BIST) features
fault rated - 1 NO/1 NC trip contact for “quick commissioning”
• 500% — 30 seconds rated solid - Phase reversal protection • Solid state reduced voltage
state starter — UL347 certified - “Trip-free” design starting — normal operations
and listed. • 400 amp load break/600 amp
- Phase loss protection
• 8,000 PIV — UL347 certified continuous fused disconnect
• Built-in self test (BIST) features
and listed at 2.4 kV switch
for “quick commissioning”
• 12,000 PIV — UL347 certified • Switch selectable emergency
• 120 VAC, 1000 VA CPT with
and listed at 4.2 kV back-up full voltage starter
primary and secondary fusing,
• Fiber optic firing with 500 VA available for • MX3-embedded digital control
• Selectable solid state or customer use • Fiber optic firing
emergency full voltage operation • Door-mounted start and stop • Advanced motor protection
via selector switch mounted push-buttons. • Advanced metering
inside of LV compartment
• Door-mounted LCD keypad • Power quality protection
• Load matched Class R fusing
• Door-mounted run indication light • Diagnostics and Modbus
with blown fuse indication
• Door-mounted local-off-remote RTU485 communications
• 400 A load break, 600 A
switch standard
continuous, 5 kV rated
disconnect switch, with viewing • Door-mounted reset button
window, grounding assembly • Terminal strip mounted inside
and lockable handle mechanism; LV compartment for:
mechanically interlocked - Remote start/stop control
for safety - Remote up-to-speed indication
• Fixed mounted, start duty rated - Remote run indication
vacuum contactors for isolation - Remote fault indication
and SCR bypass, wired for
• Benshaw MX3 controller with
normal bypass operation and
complete soft start, soft stop
full voltage start operation,
and motor protection capabilities
with 2 NO and 2 NC
• 485 communications capabilities
auxiliary contacts
— local through-door connection
or remote from starter (optional)
• Modbus communications
standard

5-5
PREPACKAGED SOLID STATE STARTERS IN
WITH ATL BYPASS STOCK
GUARANTEED!

M V R X E S E R I E S — S E V E R E D U T Y W I T H AC R O S S - T H E - L I N E
BY PAS S A N D LOA D B R E A K F U S I B L E D I S C O N N E C T

THE UPGRADED/ENHANCED DESIGN OF BENSHAW’S LEGACY PRODUCT THAT


ESTABLISHED INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY.

KEY ADVANTAGES: STANDARD FEATURES:


• NEMA 12, UL 347 listed • 200 MVA (2300 VAC)/350 MVA
• 45 kV BIL (4160 VAC) short circuit
• Built-in self test (BIST) features fault rated
for “quick commissioning” • 500% – 30 seconds rated solid
• 425 A load break state starter — UL 347 certified
and listed
• Switch-selectable emergency
back-up full voltage starter • “R” class fusing protection
• MX3 embedded digital control • Door-mounted controls
• Modbus communications
standard

MVRXE18 — 4160 V
Dimensions (in.)
Weight
Model Number HP A H W D (lbs.)
MVRXE18-1000-4160** 1000 133 92 36 32 2,000
MVRXE18-1500-4160** 1500 200 92 36 32 2,000
MVRXE18-3000-4160** 3000 330 92 36 32 2,000
Starters are top entry/bottom exit — top exit available upon request. Dimensions and weights
are approximate.
** Insert appropriate option code as shown: NEMA 12 = 12/NEMA 3R = 3R

MODULAR OPTIONS
Model Number Description
A406 8-Channel RTD Module, 100 ohm Platinum
(Also Available for Remote Mounting)
A407 16-Channel RTD Module(s), 100 ohm Platinum
(Also Available for Remote Mounting)
A875 Ground Fault CT, 2000:1, 4.0:Dia. (For MX3 Use)
A876 Ground Fault CT, 2000:1, 8.13:Dia. (For MX3 Use)
Power fuses ship loose. Must provide motor full load amps at time of order for proper fuse sizing.

2300 V options available.

5-6 benshaw.com
SPARE PART KITS
IN
STOCK
GUARANTEED!

WANT TO MINIMIZE DOWNTIME LOSS OF PRODUCTION?


TAKE ADVANTAGE OF BENSHAW’S SPECIAL PRICING ON OUR NEW SPARE PARTS
KIT PACKAGES WHEN PURCHASED WITH AN MVRXE AND/OR BTO STARTER.

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS KITS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:


• Power phase/stack assembly (x1)
Includes the following packaged
heat sink assembly:
– Fiber optic SCR firing card
– SCRs (x6)
– dV/dt filter cards (x3)
• Main control board
• Voltage divider board
• “R” class line fuses (x3)
• Primary fuses for CPT (x2)
• Secondary fuses for CPT (x3)
• Door-mounted keypad
• Door-mounted pilot lights,
push-buttons and switches
• Overload relay
• Control relays

Model Number Motor Amps


1000 HP AND 1500 HP STARTERS
MVRXE-400101-SP  46 to 55 A
MVRXE-400102-SP   56 to 75 A
MVRXE-400103-SP   76 to 90 A
MVRXE-400104-SP  91 to 133 A
MVRXE-400105-SP 134 to 180 A
MVRXE-400106-SP 181 to 220 A
3000 HP STARTERS
MVRXE-400107-SP 46 to 55 A
MVRXE-400108-SP 56 to 75 A
MVRXE-400109-SP 76 to 90 A
MVRXE-400110-SP 91 to 133 A
MVRXE-400111-SP 134 to 180 A
MVRXE-400112-SP 181 to 270 A
MVRXE-400113-SP 271 to 361 A

*Amp range not shown; consult factory.

5-7
DESIGN YOUR CUSTOMIZED STARTER TO SHIP
IN 1 WEEK OR LESS
Only one option can be selected from each group, Choose Enclosure Options
with the exception of the “Control Options” section. 12 NEMA 12
Add the appropriate code for the options chosen SH NEMA 12 with Space Heater
to the code string across the center of the page. 3R NEMA 3R with Space Heater

A B C

MVB43 225 B 12 S G 1N

0 to 1500 HP 1501 to 3000 HP Choose Service Entrance


A B C A B C Rated (for stand-alone
Choose Choose single units)
Motor Choose Exit/ Motor Choose Exit/ S Yes
Choose Current Landing Choose Current Landing
Core Unit (A)** Option*** Core Unit (A)** Option*** N No
MVB41 025 T MVB43 025 T
MVB41 025 B MVB43 025 B
MVB41 025 C MVB43 025 C
MVB41 045 T MVB43 045 T Choose Bus Options+
MVB41 045 B MVB43 045 B 8N 800 A Non-Insulated Bus
MVB41 045 C MVB43 045 C
8I 800 A Insulated Bus
MVB41 055 T MVB43 055 T
1N 1,200 A Non-Insulated Bus
MVB41 055 B MVB43 055 B
1I 1,200 A Insulated Bus
MVB41 055 C MVB43 055 C
MVB41 080 T MVB43 080 T 2N 2,000 A Non-Insulated Bus
MVB41 080 B MVB43 080 B 2I 2,000 A Insulated Bus
MVB41 080 C MVB43 080 C NR None Required
MVB41 090 T MVB43 090 T
+Bus not required for single
MVB41 090 B MVB43 090 B
stand-alone unit.
MVB41 090 C MVB43 090 C
Bus is required for connection
MVB41 133 T MVB43 133 T of 2 or more units.
MVB41 133 B MVB43 133 B
Any unit with bus will require
MVB41 133 C MVB43 133 C additional MLO section. Please
MVB41 170 T MVB43 170 T contact the factory for pricing
MVB41 170 B MVB43 170 B and delivery.
MVB41 170 C MVB43 170 C
MVB43 225 T
MVB43 225 B
MVB43 225 C
MVB43 330 T
***Exit/Landing Options MVB43 330 B
T Top Exit with Landing Pad MVB43 330 C
B Bottom Exit with Landing Pad MVB43 360 T
C Top or Bottom Exit Landing MVB43 360 B
on Bypass Contactor MVB43 360 C

5-8 benshaw.com
Choose Option Zero Sequence Ground Choose Communications Options
Fault CT 2000:1 (Residual included) (RS-485 Modbus RTU standard)
G Yes D DeviceNet
N No E Ethernet
P Profibus
N None

D E F G H I

1N D 2 N B N N E E

Choose RTD Options Choose Control Options — Choose one option for each
(100 ohm platinum) item below
2 8-Channel RTD D A ATL option* D N None
4 16-Channel RTD
Green Start Push-Button and Red Stop
N None E B E N None
Extended Push-Button*
F C Red Run Light and Green Stop Light F N None
Amber Fault Light and Black Reset
G D G N None
Push-Button
Choose Bus Splice Options
(must match bus option selected) H E Local-Off-Remote 3-Position Switch H N None
8N 800 A Non-Insulated Bus Splice I F Emergency Stop Push-Button I N None
8I 800 A Insulated Bus Splice
1N 1,200 A Non-Insulated Bus Splice
* ATL option comes with start and stop push-buttons
1I 1,200 A Insulated Bus Splice (i.e., start stop push-buttons cannot be selected).
2N 2,000 A Non-Insulated Bus Splice
No selection = keypad control.
2I 2,000 A Insulated Bus Splice Recommend E-stop option be selected.
NR None Required

**Motor currents vs. HP are typical; confirm actual motor current.


Service factor not accounted for; adjust if required.

Example: A 3,000 HP (MVB43), 225 A (225) unit with the following options: bottom exit with landing pad
(B), NEMA 12 enclosure (12), service entrance rated (S), with ground fault (G), 1,200 A non-insulated bus
(1N), 1,200 A non-insulated bus splice (1N), with DeviceNet (D), 8-channel RTD (2), without ATL option
(N), with start and stop buttons (B), without run and stop lights (N), without fault and reset lights (N),
with a local-off-remote switch (E), with emergency stop push button (F), would build the following code
string: MVB43225B12SG1N1ND2NBNNEF

Need help sizing your Soft Starter?


Soft Starter sizing guide available on benshaw.com,
or call an Application Engineer at 412-968-0100.

5-9
DRAWINGS

TOP VIEW
FRONT OF ENCLOSURE
PLAN VIEW

FRONT VIEW FRONT INTERIOR VIEW

All drawings packages are available on BenshawExpress.com.

5-10 benshaw.com
Notes:
1 Removable lifting eyebolts.
2 Cable entry /exit area. Cutout with cover
plate supplied.
3 Cable entry/exit area. No cutout supplied.
Customer to cut as required.
4. Enclosure color: ANSI 61 grey.
5. Tighten bolts per chart below.

Steel bolt — Torque in pound-foot


[Newton-Meter]
1
⁄4–20 5
⁄16–18 3
⁄8–16 1
⁄2–13 ⁄8–11
5

5 12 20 50 95
(6.8) (16.3)  (27) (67.8) (128.8)

6. Approximate weight is 1600 lbs (726 kg).


7 R-fuses shown for reference. Reference sales
order for fuse size.

RIGHT SIDE INTERIOR VIEW

All drawings packages are available on BenshawExpress.com.

5-11
DRAWINGS

5-12 benshaw.com
All drawings packages are available on BenshawExpress.com.

5-13
DRAWINGS

5-14 benshaw.com
All drawings packages are available on BenshawExpress.com.

5-15
MEDIUM VOLTAGE ENGINEERED PRODUCTS
P R O D U C T OV E RV I E W

Benshaw has developed advanced engineering, drafting, materials


management and quality systems focused on designing and building
customer solutions. This “Build to Order” capability combined with
an extensive inventory of control components, protective relays, circuit
breakers, contactors, enclosures and other electrical/electronic devices
provides our customers with the quickest shipment of engineered
products in the industry.

CONTROL MODIFICATIONS — POWER RATINGS TO FIT


WHATEVER YOU SPECIFY YOUR APPLICATION
• Unlimited modifications and • 5 kV Class to 10,000 HP
accessories are available, • 7.2 kV Class to 16,000 HP
including: pilot devices, PLCs, • 15 kV Class to 25,000 HP
control power transformers,
switches, meters, relays,
ENCLOSURES TO MATCH
space heaters, protective
YOUR ENVIRONMENT
devices, power factor correction
capacitors, surge arrestors and • Standard designs —
line reactors. NEMA 1, 12, 3R
• Custom enclosures including
stainless steel
COMBINATION STARTERS TO MEET
YOUR REQUIREMENTS • NEMA 4, 4X and insulated
enclosures
• Solid state reduced voltage
• Motor control centers
• Standard full voltage
• Smart full voltage
COMMUNICATION
• Solid state with full
voltage bypass • Modbus/RS485 — Standard
• Profibus
• Ethernet
• DeviceNet

5-16 benshaw.com
SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS
M V R M X S E R I E S — 5 K V / 7. 2 K V / 15 K V … TO 2 5 , 0 0 0 H P

MVRMX SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Only Benshaw has designed, built and supports more than 40,000 solid
state starters, from 2,300 volts to 15 kV, for applications ranging from
pumps, compressors and chillers to fans and blowers, crushers, chippers
and conveyors; for every motor type: induction, synchronous, two-speed,
reversing and wound rotor.

The RediStart CFMVRMX series with MX3 technology is a fully integrated,


programmable family of Class E2 load break/combination solid state starters.
This integrated design includes control and power electronics, bypass and
isolation contactors that reduce maintenance and operating costs when
compared to other methods.

KEY ADVANTAGES:
Protect machinery from failure and excessive maintenance caused by
mechanical shock during starting or stopping. The RediStart MVRMX
provides smooth, stepless acceleration and controlled deceleration.

Protect electrical systems from disruptive voltage drops and power


outages caused by motor locked rotor inrush current. The RediStart
MVRMX starter precisely controls the current ramp during start up.

Protect mission-critical motors from failure or unscheduled outages


caused by machine or electrical system faults. The RediStart MVRMX
starter provides complete, high performance, coordinated line monitoring,
motor control and protection.

Guaranteed … for three full years.


Only Benshaw has a three year guarantee.
Every Benshaw solid state starter is guaranteed
for three full years. Other manufacturers limit their
warranties to just one year. But at Benshaw, we believe
that, because we build them better, we can guarantee
them longer.

*3 year warranty requires authorized startup — 1 year warranty without authorized startup

5-17
SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS
M V R M X S E R I E S — 5 K V / 7. 2 K V / 15 K V … TO 2 2 , 0 0 0 H P

PRECISION ENGINEERED PRODUCTS Specified control and


FROM BENSHAW: protective devices:
Rugged enclosures to match • Protective relays
your environment: • RTD monitors
• NEMA 1 • Custom control/interface
• NEMA 12 configuration
• NEMA 3R • Pilot devices/PLCs
• Marine duty
• Lineups Specified surge capacitors
• Stainless steel and lightning arrestors:
• Insulated Benshaw will design and mount
• Mine duty (as an integrated unit) surge
capacitors and lightning arrestors
to match your electrical system and
Specified bus configurations:
lightning protection requirements.
• Tin-plated copper
• 800/1200/2000 amp
Load engineered power factor
• Top or center mount capacitors and controls:
• Environmentally or • Start/run sequencing
electrically insulated
• Load matching
• Custom arrangements
• Higher BIL ratings available
• Front access copper ground bus

5-18 benshaw.com
CFMVRMX SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
M E D I U M VO LTAG E S O L I D STAT E R E D U C E D VO LTAG E STA RT E R

Power Section Features


DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
Starter Type Closed Loop Current Control Ramp
Torque Ramp
Power Ramp (KW)
Voltage Ramp
Linear Accel/Tach Feedback
Power Ratings 500% FLA for 30 Sec 125% Cont.
Control Input 120 VAC or Dry Contact, 2 or 3 Wire
Standard Insulation Test 2x Rated V + 2,000 V
Nominal Voltage Ratings 2.3 kV to 13.8 kV
Ambient Temperature 0–40° C at Sea Level
Frequency Range 23 to 72 Hz on Control Board
Overall Efficiency (with Bypass) 99.5% 
Metering Functions 47 Parameters
Relay Outputs 24 Functions
Over/Under Voltage Protection 10 to 30%
Power Loss (with Bypass) –
Transient Protection dV/dT Circuits/Phase
PIV Ratings 2.4 kV:8000 V, 4.2 kV:12000 V
7.2 kV:18000 V, 13.8 kV:34500 V
SCR Firing Technique Continuous Block Gate Fiber Optic Firing

Status Display and Indicators:


LCD STATUS DISPLAY LED INDICATORS
Each starter will have a keypad/display The following LED indicators are provided
assembly designed to: for advisory status and fault annunciation.
• Set or examine operating parameters • Power ON
• Provide status information • CPU heart beat
• Provide real-time information about line • Communications
current, voltage and frequency • RTD module
• Provide a means to start and stop • Fiber optic firing
the solid state starter

5-19
MEDIUM VOLTAGE MX3 CONTROL FEATURES

KEYPAD
(INCLUDED)

MX3 BOARD

OPTIONAL
RTD MODULES

I/O
CARD

CONFORMS TO ANSI MOTOR PROTECTION STANDARDS:


• 51 — Electronic motor overload, • 37 — Undercurrent detection
Class 1 to 40 (off or 10 to 100% and time (0.1
• 86 — Overload lockout to 90.0 sec. in 0.1 sec. intervals)
• 48 — Adjustable up-to-speed • 51G — Ground fault detection
timer (off; 0 to 300 seconds) (off or 1 to 100 amps) and time
• 59/27 — Adjustable over/under (0.1 to 90.0 sec. in 0.1 sec.
voltage protection intervals)
• 46 — Adjustable line to average • Overcurrent, undercurrent and
current imbalance ground fault can each be set to
trip or activate a relay
• 81 — Adjustable high and low
frequency protection • 50 — Instantaneous electronic
overcurrent trip
• Single-phase protection
• 47 — Phase rotation selectable
• 66 — Adjustable starts per hour
ABC, CBA, or Ins (insensitive)
(off or 1 to 20 starts)
• 38/49 — Remote mountable RTD
• Adjustable time between starts
protection package, 8 or 16 RTD
(off or 1 to 600 minutes)
inputs (optional)
• Backspin timer
(off or 1 to 200 minutes)
• 51 — Overcurrent detection
(off or 50 to 800%) and time (0.1
to 90.0 sec. in 0.1 sec. intervals)

5-20 benshaw.com
COMBINATION SOLID STATE STARTERS 2300 V/3300 V
M V R M X S E R I E S — M E D I U M VO LTAG E STA RT E R S

CFMVRMX12 — 2300 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMX12-150-2300-** 2300 150 36 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-500-2300-** 2300 500 120 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-750-2300-** 2300 750 180 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-1000-2300-** 2300 1000 240 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-1250-2300-** 2300 1250 300 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-1500-2300-** 2300 1500 360 92 45 32
CFMVRMX12-HP-2300-** 2300 >1500 >360 ☎ ☎ ☎

CFMVRMX12 — 3300 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMX12-300-3300-** 3300 300 51 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-750-3300-** 3300 750 127 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-1000-3300-** 3300 1000 169 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-1250-3300-** 3300 1250 211 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-1500-3300-** 3300 1500 254 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-2000-3300-** 3300 2000 338 92 36 32
CFMVRMX12-HP-3300-** 3300 >2000 >338 ☎ ☎ ☎
• CFMVRMX series starters are complete combination E2 controllers. They include a load break/fault make disconnect switch, R rated current
limiting motor fuses, vacuum inline isolation contactor, SCR power stacks and microprocessor controls, CPT and vacuum bypass contactor.
• MVRMX non-combination starters are available. Please contact the factory for pricing and application assistance.
** Insert appropriate option code as shown below:
NEMA 1 = 1
NEMA 12 = 12
NEMA 3R = 3R
☎ Consult factory

5-21
COMBINATION SOLID STATE STARTERS 4160 V/6900 V
M V R M X S E R I E S — M E D I U M VO LTAG E STA RT E R S

CFMVRMX18 — 4160 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMX18-300-4160-** 4160 300 40 92 36 32
CFMVRMX18-750-4160-** 4160 750 99 92 36 32
CFMVRMX18-1000-4160-** 4160 1000 133 92 36 32
CFMVRMX18-1250-4160-** 4160 1250 166 92 36 32
CFMVRMX18-1500-4160-** 4160 1500 200 92 36 32
CFMVRMX18-2000-4160-** 4160 2000 266 92 36 32
CFMVRMX18-2500-4160-** 4160 2500 333 92 36 32
CFMVRMX18-3000-4160-** 4160 3000 360 92 45 32
CFMVRMX18-3500-4160-** 4160 3500 466 92 96 36
CFMVRMX18-4000-4160-** 4160 4000 532 92 96 36
CFMVRMX18-4500-4160-** 4160 4500 600 92 141 36
CFMVRMX18-5000-4160-** 4160 5000 666 92 141 36
CFMVRMX18-5500-4160-** 4160 5500 734 92 141 36

CFMVRMX18 — 6900 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMX18-500-6900-** 6900 500 42 92 45 36
CFMVRMX18-750-6900-** 6900 750 63 92 45 36
CFMVRMX18-1000-6900-** 6900 1000 84 92 45 36
CFMVRMX18-1250-6900-** 6900 1250 105 92 45 36
CFMVRMX18-1500-6900-** 6900 1500 126 92 45 36
CFMVRMX18-2000-6900-** 6900 2000 168 92 61 36
CFMVRMX18-2500-6900-** 6900 2500 210 92 61 36
CFMVRMX18-3000-6900-** 6900 3000 252 92 61 36
CFMVRMX18-3500-6900-** 6900 3500 294† 92 61 36
CFMVRMX18-4000-6900-** 6900 4000 336 92 61 36
CFMVRMX18-4500-6900-** 6900 4500 378 92 81 36
CFMVRMX18-5000-6900-** 6900 5000 420 92 81 36
CFMVRMX18-5500-6900-** 6900 5500 462† 92 81 36
CFMVRMX18-6000-6900** 6900 6000 504† 92 81 36
• CFMVRMX series starters are complete combination E2 controllers. They include a load break/fault make disconnect switch, R rated current
limiting motor fuses, vacuum inline isolation contactor, SCR power stacks and microprocessor controls, CPT and vacuum bypass contactor.
• MVRMX non-combination starters are available. Please contact the factory for pricing and application assistance.
• CPT IS 700 VA standard.
** Insert appropriate option code as shown below:
NEMA 1 = 1
NEMA 12 = 12
NEMA 3R = 3R

Standard ratings are 350% current for 30 seconds. 500% current rating is available.
Please contact the factory for pricing and application assistance.

5-22 benshaw.com
COMBINATION SOLID STATE STARTERS 15 KV CLASS
C F M V R X S E R I E S — M E D I U M VO LTAG E STA RT E R S

10 KV RATED STARTERS
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP (KW) FLA H W D
CFMVRMX24-1000-10000 10,000 1000 (750) 50 94 141 50
CFMVRMX24-2000-10000 10,000 2000 (1500) 100 94 141 50
CFMVRMX24-2500-10000 10,000 2500 (1850) 135 94 141 50
CFMVRMX24-3000-10000 10,000 3000 (2250) 161 94 141 50
CFMVRMX24-4000-10000 10,000 4000 (3000) 215 94 141 50
CFMVRMX24-5000-10000 10,000 5000 (3750) 270 94 141 50
CFMVRMX24-6000-10000 10,000 6000 (4000) 325 94 156 60
CFMVRMX24-6500-10000 10,000 6500 (4850) 350 94 156 60

11 KV RATED STARTERS
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP (KW) FLA H W D
CFMVRMX24-1000-11000 11,000 1000 (750) 50 94 141 50
CFMVRMX24-2000-11000 11,000 2000 (1500) 100 94 141 50
CFMVRMX24-2500-11000 11,000 2500 (1850) 125 94 141 50
CFMVRMX30-3000-11000 11,000 3000 (2250) 150 94 141 50
CFMVRMX30-4000-11000 11,000 4000 (3000) 200 94 141 50
CFMVRMX30-5000-11000 11,000 5000 (3750) 245 94 141 50
CFMVRMX30-6000-11000 11,000 6000 (4000) 290 94 141 50
CFMVRMX30-7000-11000 11,000 70000 (5250) 350 94 156 60

13.8 KV RATED STARTERS


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP (KW) FLA H W D
CFMVRMX36-1500-13800 13,800 1500 (1100) 45 94 156 50
CFMVRMX36-3000-13800 13,800 3000 (2250) 100 94 156 50
CFMVRMX36-3500-13800 13,800 3500 (2600) 135 94 156 50
CFMVRMX36-5000-13800 13,800 5000 (3750) 200 94 156 50
CFMVRMX36-6500-13800 13,800 6500 (4850) 250 94 156 50
CFMVRMX36-7500-13800 13,800 7500 (5500) 300 94 156 50
CFMVRMX36-9000-13800 13,800 9000 (6750) 350 94 156 60
• CFMVRMX series starters are complete combination E2 controllers. They include a load break/fault make disconnect switch, E rated fuses,
vacuum inline isolation contactor, SCR power stacks and microprocessor controls, CPT, vacuum bypass contractors and line reactors.
• MVRMX non-combination starters are available. Please contact the factory for pricing and application assistance.
• CPT is 1000 VA standard.
• All units are NEMA 12 designed.
• Standard ratings are 350% current for 30 seconds. 500% current rating is available. Please contact the factory for pricing
and application assistance.

5-23
COMBINATION SOLID STATE STARTERS 7.2 KV/15 KV CLASS
C B M V R X S E R I E S — M E D I U M VO LTAG E STA RT E R S —
B E N S H AW J U M B O S O L U T I O N F O R L A R G E M OTO R S

Only Benshaw has a solution for your largest motor needs, up to 16,000 HP
at 6900 V and 25,000 HP at 13800 V. For the largest motor starting
applications, Benshaw provides a circuit breaker solution for isolation and
protection for the motor. Benshaw’s team of engineers will develop a custom
solution for the application. Benshaw provides the flexibility of using existing
switchgear, or will source new switchgear from any major vendor, which
provides a seamless transition for maintenance personnel. Customers must
provide single-phase control power for controls in this configuration.

5-24 benshaw.com
SMART FULL VOLTAGE ACROSS-THE-LINE STARTERS
C F M V R M X AT L S E R I E S

The “Smart” Medium Voltage “ATL” package includes the addition of the
RediStart MX3 control package for additional branch circuit monitoring motor
protection, metering, diagnostics and communication. Refer to MVRMX
RediStart MX3 specification for complete details. A sampling of the enhanced
features includes:

PROTECTION (ANSI STANDARD • 50 — Instantaneous electronic


NUMBERS GIVEN) overcurrent trip
• 51 — Electronic motor overload, • 47 — Phase rotation selectable
Class 1 to 40 ABC, CBA or Ins (insensitive)
• 86 — Overload lockout • 38/49 — Remote mountable
• 48 — Adjustable up-to-speed RTD protection package,
timer (off; 0 to 300 seconds) 8 or 16 RTD inputs (optional)
• 59/27 — Adjustable over/under
voltage protection CONTROL
• 46 — Adjustable line to average • Local start/stop controls 5 kV Class
current imbalance smart ATL
• Emergency reset capability
• 81 — Adjustable high and low
frequency protection INPUT/OUTPUT AND DISPLAY
• Single-phase protection • Plain English operation via
• 66 — Adjustable starts per hour back-lit LCD display interface
(off or 1 to 20 starts) • LCD and LED status and
• Adjustable time between starts diagnostics (full fault
(off or 1 to 600 minutes) annunciation)
• Backspin timer • Programmable metering
(off or 1 to 200 minutes) (amps, volts, frequency,
• 51 — Overcurrent detection overload, power factor, elapsed
(off or 50 to 800%) and time (0.1 time, watts, VARs, watt hours,
to 90.0 sec. in 0.1 sec. intervals) VA, current imbalance, ground
• 37 — Undercurrent detection fault current, RTD temperatures
(off or 10 to 100% and time (0.1 with optional RTD module)
to 90.0 sec. in 0.1 sec. intervals) • Programmable relay outputs
• 51G — Ground fault detection • Latched fault relay output
(off or 1 to 100 amps) and time • Real-time clock
(0.1 to 90.0 sec. in 0.1 sec. • Time stamped event recorder
intervals)
• Password protection
• Overcurrent, undercurrent and
• Battery backed-up starter
ground fault can each be set to
parameters and lockout times
trip or activate a relay

5-25
MX3 CONTROL FEATURES (SMART ACROSS THE LINE)
MOTOR PROTECTION: • KW hours 1 ANALOG 4–20 MA/0–10 VDC
• Motor thermal overload • MW hours INPUT CONFIGURABLE TO:
• Independent starting • Phase order • Trip high level
and running OLs • Line frequency • Trip low level
• Up to speed timer exceeded • Analog input
• Low line voltage • Analog output 1 ANALOG 4–20 MA/0–10 VDC
• Low line frequency • Run time — days OUTPUT CONFIGURABLE TO:
• High line frequency • Run time — hours • Current (0–200%/0–800%)
• Phase reversal • # of starts • Voltage (0–150%)
• Phase loss • TruTorque % • OL (0–150%)
• Instantaneous overcurrent • Power % • KW (0–10 KW/0–100 KW)
• Overcurrent • Peak starting current • MW (0–1 MW)
• Undercurrent • Last starting duration • Analog input (0–100%)
• Current imbalance • RTD temperatures • Firing (0–100%)
• Ground fault • Real-time clock • Calibration
(residual or zero sequence)
• Disconnect fault 8 DIGITAL INPUTS CONFIGURABLE TO: USER INTERFACE:
• Inline contactor fault • Stop • Event log (99 events)
• Control power low • Fault • Door-mounted LCD display
• Motor PTC input • Fault reset - Set/examine operating
• RTD modules parameters
• Bypass/inline confirm
- View status information, line
• OL reset
METERING: current, voltage and frequency
• Local/remote selection
• Accuracy: - Start and stop the starter
• 1 dedicated start input
- 3% out-of-box • Disconnect
1 COMMUNICATION PORT:
- 2% factory calibrated
• Modbus/RS485
• Average current 6 RELAY OUTPUTS CONFIGURABLE TO:
• L1 current • Faulted
• L2 current • Running
• L3 current • Up to speed
• Current imbalance % • Alarm condition
• Ground fault current • Ready condition
• Average volts • Locked out
• L1 — L2 voltage • Overcurrent
• L2 — L3 voltage • Undercurrent
• L3 — L1 voltage • OL alarm
• Overload % • Shunt trip
• Power factor • Ground fault
• Watts • Cooling fan
• VA
• VARS

5-26 benshaw.com
SMART FULL VOLTAGE ACROSS-THE-LINE STARTERS
2300 V/3300 V
C F M V R M X AT L S E R I E S

2300 V SMART CFMVRMXATL WITH REDISTART MX3 PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMXATL-500-2300-** 2300 500 120 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-1000-2300-** 2300 1000 240 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-1500-2300-** 2300 1500 360 92 24 32
** Insert appropriate option code as shown below:
NEMA 1 = 1
NEMA 12 = 12
NEMA 3R = 3R

3300 V SMART CFMVRMXATL WITH REDISTART MX3 PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMXATL-1000-3300-** 3300 1000 169 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-1250-3300-** 3300 1250 211 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-1500-3300-** 3300 1500 254 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-2000-3300-** 3300 2000 338 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-2250-3300-** 3300 2250 380 92 60 36
CFMVRMXATL-2500-3300-** 3300 2500 423 92 60 36
** Insert appropriate option code as shown below:
NEMA 1 = 1
NEMA 12 = 12
NEMA 3R = 3R

5-27
SMART FULL VOLTAGE ACROSS-THE-LINE STARTERS
4160 V/6900 V/13800 V
C F M V R M X AT L S E R I E S

4160 V SMART CFMVRMXATL WITH REDISTART MX3 PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMXATL-1000-4160-** 4160 1000 133 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-2000-4160-** 4160 2000 266 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-2500-4160-** 4160 2500 333 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-3000-4160-** 4160 3000 399 92 60 36

6900 V SMART CFMVRMXATL WITH REDISTART MX3 PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMXATL-1500-6600-** 6600 1500 125 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-2250-6600-** 6600 2250 187 92 24 32
CFMVRMXATL-4000-6600-** 6600 4000 332 92 24 32
** Insert appropriate option code as shown below:
NEMA 1 = 1
NEMA 12 = 12
NEMA 3R = 3R

13800 V SMART CFMVRMXATL WITH REDISTART MX3 PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRMXATL-3500-13800-12 13800 3500 150 94 45 50
CFMVRMXATL-5000-13800-12 13800 5000 200 94 45 50
CFMVRMXATL-9000-13800-12 13800 9000 350 94 45 50
All designs rated for 13800 V are top entry/bottom exit. For bottom entry, a 36" W incoming power section will need to be added.

5-28 benshaw.com
FULL VOLTAGE ACROSS-THE-LINE STARTERS
C F M VAT L S E R I E S

CFMVATL SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


CFMVATL medium voltage across-the-line starters are full voltage controllers
for three-phase induction motors. The RediStart MX3 control package can be
added as an option to provide a “Smart” CFMVRMXATL package.

Combination CFMVATL starters are supplied in a free-standing enclosure.


Enclosures are available in NEMA 1, NEMA 12 and NEMA 3R configurations.
Enclosure consists of two distinct compartments. The medium voltage
section is located in the main body of the enclosure, and the low voltage
section containing the control logic is located behind the door in an isolated
compartment.

Standard combination CFMVATL starters are supplied with a load break/


fault make disconnect isolation switch, Class “R” motor current limiting
fuses, vacuum motor starting contactor and the “SPE” SureProtex electronic
overload protection. Refer to the CFMVRMXATL series for the RediStart
MX3 control package for additional branch circuit monitoring, motor
protection, metering, diagnostics and communication.

STANDARD FEATURES: • Vacuum motor starting contactor


The standard medium voltage • Start/stop push-buttons
combination “ATL” package includes: • “SPE” overload protection
• NEMA 1,12, 3R enclosure - Class 10–30 adjustable
• Disconnect switch - 1 NO, 1 NC trip contact
- Load break/fault make - “Trip-free” design
- Grounding bar - Phase imbalance protection
- Viewing window - Phase reversal protection
• Motor fusing - Phase loss protection
- Class “R” - Test function/trip indication
- Current limiting - Fault indication

5-29
FULL VOLTAGE ACROSS-THE-LINE STARTERS 2300 V/3300 V
C F M VAT L S E R I E S

2300 V CFMVATL WITH STANDARD PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVATL-500-2300-** 2300 500 120 92 24 32
CFMVATL-1000-2300-** 2300 1000 240 92 24 32
CFMVATL-1500-2300-** 2300 1500 360 92 24 32

3300 V CFMVATL WITH STANDARD PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVATL-1000-3300-** 3300 1000 169 92 24 32
CFMVATL-1250-3300-** 3300 1250 211 92 24 32
CFMVATL-1500-3300-** 3300 1500 254 92 24 32
CFMVATL-2000-3300-** 3300 2000 338 92 24 32
CFMVATL-2250-3300-** 3300 2250 380 92 60 36
CFMVATL-2500-3300-** 3300 2500 423 92 60 36
** Insert appropriate option code as shown below:
NEMA 1 = 1
NEMA 12 = 12
NEMA 3R = 3R

5-30 benshaw.com
FULL VOLTAGE ACROSS-THE-LINE STARTERS
4160 V/6900 V/13800 V
C F M VAT L S E R I E S

4160 V CFMVATL WITH STANDARD PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVATL-1000-4160-** 4160 1000 133 92 24 32
CFMVATL-2000-4160-** 4160 2000 266 92 24 32
CFMVATL-2500-4160-** 4160 2500 333 92 24 32
CFMVATL-3000-4160-** 4160 3000 399 92 60 36

6900 V CFMVATL WITH STANDARD PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVATL-1500-6600-** 6600 1500 125 92 24 32
CFMVATL-2250-6600-** 6600 2250 187 92 24 32
CFMVATL-4000-6600-** 6600 4000 332 92 24 32
** Insert appropriate option code as shown below:
NEMA 1 = 1
NEMA 12 = 12
NEMA 3R = 3R

13800 V CFMVRATL WITH STANDARD PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP FLA H W D
CFMVRATL-3500-13800-12 13800 3500 150 94 45 50
CFMVRATL-5000-13800-12 13800 5000 200 94 45 50
CFMVRATL-9000-13800-12 13800 9000 350 94 45 50
All designs rated for 13800 V are top entry/bottom exit. For bottom entry, a 36" W incoming power section will need to be added.

5-31
DUAL FULL VOLTAGE ACROSS-THE-LINE STARTERS
2300 V/4160 V/7200 V
C F M V M X AT L 2 H S E R I E S

CFMVMXATL2H SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw is now able to offer the same rugged and reliable starter design
and protection, but in a smaller package for your multiple motor needs.
The dual starters are supplied in a free-standing enclosure, available in
NEMA 1, NEMA 12 and NEMA 3R configurations. The enclosure consists of
four distinct compartments with two separate medium voltage sections and
two low voltage sections. Standard combination CFMVMXATL2H starters are
supplied with individual load break/fault make disconnect isolation switches,
Class “R” motor current limiting fuses, vacuum motor starting contactors
and the MX3 motor protection and controls.

STANDARD FEATURES: • Individual motor fusing


The standard dual medium - Class “R” up to 24R max.
voltage combination “ATL2H” - Current limiting
package includes: • Two vacuum motor
• NEMA 1, 12, 3R enclosure starting contactors
• Two disconnect switches: • Start/stop push-buttons
- Flange handle • Control power transformer
- Load break/fault make rated 1 kVA
- Grounding bar • MX3 controls for protection
- Viewing window and monitoring

5-32 benshaw.com
DUAL FULL VOLTAGE ACROSS-THE-LINE STARTERS
2300 V/4160 V
C F M V M X AT L 2 H S E R I E S

2300 V CFMVMXATL2H WITH STANDARD PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP/HP FLA H W D
CFMVMXATL2H-500/500-2300 2300 500/500 120/120 92.5 36 36
CFMVMXATL2H-500/1000-2300 2300 500/500 120/240 92.5 36 36
CFMVMXATL2H-1000/1000-2300 2300 1000/1000 240/240 92.5 36 36
CFMVMXATL2H-1000/1500-2300 2300 1000/1500 240/330 92.5 36 36
CFMVMXATL2H-1500/1500-2300 2300 1500/1500 330/330 92.5 36 36

4160 V CFMVMXATL2H WITH STANDARD PACKAGE


Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts HP/HP FLA H W D
CFMVMXATL2H-1000/1000-4160 4160 1000/1000 125/125 92.5 36 36
CFMVMXATL2H-1000/2000-4160 4160 1000/2000 125/266 92.5 36 36
CFMVMXATL2H-2000/2000-4160 4160 2000/2000 266/266 92.5 36 36
CFMVMXATL2H-2000/2500-4160 4160 2000/2500 266/330 92.5 36 36
CFMVMXATL2H-2500/2500-4160 4160 2500/2500 330/330 92.5 36 36
Cable entry is top. Cable exit is top or bottom.
The following options are available. Please contact Benshaw sales for support.
• Motor winding heater contactor with customer-supplied power
• Horizontal bus rated 800 A or 2000 A (option for insulated available)
• Ground Balls
• Live Line Indication
• RTD Monitoring for 8 or 16 channel
• Thermal viewing windows, blown fuse indication

5-33
MAIN LUG ONLY (MLO)
M LO S E R I E S

MLO SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw’s Main Lug Only (MLO) section provides a full height and depth
NEMA rated enclosure for use as a convenient area to land the line or load
cable connections while providing a transition area for a disconnect switch,
starter or MCC. Required for Benshaw line-ups with bus.

The MLO can be configured for top or bottom cable access (specify when
ordering). Customized MLO sections are available — just contact Benshaw’s
factory with your requirements.

KEY ADVANTAGES:
• Landing pad for input cable
• Optional feed-through bus to Benshaw line up
• Top or bottom cable entry
• NEMA 1, 12 or 3R enclosure configurations
• Transition from other manufacturers’ line up
• Configure to match up to existing bus network (optional)
• Optional control transformers and metering can be added
• Bottom entry standard — top entry requires upsizing to 36" W

See page 5-45 for available enclosure options:


• Upsizing 24" W to 36" W
• Upsizing 30" D to 36" D
• Door interlock switch

STANDARD FEATURES: OPTIONS:


The MLO Series includes: • Lockable front panel
• Landing pad for cabling • Bus entry, left or right
• NEMA 1/12 construction • Control wireway
• ANSI 61 grey
• 11 gauge steel construction
• Super durable polyurethane
TGIC powder paint
• Tin-plated copper bus
• Paint finish meets ASTM
A252-9 or A525-83
• UL/cUL listed 5 kV Class

5-34 benshaw.com
MAIN LUG ONLY 2300 V/3300 V
M LO S E R I E S — N E M A 1 / 12

Catalog Number Description


2300 V NEMA 1 — 18" Wide
MV-MLO-18-800-2300-1 800 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-1200-2300-1 1200 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-2000-2300-1 2000 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
2300 V NEMA 1 — 24" Wide
MV-MLO-24-800-2300-1 800 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-1200-2300-1 1200 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-2000-2300-1 2000 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
2300 V NEMA 12 — 18" Wide
MV-MLO-18-800-2300-12 800 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-1200-2300-12 1200 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-2000-2300-12 2000 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
2300 V NEMA 12 — 24" Wide
MV-MLO-24-800-2300-12 800 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-1200-2300-12 1200 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-2000-2300-12 2000 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
• For NEMA 3R, change the last digit in the part number from 1 to 3R.

Catalog Number Description


3300 V NEMA 1 — 18" Wide
MV-MLO-18-800-3300-1 800 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-1200-3300-1 1200 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-2000-3300-1 2000 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
3300 V NEMA 1 — 24" Wide
MV-MLO-24-800-3300-1 800 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-1200-3300-1 1200 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-2000-3300-1 2000 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
3300 V NEMA 12 — 18" Wide
MV-MLO-18-800-3300-12 800 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-1200-3300-12 1200 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-2000-3300-12 2000 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
3300 V NEMA 12 — 24" Wide
MV-MLO-24-800-3300-12 800 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-1200-3300-12 1200 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-2000-3300-12 2000 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
• For NEMA 3R, change the last digit in the part number from 1 to 3R.

5-35
MAIN LUG ONLY 4160 V/6900 V
M LO S E R I E S — N E M A 1 / 12

Catalog Number Description


4160 V NEMA 1 — 18" Wide
MV-MLO-18-800-4160-1 800 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-1200-4160-1 1200 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-2000-4160-1 2000 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
4160 V NEMA 1 — 24" Wide
MV-MLO-24-800-4160-1 800 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-1200-4160-1 1200 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-2000-4160-1 2000 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
4160 V NEMA 12 — 18" Wide
MV-MLO-18-800-4160-12 800 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-1200-4160-12 1200 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-2000-4160-12 2000 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
4160 V NEMA 12 — 24" Wide
MV-MLO-24-800-4160-12 800 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-1200-4160-12 1200 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-2000-4160-12 2000 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
• For NEMA 3R, change the last digit in the part number from 1 to 3R.

Catalog Number Description


6900 V NEMA 1 — 18" Wide
MV-MLO-18-800-6900-1 800 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-1200-6900-1 1200 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-2000-6900-1 2000 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
6900 V NEMA 1 — 24" Wide
MV-MLO-24-800-6900-1 800 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-1200-6900-1 1200 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-2000-6900-1 2000 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 1 Enclosure
6900 V NEMA 12 — 18" Wide
MV-MLO-18-800-6900-12 800 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-1200-6900-12 1200 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-18-2000-6900-12 2000 Amp Pull Section 18" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
6900 V NEMA 12 — 24" Wide
MV-MLO-24-800-6900-12 800 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-1200-6900-12 1200 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
MV-MLO-24-2000-6900-12 2000 Amp Pull Section 24" Wide NEMA 12 Enclosure
• For NEMA 3R, change the last digit in the part number from 1 to 3R.

5-36 benshaw.com
LOAD BREAK INTERRUPTER SWITCH
CFMVDISC SERIES

MVDISC SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw’s free-standing medium voltage load break interrupter switch is the
latest design in medium voltage high current switching equipment for a wide
range of applications. The fused interrupter switch provides an economical
means of disconnect and short circuit protection for medium voltage loads
such as transformers, single circuit or multi-circuit systems.

The switch is provided in a NEMA rated enclosure configured for use as a


standalone unit, in an equipment line-up or MCC.

KEY ADVANTAGES: • Operating mechanism lockable


• Bolts directly to Benshaw in the off position
MCC line-up or starter • Load side grounding
• UL labeled up to 4800 volts in off position
• Available in 400, 600 • Blown fuse indication
and 1200 amp ratings • Welded 11 gauge steel
• Available up to 13800 volts construction
• Class E fusing included* • Enclosure finish meets
• Configurable with added options ASTM A252-9 or A525-83,
G-90 designation
• Load break rated
• Line and load landing pads
with NEMA bolt pattern
STANDARD FEATURES:
• Load break fault make
OPTIONS:
• 60 kV BIL up to 7.2 kV,
• Lockable front panel
90 kV BIL for 15 kV
• Bus entry, left or right
• Symmetric fault ratings
of 50 kA for 5 kV — 7.2 kV
45 kA for 2.4 kV • See page 5-41 for available options.
* For use on motor loads, Class R fuse
• NEMA 12 enclosure will be provided and must be specified
• Viewing window to verify by customer
switch position
• Enclosure MV door interlocked
with switch mechanism to
prevent access while switch
is on

5-37
LOAD BREAK INTERRUPTER SWITCH
CFMVDISC SERIES

Dimensions (in.)
Catalog Number Description H W D
2300 V
CFMV-DISC-24-400-2300-12*† MV Disc Switch 400 A 2300 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 24 30
CFMV-DISC-36-600-2300-12* MV Disc Switch 600 A 2300 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 36 36
CFMV-DISC-36-1200-2300-12* MV Disc Switch 1200 A 2300 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 36 36

Dimensions (in.)
Catalog Number Description H W D
3300 V
CFMV-DISC-24-400-3300-12*† MV Disc Switch 400 A 3300 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 24 30
CFMV-DISC-36-600-3300-12* MV Disc Switch 600 A 3300 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 36 36
CFMV-DISC-36-1200-3300-12* MV Disc Switch 1200 A 3300 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 36 36

Dimensions (in.)
Catalog Number Description H W D
4160 V
CFMV-DISC-24-400-4160-12*† MV Disc Switch 400 A 4160 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 24 30
CFMV-DISC-36-600-4160-12* MV Disc Switch 600 A 4160 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 36 36
CFMV-DISC-36-1200-4160-12* MV Disc Switch 1200 A 4160 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 36 36

Dimensions (in.)
Catalog Number Description H W D
6600 V
CFMV-DISC-24-400-6600-12**† MV Disc Switch 400 A 6600 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 24 30
CFMV-DISC-36-600-6600-12** MV Disc Switch 600 A 6600 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 36 36
CFMV-DISC-36-1200-6600-12** MV Disc Switch 1200 A 6600 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 92 36 36

Dimensions (In)
Catalog Number Description H W D
13800 V
CFMV-DISC-36-600-13800-12** MV Disc Switch 600 A 13800 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 94 45 50
CFMV-DISC-36-1200-13800-12** MV Disc Switch 1200 A 13800 V Top Entry/Bottom Exit 94 45 50
All designs rated for 13800 V are top entry/bottom exit. For bottom entry, a 36" W incoming power section will need to be added.
• See page 5-41 for available options. Options include horizontal bus, kirk key interlock and Main Lug Only (MLO) sections.
* For use on motor load, Class R fuse will be provided and must be specified by customer.
** Non UL listed disconnect switch
† The 400 A disconnect switch is rated for a maximum of 200E rated fuses. Larger fuses will require upsizing to a 600 A disconnect switch.

5-38 benshaw.com
LOW PROFILE LOAD BREAK INTERRUPTER SWITCH
FVMD SERIES

FVMD SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw has developed a small footprint load break disconnect switch that is
ideal for servicing your existing equipment. Benshaw’s cost effective solution
allows customers to put a maintenance disconnect directly next to the
equipment using the smallest footprint. Maintenance and service employees
will have line-of-sight to ensure that power is off and the equipment is safe to
service. The low profile design is also ideal for environments where height is
a concern, particularly in mining. The option also allows for up to 1200 A bus.

KEY ADVANTAGES: • NEMA 12 or 3R Enclosure


• Compact design saves space • Top cable entry/bottom
• Available up to 600 A full cable exit
rated amps • Disconnect switch:
• Class E fusing included - Flange handle
• Load break rated - Load break/fault make
• Bus available for line-ups - Grounding bar
- Viewing window
STANDARD FEATURES: • Individual fusing
The standard medium voltage - Class “E”
combination “FVMD” package - Blown fuse indication
includes:
• Load break fault make
• 60 kV BIL
• Symmetric fault rating
of 50 kA for 5 kV Class,
45 kA for 2.4 kV Class

Dimensions (in.)
Catalog Number Description H W D
2300 V
FVMD-400A-2300V-* Low Profile Disc Switch 400 A 2300 V 64 25 27
FVMD-600A-2300V-* Low Profile Disc Switch 600 A 2300 V 78 34 34
• Consult factory for higher amperages.

Dimensions (in.)
Catalog Number Description H W D
4160 V
FVMD-400A-4160V-* Low Profile Disc Switch 400 A 4160 V 64 25 27
FVMD-600A-4160V-* Low Profile Disc Switch 600 A 4160 V 78 34 34
* For use on motor load, Class R fuse will be provided and must be specified by customer.
• R fuses require overload protection.

5-39
DUAL LOAD BREAK INTERRUPTER SWITCHES
CFMVDISC2H SERIES

CFMVDISC2H SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw is now able to offer the same rugged and reliable disconnect
design, but in a smaller package for your smaller current needs. Enclosures
are available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 12 configurations. The enclosure
consists of two distinct compartments that are completely isolated
for maintenance. Standard combination CFMVDISC2H dual load break
interrupter switches are supplied with individual load break/fault make
disconnect isolation switches, and Class “E” fuses available up to 200E.

KEY ADVANTAGES: STANDARD FEATURES:


• Bolts directly to Benshaw The standard dual medium • Two disconnect switches:
MCC line-up or starter voltage combination “DISC2H” - Flange handle
• Available up to 200 A full package includes: - Load break/fault make
rated amps • Load break fault make - Grounding bar
• Class E fusing included • 60 kV BIL
- Viewing window
• Load break rated • Symmetric fault rating
• Individual fusing
• Compact designs saves space of 50 kA for 5 kV Class,
- Class “E” up to 200E max.
45 kA for 2.4 kV Class
• NEMA 12 enclosure - Blown fuse indication

Dimensions (in.)
Catalog Number Description FLA H W D
CFMV-DISC2H-36-140/140-2300-12 MV Disc Switch 2H 200 A/200 A 140/140 92.5 36 36
2300 V
CFMV-DISC2H-36-140/140-4160-12 MV Disc Switch 2H 200 A/200 A 140/140 92.5 36 36
4160 V
Max fuse rating is 200E
Cable entry is top. Cable exit is top or bottom.
The following options are available. Please contact Benshaw sales for support.
• Horizontal bus rated 800 A,1200 A or 2000 A (option for insulated available)
• For use on motor load, Class R fuse will be provided and must be specified by customer
– Non-UL Listed
• R fuses require overload protection

5-40 benshaw.com
OPTIONS
M E D I U M VO LTAG E STA RT E R S — E N G I N E E R E D O P T I O N I N D E X

PILOT DEVICES ENCLOSURE OPTIONS


Push-Buttons............................................................ 5-42 Auxiliary Motor Starters........................................... 5-45
Pilot Lights............................................................... 5-42 Space Heaters.......................................................... 5-45
Selector Switches..................................................... 5-42 Multiple Enclosure Mechanical Door Interlocks....... 5-45
Meters...................................................................... 5-42 Enclosure Upsizing................................................... 5-45
Bus Options............................................................. 5-45
CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE RELAY OPTIONS
MX3 Options............................................................. 5-43 POWER SOURCE CONSIDERATIONS
Emergency Start...................................................... 5-43 Power Factor Correction Capacitors......................... 5-46
Control Power Transformers..................................... 5-43 Surge/Lightning Arrestors........................................ 5-47
Relays....................................................................... 5-43 Surge Capacitors...................................................... 5-47
Transducers.............................................................. 5-43 Line Reactors........................................................... 5-48
Motor Protective Relays........................................... 5-44 Documentation......................................................... 5-49

5-41
MEDIUM VOLTAGE STARTER OPTIONS
P I LOT D E V I C E S

Catalog Number Description


Push-Buttons
A001 Raised Stop Push-Button — Red 
A002 Flush Start Push-Button — Green 
A003 Jog Push-Button — Yellow  
A004 OL Reset Push-Button — (For External OL Relay) — Black
A005 Reset Push-Button — Black
A008 Mushroom Head Stop Push-Button — Red
Pilot Lights
A021 Red Run Light
A022 Green Stop Light
A023 Amber Fault Light
A024 Green Ready Light
A025 Amber Bypass Light
A031 Push to Test Contact Assembly (Addition to Above)
Selector Switches
A041 Hand — Off — Auto Selector Switch
A042 Local — Off — Remote Selector Switch
A043 Key Operated Hand — Off — Auto Selector Switch
A044 Dual Ramps Selector Switch
Meters
A061 Single-Phase Analog Ammeter — Includes CTs*
A062 Analog Ammeter with Three-Phase Selector Switch — Includes CTs*
A065 Elapsed Time Meter
A066 Operations Counter
A075 Analog Voltmeter, Single-Phase*
A076 Analog Voltmeter with Three-Phase Selector Switch*
A077 AC Wattmeter
A078 AC Watt Hour Meter
* Switchboard type
Benshaw has full engineering and applications capabilities.
For other options not listed, please contact Benshaw sales

5-42 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE STARTER OPTIONS
C O NT R O L O P T I O N S

Catalog Number Description


MX Options
3

A401 Door-Mounted Communication Package for RS485 —


Door-Mounted Connector
MXCOMP Profibus Communications Bridge
MXCOME Ethernet Communications Bridge, Ethernet/IP or Modbus/TCP
MXCOMD DeviceNet Communications Bridge
A405 Power Outage Ride Thru — This Option Allows the Starter
to Automatically Restart after a Power Loss of up to 30 Secs. Customer
must Supply Separate Source of Uninterrupted 120V to the Starter
A406 RTD Module — Unit Will Accept 8 Input RTDs. RTDs must be 100 Ohm
Platinum. (Available for Remote Mounting. Consult Factory for Details)
A407 RTD Module — Unit Will Accept 16 Input RTDs. RTDs must
be 100 Ohm Platinum. (Available for Remote Mounting.
Consult Factory for Details)
A411 1000VA UPS/700W for 120V Supply Instead of Customer
Supplied for Option A405 Power Outage Ride Thru
Emergency Start Options
A410 Emergency/Across-the-Line Bypass Option, Includes
Start/Stop Push-Buttons, Overload Relay, Current
Transformers and Selector Switch
Control Power Transformers
A105 500VA Additional Control Power
A106 1000VA Additional Control Power
A110 1500VA Additional Control Power
A111 2500VA Additional Control Power
General Purpose Control Relays
A121 Three-Pole Relay — Specify Function
A122 Four-Pole Relay — Specify Function
A127 Ground Fault Relay — For Equipment Protection Only
Transducers
A141 Transducer Output 0–5VDC  Based on Motor FLA
A142 Transducer Output 4–20mA Based on Motor FLA
A145 Transducer Output 4–20mA Based on Motor Voltage
Benshaw has full engineering and applications capabilities.
For other options not listed, please contact Benshaw sales

5-43
MEDIUM VOLTAGE STARTER OPTIONS
M OTO R P R OT E C T I V E R E L AY S

The following protective relays include the necessary current and


potential transformers. For optional zero sequence ground fault
sensing, the appropriate current transformer should be added.

Catalog Number Description


Protective Relays
A826 Multilin 369 with RTD, Metering and Communications Options
A827 Multilin 869
A829 Multilin PQM with Analog Output Options
A830 Cutler Hammer MP4000
A831 Schweitzer SEL 710
A832 Schweitzer SEL 749M
Protective Relay Options
A875 Ground Fault CT, 2000:1, 4.0:Dia. (For MX3 Use)
A876 Ground Fault CT, 2000:1, 8.13:Dia. (For MX3 Use)
Benshaw has full engineering and applications capabilities.
For other options not listed, please contact Benshaw sales
Benshaw installs but does not program any third party relays.

5-44 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE STARTER OPTIONS
E N C LO S U R E O P T I O N S

HP
Catalog Number 208 V 240 V 480 V 575/600 V
Auxiliary Motor Starters
A151 2 2 5 7.5
A152 3 3 7.5 10
A153 7.5 7.5 10 15
A154 7.5 10 20 20
• This option will add a three-phase electromechanical contactor and motor OL relay along with
fuses. Customer must provide two-wire start command for starting and stopping the starter
unless otherwise specified.
• Please note that the three-phase power for the above starters is provided by the customer.

Catalog Number Description


Enclosure Options
A171 Space Heater with Thermostat
A251 Door Interlock Switch
A252 Single Key Kirk Key Interlock
A255 Multiple Enclosure Mechanical Door Interlock
A256 Enclosure Upsizing — 24" W to 36" W
A257 Enclosure Upsizing — 36" W to 45" W
A258 Enclosure Upsizing — 32" D to 36" D 
Bus Options
A259A Horizontal Bus — Tin-Plated Copper; Non-Insulated, 800 Amp
A259B Horizontal Bus — Tin-Plated Copper; Non-Insulated, 1200 Amp
A259C Horizontal Bus — Tin-Plated Copper; Non-Insulated, 2000 Amp
A259D Horizontal Bus — Tin-Plated Copper; Insulated, 800 Amp
A259E Horizontal Bus — Tin-Plated Copper; Insulated, 1200 Amp
A259F Horizontal Bus — Tin-Plated Copper; Insulated, 2000 Amp
A260A Bus Splice Kit — Tin-Plated Copper, Non-Insulated, 800 Amp
A260B Bus Splice Kit — Tin-Plated Copper, Non-Insulated, 1200 Amp
A260C Bus Splice Kit — Tin-Plated Copper, Non-Insulated, 2000 Amp
A260D Bus Splice Kit — Tin-Plated Copper, Insulated, 800 Amp
A260E Bus Splice Kit — Tin-Plated Copper, Insulated, 1200 Amp
A260F Bus Splice Kit — Tin-Plated Copper, Insulated, 2000 Amp
• Replace V with the system voltage and ENC with enclosure rating in part number.
• Main lug only sections are recommended for bottom entry configurations.
Benshaw has full engineering and applications capabilities.
For other options not listed, please contact Benshaw sales

5-45
MEDIUM VOLTAGE STARTER OPTIONS
P OW E R FAC TO R C O R R E C T I O N C A PAC I TO R S

Power factor correction capacitors are available in two three-phase, supplied with three fuses, rated for 60
options. If the starter requires a UL label, the power Hz operation. Hardware needed to top mount and wire
factor capacitors are installed on the top of the unit as capacitors is included.
standard (capacitors are shipped loose and must be A de-tuning reactor may be required to protect the power
installed by customer). This will add 28 inches to the system from the adverse interaction of capacitors and
enclosure height. For remote mount, contact factory. non-linear loads. To ensure the power factor correction
For units not requiring UL approval, capacitors may be device is properly applied, consult a qualified engineer or
installed inside the enclosure. Both options require provide your single line electrical diagrams to Benshaw
enclosure width to increase to the next standard size for evaluation.
to accommodate the added contactor. Capacitors are
Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Description
Non-UL Labeled 2300 V Inside Mount Non-UL Labeled 4160 V Inside Mount
A701 PFCC, MV 25 KVAR  A775 PFCC, MV 25 KVAR
A702 PFCC, MV 50 KVAR A776 PFCC, MV 50 KVAR 
A703 PFCC, MV 75 KVAR  A777 PFCC, MV 75 KVAR 
A704 PFCC, MV 100 KVAR  A778 PFCC, MV 100 KVAR
A705 PFCC, MV 125 KVAR A779 PFCC, MV 125 KVAR 
A706 PFCC, MV 150 KVAR  A780 PFCC, MV 150 KVAR 
A707 PFCC, MV 175 KVAR A781 PFCC, MV 175 KVAR 
A708 PFCC, MV 200 KVAR  A782 PFCC, MV 200 KVAR
A709 PFCC, MV 225 KVAR  A783 PFCC, MV 225 KVAR 
A710 PFCC, MV 250 KVAR  A784 PFCC, MV 250 KVAR 
A711 PFCC, MV 275 KVAR  A785 PFCC, MV 275 KVAR 
UL Labeled 2300 V Top Mount — 28" Height Adder UL Labeled 4160 V Top Mount — 28" Height Adder
(capacitor and mounting components shipped loose) (capacitor and mounting components shipped loose)
A725 PFCC, MV 25 KVAR  A801 PFCC, MV 25 KVAR 
A726 PFCC, MV 50 KVAR  A802 PFCC, MV 50 KVAR 
A727 PFCC, MV 75 KVAR  A803 PFCC, MV 75 KVAR 
A728 PFCC, MV 100 KVAR  A804 PFCC, MV 100 KVAR 
A729 PFCC, MV 125 KVAR  A805 PFCC, MV 125 KVAR 
A730 PFCC, MV 150 KVAR  A806 PFCC, MV 150 KVAR 
A731 PFCC, MV 175 KVAR  A807 PFCC, MV 175 KVAR 
A732 PFCC, MV 200 KVAR A808 PFCC, MV 200 KVAR 
A733 PFCC, MV 225 KVAR  A809 PFCC, MV 225 KVAR 
A734 PFCC, MV 250 KVAR  A810 PFCC, MV 250 KVAR 
A735 PFCC, MV 275 KVAR  A811 PFCC, MV 275 KVAR 
Power Factor Capacitor Options
A750 Illuminated Blown Fuse Indicator —
Top Mounted Capacitors
A751 Illuminated Blown Fuse Indicator —
Inside Mounted Capacitors
• Please consult factory for capacitor requirements above 275 KVAR
or above 4160 volts.
• For de-tuning reactors, see page 5-48

5-46 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE STARTER OPTIONS
S U R G E / L I G H T N I N G A R R E STO R S A N D S U R G E C A PAC I TO R S

SURGE/LIGHTNING ARRESTORS SURGE CAPACITORS

The surge or lightning arrestors are available in two Surge capacitors will be supplied in a top hat package for
options. If the unit is required to be UL approved, the starters that must maintain the UL label. This will add 18
surge arrestors must be installed on the top of the unit inches to the height of the enclosure (components are
(components are shipped loose and must be installed shipped loose and must be installed by customer). For
by customer). This will add 18 inches to the height of non-UL units, the capacitors are packaged into the unit,
the enclosure. For units not requiring UL approval, the which increases the width of the enclosure up to the
arrestors may be installed inside the enclosure. This next standard size.
requires the enclosure width to increase to the next
standard size. Hardware necessary to mount and wire
the arrestors and the increased size of the enclosure
where required are included.

Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Description


Non-UL Labeled Inside Mount Non-UL Labeled Inside Mount
A901 Surge Arrestor, 2300 VAC A950 Surge Capacitor, 2300 VAC
A902 Surge Arrestor, 3300 VAC A951 Surge Capacitor, 3300 VAC
A903 Surge Arrestor, 4160 VAC A952 Surge Capacitor, 4160 VAC
A904 Surge Arrestor, 4800 VAC A953 Surge Capacitor, 4800 VAC
A905 Surge Arrestor, 6900 VAC A954 Surge Capacitor, 6900 VAC
A906 Surge Arrestor, 9000 VAC A955 Surge Capacitor, 9000 VAC
A907 Surge Arrestor, 12000 VAC A956 Surge Capacitor, 15 kV
UL Labeled Top Mount — 18" Height Adder UL Labeled  Top Mount — 18" Height Adder
(18H X 30W X 24D top hat shipped loose) (18H X 30W X 24D top hat shipped loose)
A925 Surge Arrestor, 2300 VAC A975 Surge Capacitor, 2300 VAC
A926 Surge Arrestor, 3300 VAC  A976 Surge Capacitor, 3300 VAC
A927 Surge Arrestor, 4160 VAC A977 Surge Capacitor, 4160 VAC
A928 Surge Arrestor, 4800 VAC  A978 Surge Capacitor, 4800 VAC
A929 Surge Arrestor, 6900 VAC A979 Surge Capacitor, 6900 VAC
A930 Surge Arrestor, 9000 VAC A980 Surge Capacitor, 9000 VAC
A931 Surge Arrestor, 12000 VAC  A981 Surge Capacitor, 15 kV

5-47
MEDIUM VOLTAGE STARTER OPTIONS
L I N E R E AC TO R S

For 2.4 kV solid state starters, line reactors are not required.

For 5 kV/7.2 kV solid state starters, line reactors are required when the
supply source transformer is greater than 20 MVA (5% impedance) or the
motor lead wiring length is 1,000 feet or greater. For systems with custom
motor control lineups and power factor correction capacitors, consult
the factory.

For 13.8 kV starters, line reactors are standard features.

The line reactors are available in two options. If the unit is required to be
UL approved, the reactors must be installed on the top of the unit (reactors
are shipped loose and must be installed by customer). This will add up to 24
inches to the height of the enclosure. For units not requiring UL approval, the
reactors may be installed inside the enclosure. The inside mounting requires
the enclosure width to increase to the next standard size to accommodate
the added reactor. Hardware necessary to mount and wire the reactors and
the increased size of the enclosure where required are included.

LINE REACTOR — 4160 VOLT NON-UL LABELED INSIDE MOUNT


Catalog Number HP
A985 750
A986 1500
A987 3000
A988 >3000

LINE REACTOR — 4160 VOLT UL-LABELED TOP MOUNT


Approximate dimensions (in.)
Catalog Number HP H W D
A991 750 22 22 24
A992 1500 23 24 24
A993 3000 23 24 24
A994 >3000 – – –
• Consult factory on other voltage ratings in the 5 and 7.2 kV class.

5-48 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE STARTER OPTIONS
D O C U M E NTAT I O N

Catalog Number Description


Approval Documentation
26A1 Approval Drawings — 2 Sets ANSI B Size — Standard Catalog Starter
26A6 Submittal Package/Approval Drawings per 26A1 Plus Major Comp. Cutsheets
26A12 Digital Media Drawing File — CAD Drawings
26A13 E-Mail Drawings In CAD Drawings
26A14* Special Project Drawings

O&M Manuals
25A1 O&M Manuals
Witness Test
27A1** Witness Test
* Special project drawings requirements are evaluated on a case by case basis. The detailed
requirements must be provided in project specifications.
•• Witness testing includes a testing plan and procedure that must be reviewed and approved in
advance by the customer. Benshaw has the utmost regard for the safety of its employees and
its customers, so we believe it is prudent to restrict direct customer access to the equipment
when main power is applied.

The distribution date of documentation is established after receipt of complete technical
and commercial requirements along with the purchase order. When final approval drawings
are returned and accepted by Benshaw, manufacturing resources are allocated, material
procurement is initiated, and the ship date is scheduled. Documentation is sent by standard
service to the address provided.

5-49
TRANSFORMER FEEDERS
CFMVTF SERIES

CFMVTF SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw is now able to offer the same rugged and reliable product design
as a cost-effective alternative to support transformer feeds. Enclosures are
available in NEMA 1, NEMA 12 and NEMA 3R configurations. The enclosure
consists of two distinct compartments with separate medium voltage and
low voltage sections. Standard combination CFMVTX transformer feeds are
supplied with individual load break/fault make disconnect isolation switches,
Class “E” current limiting fuses, vacuum isolation contactors for shunt
protection and a customer-selected feeder protection relay.

STANDARD FEATURES:
The standard transformer feeder combination “CFMVTF” package includes:
• NEMA 1, 12, 3R enclosure • Individual line fusing • Amber FAULT pilot light
• Disconnect switches: - Class “E” • Customer-specified feeder
- Rotary or flange - Current limiting protection relay with CTs
- Load break/fault make • Vacuum isolation contactor and ground fault CT
- Grounding bar for fault shunt
- Viewing window • Red ON and Green OFF
pilot lights

2300 V CFMVTF WITH STANDARD PACKAGE 4160 V CFMVTF WITH STANDARD PACKAGE
Dimensions (in.) Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts FLA H W D Model Number Volts FLA H W D
CFMVTF-120-2300 2300 120 92 24 32 CFMVTF-120-4160 4160 120 92 24 32
CFMVTF-240-2300 2300 240 92 24 32 CFMVTF-240-4160 4160 240 92 24 32
CFMVTF-360-2300 2300 360 92 24 32 CFMVTF-360-4160 4160 360 92 24 32

6600 V CFMVTF WITH STANDARD PACKAGE 13800 V CFMVTF WITH STANDARD PACKAGE
Dimensions (in.) Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts FLA H W D Model Number Volts FLA H W D
CFMVTF-120-6600 6600 120 92 24 32 CFMVTF-120-13800 13800 120 94 45 50
CFMVTF-240-6600 6600 240 92 24 32 CFMVTF-240-13800 13800 240 94 45 50
CFMVTF-360-6600 6600 360 92 24 32 CFMVTF-360-13800 13800 360 94 45 50
All designs rated for 13800 V are top entry/bottom exit. For bottom
entry, a 36" W incoming power section will need to be added.

5-50 benshaw.com
DUAL TRANSFORMER FEEDERS
CFMVTF2H SERIES

CFMVTF2H SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw is now able to offer the same rugged and reliable product design,
but in a smaller package for smaller load requirements. Enclosures are
available in NEMA 1, 12 or 3R configurations. The enclosure consists of two
distinct isolated compartments for medium voltage. Standard combination
CFMVDISC2H transformer feeds are supplied with two individual load
break/fault make disconnect isolation switches, individual Class “E” current
limiting fuses up to 200E, individual vacuum isolation contactors for shunt
protection and a customer-selected feeder protection relay.

STANDARD FEATURES: • Individual vacuum isolation


The standard dual transformer contactor for fault shunt
feeder combination “CFMVTF2H” • Red ON and Green OFF
package includes: pilot lights
• NEMA 12 • Amber FAULT pilot light
• Individual disconnect switches: • Customer-specified feeder
- Flange protection relay with CTs
- Load break/fault make and ground fault CT for
each section
- Grounding bar
- Viewing window
• Individual line fusing
- Class “E”
- Max. rating 200E

2300 V CFMVTF2H WITH STANDARD PACKAGE 4160 V CFMVTF2H WITH STANDARD PACKAGE
Dimensions (in.) Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Volts FLA H W D Model Number Volts FLA H W D
CFMVTF2H-70/70-2300 2300 70/70 92.5 36 36 CFMVTF2H-70/70-4160 4160 70/70 92.5 36 36
CFMVTF2H-70/140-2300 2300 70/140 92.5 36 36 CFMVTF2H-70/140-4160 4160 70/140 92.5 36 36
CFMVTF2H-140/140-2300 2300 140/140 92.5 36 36 CFMVTF2H-140/140-4160 4160 140/140 92.5 36 36
Max. rating is 200E fuses.
Please specify preferred transformer feeder protection relay.

5-51
MEDIUM VOLTAGE APPLICATION-SPECIFIC PRODUCTS
P R O D U C T OV E RV I E W

Benshaw is the trusted expert for any AC motor application. Benshaw


provides a full line of application solutions for motors ranging from 2.3
through 15 kV Class up to 22,000 HP. Application-specific motor starters
include Reversing, DC Injection Braking, Wound Rotor, Two-Speed/PAM,
Synchronous, Multiple Motor, Capacitor Start/Switching Controls, Mine
Duty Skid-Mounted and more.

15 KV CLASS SOLID STATE STARTERS TWO-SPEED/PAM MOTOR STARTERS CAPACITIVE START/


• 10,000, 11,000, 13,800 volt • Solid state starter SWITCHING CONTROLS
nominal operating voltages • Vacuum contactors • Solid state starter
• Up to 30,000 HP for speed changing • Capacitor banks, switching
• Combination or non-combination • Applications include power contactors, power
configurations generation plant I.D. fans, monitoring devices
• Stand-alone or motor control F.D. fans, Banbury mixers • Excessive voltage drop
center lineups and more improvement, plant bus
• Custom enclosures and support, remote utility
transition sections REVERSING MOTOR STARTERS grid access and more
• Solid state starter
SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR • Vacuum contactors MULTIPLE MOTOR STARTING
SOLID STATE STARTERS for motor reversing • Solid state starter
• Soft start stator control • Applications include aggregate • Individual motor protection
• Synchronous speed crushers, shredders, rubber • Applications include aggregate
monitoring package mills, coal mills and more and coal conveyors, crushers,
• Solid state DC field excitor grinders, shredders and more
• Applications include chillers, WOUND ROTOR MOTOR STARTERS
compressors, pumps, ball • Solid state starter
mills, chippers and more • Rotor resistors, shorting
contactors and interface
SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR • Applications in aggregate, steel,
DC POSITIONING CONTROLS mining, paper, power generation
• Integrated synchronous industries and more
motor starter
• Solid state positioning control
• Applications include cement
plant ball mills, rubber mills
and more

For more information, go to Section 6 Special Application Solutions.

5-52 benshaw.com
FOR ANY INDUSTRY
2 3 0 0 V TO 13 , 8 0 0 V

Low profile skid-mount


mining packages

Custom enclosures 15 kV Class non-combination and


with transitions combination solid state starters

5-53
INTELLIGENT MV MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS/LINEUPS

INCOMING SECTION(S) CUSTOM CONFIGURED MULTIPLE INTELLIGENT MCC INTEGRATION


• Main breakers or disconnects UNIT MOTOR CONTROL CENTER • Easy MCC networking
• Main–tie–main (MTM) (MCC) LINEUPS • MTM, disconnects, feeders;
arrangements • Transition sections to third SSRV, ATL, two-speed starters
• Main lug only sections party equipment • Diagnostics and communications
• 400, 600 or 1200 amp load break • 800/1200/2000/3000 amp • Intelligent SSRVS power poles
fault make disconnects horizontal bus
• Surge protection devices • Reduced voltage/full voltage/
feeder controls
• Metering and communications
• Back-to-back construction

5-54 benshaw.com
MAIN–TIE–MAIN ARRANGEMENTS

FIXED MOUNT
• Vacuum circuit breakers
• 46" deep

FIXED MOUNT
• Fused disconnect switches
• 36" deep

DRAW OUT
• Vacuum circuit breakers
• 91" deep

5-55
MEDIUM VOLTAGE ENGINEERING SERVICES

• Motor starting analysis


• System voltage drop analysis
• Capacitor switching packages
• Static VAR compensation systems

5-56 benshaw.com
PRECISION ENGINEERED SYSTEMS

In addition to custom engineering the motor control and protection


features of individual RediStart MVRMX starters, Benshaw will design
and manufacture complete systems to your specifications

INTEGRATED PLC CONTROLS


Benshaw has extensive experience
designing and integrating PLC
hardware and software into individual
RediStart MVRMX starters to provide
system-level control functions,
including:
• Machine control
• Process control
• Data collection and monitoring
• Local and remote
communications
• All major PLC suppliers,
as specified

COORDINATED LINEUPS
Benshaw will design, manufacture
and test coordinated power
distribution and motor control
lineups based on your electrical
system and motor control
requirements, including:
• Fused main disconnects
• Main or tie breakers
• Distribution transformers
• Low voltage power distribution
• Low voltage motor control

5-57
PRECISION ENGINEERED SYSTEMS

PACKAGED ELECTRICAL
AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
In addition to providing coordinated lineups,
Benshaw will design and manufacture
completely packaged portable or stationary
electrical systems for applications requiring
self contained modules, including:
• 20- or 40-foot containers
• Self-contained air conditioning and lighting
• Low and medium voltage equipment
• Remote monitoring and control
• Personnel and support facilities

SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND POWER SYSTEM AND MOTOR


PREDICTIVE MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS STARTING STUDIES
In applications requiring the Benshaw has developed
coordination and control of multiple comprehensive electrical system
RediStart MVRMX starters and third and motor starting analysis software
party equipment, Benshaw has and has state-of-the-art field testing
the experience and technology equipment to perform complete
to design and deliver integrated studies, including:
control systems: • Motor/machine starting
• PC-based systems • Voltage drop studies
• Local area networks • Short circuit studies
• Remote communications • Device coordination
and control • Harmonic analysis
• PLC design and programming
• Online and offline predictive
maintenance

5-58 benshaw.com
SECTION 6
S P E C I A L A P P L I C AT I O N S O L U T I O N S

SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS


Synchronous Motor Starters...................................... 6-2
Wound Rotor Starters................................................ 6-4
Test Stands................................................................. 6-6
Dual Starters.............................................................. 6-7
Ball Mill Inching Solution............................................ 6-8
Reversing Starters...................................................... 6-9
Two-Speed and PAM Motors................................... 6-10

6-1
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
SY N C H R O N O U S M OTO R STA RT E R S

WHAT IS A SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR?


The synchronous motor functions as an induction motor during acceleration.
Once the motor approaches full synchronous speed, the exciter induces a
constant polarity to the rotor, causing the motor to lock into sync. Because
the rotor’s field is constant and separately excited, no slip is required to
produce torque, as with an induction motor. This allows the motor to run
at synchronous speed.

BENEFITS OF A SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR:


Synchronous motors are used for a numbers of reasons, including
applications that require precise motor speed, to obtain increased
efficiency or for power factor correction.

Since synchronous motors can be operated at leading power factor,


they are used to correct a facility’s lagging power factor created by
other induction motors operating at the facility. This correction reduces
the penalty a customer pays the utility company for poor power factor.

WHY CHOOSE THE BENSHAW SYNCHRONOUS EXCITATION PACKAGE?


The Benshaw Synchronous Excitation Package (SEP) uses Benshaw’s MX2
software and integrates easily with either Benshaw Controls (MX2 or MX3)
or any existing controller. The MX2 SEP can be used with a reduced voltage
solid state starter or a full voltage starter. The SEP is available for both brush-
type and brushless synchronous motors.

The MX2 SEP solid state synchronous control provides advanced synchronous
motor protection with Modbus communication. It allows for a reduced
footprint compared to existing field controls, making it beneficial for retrofit
opportunities.

6-2 benshaw.com
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
SY N C H R O N O U S M OTO R STA RT E R S

SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR STARTER CHECKLIST


For a quotation on a synchronous motor starter, please complete the
checklist below. The SEP can be provided as a standalone section for use
with an existing starter, or can be provided as a package with a Benshaw
starter. Refer to the appropriate starter section (MV or LV, RVSS or ATL) for
options available on the starter section.

Horsepower__________________________________________________________

Voltage______________________________________________________________

FLA_________________________________________________________________

Secondary Voltage: ___________________________________________________

Secondary Amps_____________________________________________________

Type: ❏ Brushless or ❏ Brush Type

Incoming Line Power


(if different from motor voltage): ________________________________________

FOR EXISTING SYSTEMS:

Serial Number (if Benshaw):____________________________________________

Available Footprint:

H_________________ W___________________ D_____________________

*For Brush Type only, rating of existing Field Discharge

Resistor:________ohms

Benshaw’s MX2SEP
synchronous motor control

6-3
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
WO U N D R OTO R STA RT E R S

WHAT IS A WOUND ROTOR MOTOR?


Wound rotor motors are typically used in applications requiring high starting torques, a
limited number of operating speeds or a stepped acceleration to achieve a soft start. Typical
existing applications use an electromechanical starter on the stator and introduce multiple
stages of resistance in the rotor via contactor arrangements to achieve a soft ramp.

THE BENSHAW SOLUTION: Single-Step Rotor Control: Multiple-Step Rotor Circuit:


With the Benshaw MX3 Solid State The solid state starter is wired Wound Rotor RVSS starters can
Starter, wound rotor control is to the motor stator circuit, and the be supplied with multiple stages of
greatly simplified. The Benshaw resistor and shorting contactor are rotor resistors and contactors. This
starter consists of two parts: a wired to the motor rotor circuit. The multiple step arrangement may be
solid state starter for stator control, solid state starter accelerates the necessary for starting of extremely
and a resistor bank with shorting motor to slip speed (as determined high inertia loads, or for continuous
contactors for the rotor circuit. This by the resistance value) and then operation at multiple speeds.
achieves the high torque required, activates the contactor to short
with low inrush, while providing a the rotor. This allows the motor to
smooth stepless start. accelerate to full speed.

6-4 benshaw.com
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
WO U N D R OTO R STA RT E R S

WOUND ROTOR CHECKLIST:

❏ New or ❏ Replacement
Refer to appropriate section below (new or replacement). For additional starter options,
refer to appropriate checklist (MV or LV, RVSS or ATL).

FOR NEW INSTALLATIONS:

Horsepower__________________________________________________________

Voltage______________________________________________________________

FLA_________________________________________________________________

Secondary Voltage: ___________________________________________________

Secondary Amps_____________________________________________________

Application:__________________________________________________________

Desired Controller Type (select one):

❏ RVSS or ❏ ATL

(Optional) Number of Steps Needed:____________________________________

FOR REPLACEMENT UNITS:

Horsepower__________________________________________________________

Voltage______________________________________________________________

FLA_________________________________________________________________

Secondary Voltage: ___________________________________________________

Secondary Amps_____________________________________________________

Application:__________________________________________________________

Current System Info:

Controller Type (select one):

❏ RVSS or ❏ ATL or ❏ VFD

Number of Steps:_____________________________________________________

Ratings and Timing of Resistors: __________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

6-5
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
T E ST STA N D S

Benshaw offers medium and low voltage test stands for your facility’s needs.
Test stands are available with the following features:
• Full Voltage (ATL): Good for testing of motor with a starter or VFD
• Soft Starter (RVSS): Good for motor testing
• Medium or Low Voltage
• Single or Multiple Incoming Voltages
• Single or Multiple Output Voltages

CHECKLIST:
Please complete this checklist for Application Engineering to determine
the best test standard configuration for your facility’s needs.
For additional starter options, refer to starter checklist.

Function of Test Stand: ________________________________________________

Horsepower and Voltage Range (specify the min. and max. HP for each voltage):

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

Desired Controller Type (select one):

❏ RVSS or ❏ ATL

Incoming Line (select one):

❏ One Input Line (adjustable upstream voltage) or ❏ One Line per Voltage Rating

Requirements (select one):

❏ None or ❏ Input Isolation (Circuit Breaker for LV, Fused Disconnect for MV)

Enclosure Type (select one):

❏ 12 ❏ 3R ❏4 ❏ Other (specify):________________________________

Maximum Available Footprint:

H_________________ W___________________ D_____________________

For Replacement of Existing:

Existing Type (select one):

❏ ATL ❏ RVSS ❏ Other (specify):___________________________________

Describe any specific functionality, controls, run time, etc._________________

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

6-6 benshaw.com
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
D U A L O U T P U T STA RT E R S

Dual output starters enable the use of a single SCR power section to start
and stop two motors. Two versions of dual starters are available — the first
has one controller, such that both motors are started and stopped at the
same time, while the second has two separate MX3 controllers, allowing
each motor to be started and stopped separately.

This solution can provide savings from a cost and/or footprint perspective,
and can be used for any voltage class.

WHICH IS BEST FOR MY APPLICATION?

SINGLE CONTROLLER: DUAL CONTROLLER:


• Low horsepower ratings • High horsepower ratings
• Application that requires both • Application that requires one
motors always run together motor to start, then second
• Simple controller (no PLC motor to start after a certain
coordination required) amount of time
• Identical motors • High voltage (ideal for
15 kV Class gear)
• Motors can be of different
horsepower and FLA

CHECKLIST:
For base options and controls, refer to starter checklist.

Controller Type (select one):

❏ Single Controller or ❏ Dual Controller

Footprint Restrictions:

H_________________ W___________________ D_____________________

Application:__________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

Average Starts per Hour:_______________________________________________

6-7
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
BALL MILL INCHING SOLUTION

WHAT IS A BALL MILL?


Ball mills are used in many industries to grind coarse material into a finer
powder. A ball mill typically consists of a horizontal cylinder, partly filled with
steel balls, that rotates on its axis, imparting a tumbling and cascading action
to the balls.

CHALLENGE:
When it comes time to service the mill, an access hatch must be positioned
to allow technicians to enter the mill and for the ball charge to be changed.
Positioning a hatch is accomplished by a process known as spotting or
inching. Without a dedicated inching system, it can be difficult to precisely
position the mill, since the technician has no way to accurately and effectively
apply torque to the motor directly from the power system.

Traditional positioning technology involves delivering a switched DC current


to the stator windings in a specific pattern to simulate the sinusoidal AC
wave form applied during normal operation while keeping the field excited.
In addition to the issue of precisely moving the bulky mill, the cogging or
abrupt starting and stopping of the motor can cause mechanical and electrical
damage to the equipment. This, along with full voltage starting, stresses
the overall electromechanical system and can cause excessive downtime,
interfering with production.

SOLUTION:
Benshaw has applied low voltage AC Variable Frequency Drives to replace
DC contactors and cam switch for positioning. The low voltage AC VFD has
the capability to provide full torque at zero speed to start and rotate the
mill during the positioning process. The use of a drive also provides speed
adjustability to a maximum speed of 2–12 Hz depending on motor voltage.
This allows the maintenance setup and process time to be significantly
reduced. The drive replaces the obsolete and unsupported cam switch,
and eliminates DC contactors and associated contact maintenance.

Due to Benshaw’s full portfolio of low and medium voltage VFDs, solid state
and full voltage starters, Benshaw is able to provide a full solution to replace
obsolete ball mill controls. This includes a solid state or full voltage starter,
all necessary isolation and the low voltage VFD for inching.

6-8 benshaw.com
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
R E V E R S I N G STA RT E R S

WHAT IS A REVERSING STARTER?


A reversing starter is used for applications with forward/backward or upwards/downwards
movement needed for operation. The reversing starter contains two contactors — labeled
or defined as “Forward” and “Reverse”. It includes a selector switch for Forward or
Reversing. The starter accelerates via the SCR power stacks and then transfers to the
bypass contactor for running, in the same manner as the non-reversing starter.
When requesting a quotation, you must specify reversing capability to have the additional
contactor included.

6-9
SPECIAL APPLICATION SOLUTIONS
T WO - S P E E D A N D PA M M OTO R S

WHAT IS A TWO-SPEED OR PAM MOTOR?


A two-speed motor is a type of induction motor with one or two windings that can operate at
two different speeds. A PAM motor is a type of two-speed motor with one winding.

WHAT ADDITIONAL CONTROLS ARE NEEDED?


The starter requires the addition of a fast
speed and slow speed contactor plus
additional controls for each speed mode
(fast and slow).
The fast and slow speed contactors are
interlocked so that only one can operate
at any time. This can easily be added to
Benshaw’s solid state starter.
Depending upon size, this can be included
in the starter enclosure or mounted in a
separate enclosure.

CHECKLIST:
For base starter options, refer to starter checklist.
In addition to the standard starter checklist, the following additional
information is required for two-speed motor starters:

Voltage: _____________________________________________________________

Slow Speed: Fast Speed:

Horsepower: ______________________________________ Horsepower: ______________________________________


RPM: _____________________________________________ RPM: _____________________________________________
FLA: ______________________________________________ FLA:______________________________________________

6-10 benshaw.com
SECTION 7
RETROFITS

7.1 RETROFITS
Benefits of Retrofitting............................................... 7-2
Emergency retrofits — MX3 upgrades........................ 7-3
Engineered retrofits.....................................................7-7

7-1
BENEFITS OF RETROFITTING

Benshaw offers a wide variety of


solutions to all of your retrofit needs.
Our team of Application Engineers
and Service Technicians will review
your current equipment and provide
recommendations to upgrade your
existing equipment with minimal
cost and impact. Benshaw is
able to reuse existing equipment,
enclosures and stub-ups from a
variety of different manufactures.
For very intricate projects, Benshaw
will send an engineering or technical
representative to your site to obtain
full measurements and understand
the scope. Benshaw will then
design a custom retrofit to fit your
needs and your budget. Before you
spend significant money to replace
existing working equipment, contact
Benshaw to see what our team can
do for you.

Equipment in heavy industry is just the cost of the equipment —


expected to work for 20+ years. cost of disposal, new installation
While it is often the case that and wiring can cause the scope to
medium voltage equipment can creep up to 3x or more the cost
operate for long periods of time, of the equipment alone. Starters,
many other factors change during switchgear and MCCs include many
that time period. Electrical costs expensive power components, and
and penalties go up, requiring more it’s wasteful to throw out working,
efficient equipment. Innovation in operational equipment to gain new
monitoring and protection features features. Often, the entire factory
makes modern equipment safer or equipment room was designed
for personnel and for mechanical around the existing equipment.
equipment. Maintenance parts Putting in a brand-new line-up could
become more expensive and be a logistical nightmare. Benshaw
obsolete to the point where critical understands the need to upgrade
operations could face significant equipment for modern features and
downtime due to a minor part failure. serviceability, without investing
Full replacements of large equipment in a large CapEx project.
are significantly more expensive than

7-2 benshaw.com
EMERGENCY RETROFITS — MX3 UPGRADES

Benshaw stocks standardized


low and medium voltage kits for
retrofits to upgrade your equipment
in an emergency situation to
the latest MX3 technology, and
offers engineered retrofits for
units that do not require the time-
sensitive urgency of emergency
kits. Benshaw’s qualified team of
Application Engineers will review
your equipment and verify that
the quick-ship retrofit will work in
your situation. For situations where
a customized solution better fits
your needs, the Application Team
will provide a quote to meet your
specifications.

The emergency quick-ship retrofit is It is not intended to replace:


available for both low and medium • OEM specialty product lines
voltage starters, but at this time is • Synchronous motor starters
not available for all product types. utilizing Benshaw supplied
It is intended to replace: field controls
• Benshaw soft starters using • Enclosures less than 36" wide
the following control board (for MV)
platforms: AK, DMS, Micro II • DC injection braking
and MX or reversing units
• Examples of part numbers Note: These products can be retrofitted
begin with: with Benshaw’s engineered retrofit
solution.
- LV: RSM6, RS6, RSD6, RSE6,
RXE6, RCM, RBM1, RBM2,
RBM3, RC2, TBX, TCX, RBX,
MXPC, MXPB, RBX2, RBX3,
- MV: MVRS12, MVRS18,
MVRSE12, MVRSE18,
MVRSM12, MVRSM18
Note: This is not a complete list of
model numbers. Additional model
numbers may qualify.

7-3
EMERGENCY RETROFITS — MX3 UPGRADES

To determine if your starter is applicable, please complete the checklist and contact the Benshaw Inside Sales Team.

EXISTING STARTER INFORMATION:

SERIAL NUMBER:__________________________________________________________________________________________

MODEL NUMBER:__________________________________________________________________________________________

HORSEPOWER:____________________________________________________________________________________________

VOLTAGE:_________________________________________________________________________________________________

ENCLOSURE SIZE: ___________________________________________ H: _________ W: _________ D: __________

❏ Y ❏ N  erify available depth from the existing control board mounting surface to the inside
V
of the enclosure door. Approximately four inches (4") is required for the MX3 control boards.
❏ Y ❏ N Verify if Benshaw BIBPC-720LT (L or T) integral contactors are included in chassis. (LV only)

Notes:
If enclosure does not have sufficient depth, the MX3 control boards may be mounted in another location. SCR leads may be extended to a
maximum of 6 feet. MX3 control board must be located in an enclosure section that contains only low voltage power. MX3 control board should
not be mounted in sections with medium voltage power.
If possible, take photos of the control boards and heatsink/CR assemblies.
If yes to BIBPC contactors, customer can replace entire chassis, or purchase a separate definite purpose or full rated contactor for separate
mounting (space permitting).

ADDITIONAL CUSTOMER NOTES:______________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7-4 benshaw.com
EMERGENCY QUICK-SHIP RETROFITS — MX3 UPGRADES

Low Voltage Retrofit Kit Medium Voltage Control Section Medium Voltage Power Section

KIT COMPONENTS:
RTFT-490000-00 LV RETROFIT RTFT-490001-00 MV RETROFIT
KIT ASSEMBLY KIT ASSEMBLY
• NEMA 3R keypad • NEMA 3R keypad
• Keypad mounting plate • Keypad mounting plate
• Keypad 3 meter cable • Keypad 3 meter cable
with ferrite with ferrite
• MX3 control card on Lexan® • MX3 control card on Lexan®
mounting plate mounting plate
• MX3 LV manual • 415 A power stacks (qty. 3)
• MX3 LV installation guide • Terminal strip with terminals,
relays and wiring
• 120:24 VAC control power
transformer
• Fiber optic kit
• CT assembly (see following page
for part numbers)
• MX3 MV manual
• MX3 MV installation guide

AVAILABLE KITS
Part Number Description
RTFT-490000-00 LV Retrofit Kit Assembly
RTFT-490001-00 MV Retrofit Kit Assembly

7-5
EMERGENCY RETROFITS — MX3 UPGRADES

LV CURRENT TRANSFORMER (CT) KITS — REQUIRED WHEN REPLACING RS6AK CONTROL BOARD
Part Number Description Motor FLA
CT-420000-00 288:1 with Plug-in Connector 15–64
CT-420000-01 864:1 with Plug-in Connector 45–190
CT-420000-02 2640:1 with Plug-in Connector 135–590
CT-420000-03 5760:1 with Plug-in Connector 295–1285
Each CT kit includes a set of three CTs.

MV CT ASSEMBLIES
Part Number Description Motor FLA
CT-450001-01 50:5 with MV Sleeving 11–45
CT-450002-01 150:5 with MV Sleeving 46–135
CT-450003-01 250:5 with MV Sleeving 136–225
CT-450009-01 400:5 with MV Sleeving 226–360
CT-450010-01 600:5 with MV Sleeving 361–540
Each kit includes three CTs.
CTs do not need to be ordered separately.

7-6 benshaw.com
ENGINEERED RETROFITS

For units that do not qualify for the Emergency Quick-Ship Retrofit program,
Benshaw also offers engineered retrofit solutions. Engineered retrofits allow
for full customization, which can provide expedited installation time, add or
change the control logic, or even retrofit non-Benshaw units.

UNITS THAT QUALIFY FOR THE ENGINEERED RETROFIT PROGRAM:


• Synchronous starters using Benshaw-supplied field controls
• Benshaw starters rated above 4800 V
• Benshaw starters rated for greater than 3000 HP at 4160 V
• Non-Benshaw starters

PROCESS:
To receive a quotation, please provide the following information
to the Benshaw Sales Team:
• Serial number (for Benshaw units)
• Drawings (for non-Benshaw units)
• Model number
• Equipment rating (HP, voltage, FLA)

Upon review by the Benshaw Inside Sales and/or Application Engineering


team, a quotation will be issued, or a site visit will be requested if additional
details are needed.

7-7
MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR LINE-UP

7-8 benshaw.com
SECTION 8
M E D I U M VO LTAG E S W I T C H G E A R

ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES
MVCB Series.............................................................. 8-2
MVCB-MC Metal-Clad Series..................................... 8-4

ENGINEERED OPTIONS
Pilot Devices............................................................... 8-6
CB Accessories.......................................................... 8-6
Bus/Line Options........................................................ 8-6
Protection Relays........................................................ 8-7
Enhanced Safety Features.......................................... 8-7

8-1
MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR
M VC B S E R I E S

MVCB SERIES PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS


Benshaw’s free-standing medium voltage switchgear is the newest
product in our portfolio, offering the same rugged and reliable design
and performance of all our medium voltage products. To ensure the
safety of personnel servicing the equipment, all Benshaw’s medium
voltage switchgear offerings include a rack-out circuit breaker design.

A remote breaker control panel and arc flash sensing options are also
available to further enhance personnel safety. In addition, Benshaw
offers a full metal-clad switchgear solution.

The switchgear is provided in a NEMA-rated enclosure configured for


use as a stand-alone unit, in an equipment line-up or an MCC. Benshaw
switchgear connects seamlessly to the rest of the Benshaw MCC for a
space-saving design to feed line-ups or in jumbo starter solutions.

The Benshaw Application and Engineering Support team is available to


customize switchgear designs to meet customers’ specific application
needs without extended lead times.

KEY ADVANTAGES: STANDARD FEATURES


• Bolts directly to Benshaw • 40 kA fault rated
MCC line-up or starter • Rack-out design
• CSA special inspection • NEMA 1A indoor enclosure
• Available in 1200 A or 2000 A • Welded 11 gauge
standard (3000 A option steel construction
is custom) • Feeder protection
• Feeder protection included with CPT and PT
as standard — customer • Green open pilot light
to specify manufacturer
• Red closed pilot light
• Available up to 13.8 kV
• Amber trip pilot light
• Configurable with added options
• Open push-button
• Rack-out design standard
• Closed push-button
• Remote breaker control panel
• Manual racking device
• Bus rated to CB size
• Line power top entry standard
• Load power top exit

Options — see page 8-6

8-2 benshaw.com
5 KV CLASS SWITCHGEAR
M VC B S E R I E S

The MVCB series of switchgear features a draw-out circuit breaker design.

2300 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200-2300 MV CB 1200 A Top Entry/Top Exit 2300 1200 92.5 64 62
MVCB-2000-2300 MV CB 2000 A Top Entry/Top Exit 2300 2000 92.5 64 62

3300 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200-3300 MV CB 1200 A Top Entry/Top Exit 3300 1200 92.5 64 62
MVCB-2000-3300 MV CB 2000 A Top Entry/Top Exit 3300 2000 92.5 64 62

4160 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200-4106 MV CB 1200 A Top/Bottom Entry/Top Exit 4160 1200 92.5 64 62
MVCB-2000-4106 MV CB 2000 A Top/Bottom Entry/Top Exit 4160 2000 92.5 64 62

8-3
METAL-CLAD SERIES — SINGLE UNITS
M VC B - M C S E R I E S

Benshaw can provide a complete draw-out metal-clad design requiring rear


access. For the single units, a draw-out CPT and PT are located in the top
section, and the circuit breaker is located in the bottom section. The design
allows for top or bottom entry and center exit bus. Custom 300 A breakers
are available by request. For all other configurations, consult Benshaw.

2300 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200-2300-MC MV CB 2300 V 1200 A 2300 1200 95 36 91
MVCB-2000-2300-MC MV CB 2300 V 2000 A 2300 2000 95 36 91

4160 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200-4160-MC MV CB 4160 V 1200 A 4160 1200 95 36 91
MVCB-2000-4160-MC MV CB 4160 V 2000 A 4160 2000 95 36 91

6600 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200-6600-MC MV CB 6600 V 1200 A 6600 1200 95 36 91
MVCB-2000-6600-MC MV CB 6600 V 2000 A 6600 2000 95 36 91

13800 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200-13800-MC MV CB 13800 V 1200 A 13800 1200 94 36 94
MVCB-2000-13800-MC MV CB 13800 V 2000 A 13800 2000 94 36 94

8-4 benshaw.com
METAL-CLAD SERIES — DUAL UNITS
M VC B - M C S E R I E S

Benshaw’s dual unit design allows the customer to stack circuit breakers
two high. The design includes two enclosures sized at 36"W. The CPTs and
the PTs will be in the second enclosure. The switchgear is a fully draw-out
metal-clad design requiring rear access. The design allows for top or bottom
entry and center exit bus. For other configurations, consult Benshaw.

2300 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200/1200-2300-MC MV CB 2300 V 1200 A Top/CB 1200 A Bottom 2300 1200/1200 95 72 91
MVCB-1200/2000-2300-MC MV CB 2300 V 1200 A Top/CB 2000 A Bottom 2300 1200/2000 95 72 91
MVCB-2000/2000-2300-MC MV CB 2300 V 2000 A Top/CB 2000 A Bottom 2300 2000/2000 95 72 91

4160 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200/1200-4160-MC MV CB 4160 V 1200 A Top/CB 1200 A Bottom 4160 1200/1200 95 72 91
MVCB-1200/2000-4160-MC MV CB 4160 V 1200 A Top/CB 2000 A Bottom 4160 1200/2000 95 72 91
MVCB-2000/2000-4160-MC MV CB 4160 V 2000 A Top/CB 2000 A Bottom 4160 2000/2000 95 72 91

6600 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200/1200-6600-MC MV CB 6600 V 1200 A Top/CB 1200 A Bottom 6600 1200/1200 95 72 91
MVCB-1200/2000-6600-MC MV CB 6600 V 1200 A Top/CB 2000 A Bottom 6600 1200/2000 95 72 91
MVCB-2000/2000-6600-MC MV CB 2300 V 2000 A Top/CB 2000 A Bottom 6600 2000/2000 95 72 91

13800 V
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number Description Volts CB Frame H W D
MVCB-1200/1200-13800-MC MV CB 13800 V 1200 A Top/CB 1200 A Bottom 13800 1200/1200 95 72 91
MVCB-1200/2000-13800-MC MV CB 13800 V 1200 A Top/CB 2000 A Bottom 13800 1200/2000 95 72 91
MVCB-2000/2000-13800-MC MV CB 13800 V 2000 A Top/CB 2000 A Bottom 13800 2000/2000 95 72 91

8-5
MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR OPTIONS

Benshaw’s in-house capabilities allow for customization of switchgear


without extended lead time. Our team of application and production
engineers is available to fully support custom projects tailored to meet
your application and specifications. A list of standard options for switchgear
is available below. For other options, consult Benshaw.

PILOT DEVICES
Catalog Number Description
B100 Green Open Pilot Light
B101 Red Closed Pilot Light
B102 Amber Trip Pilot Light
B103 Open Push-Button Raised
B104 Closed Push-Button Flush
B105 Fault Reset Push-Button
B110 Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch
B111 Local-Off-Remote Selector Switch
B112 Key Operated Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch

CB ACCESSORIES
Catalog Number Description
B120 Breaker Lift Truck
B121 Breaker Test Cabinet
B122 Remote Racking Device

BUS/LINE OPTIONS
Catalog Number Description
B130 Mimic Bus
B131 Insulated Bus Covering — 1200 A Rated
B132 Insulated Bus Covering — 2000 A Rated
B133 Ground Balls
B134 Live Line Indications
B140 Surge Arrestors, 2300 VAC
B141 Surge Arrestors, 4160 VAC
B142 Surge Arrestors, 6900 VAC
B143 Surge Arrestors, 12000 VAC

8-6 benshaw.com
MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR OPTIONS

Benshaw’s engineering team has experience working with all major relay
suppliers. Benshaw will seamlessly integrate any protective relay into the
system with any PTs or CTs required for operation. Please provide the
full part number of the meter when ordering equipment.

PROTECTION RELAYS
Catalog Number Description
B200 Mutlilin 850 — Feeder Protection
B201 Multilin PQM — Power Quality Monitoring
B202 Multilin 845 – Transformer Feeder Protection
B203 Multilin 369 — Motor Protection
B204 Multilin 869 — Advanced Motor Protection
B205 Schweitzer SEL-751 — Feeder Protection
B206 Schweitzer SEL -735 — Power Quality Monitoring
B207 Schweitzer SEL-787 — Transformer Feeder Protection
B208 Schweitzer SEL-849 — Motor Protection
B209 Schweitzer SEL-710 - Advanced Motor Protection
Other options are available. Please contact the Benshaw Application Engineering team.
Benshaw installs but does not program any third party relays.

Benshaw’s equipment is designed to be rugged, reliable and, above all,


safe. We are proud to be able to offer some of the latest safety technology
available on the market and incorporate it into solutions to meet your needs.

ENHANCED SAFETY FEATURES


Catalog Number Description
B300 Thermal Viewing Windows
B301 Ultrasonic Ports
B302 Arc Flash Sensing – Multilin*
B303 Arc Flash Sensing — Schweitzer*
B305 Remote Breaker Control Panel
*Arc Flash Sensing is an option for protection relays.
The relay option is required for Arc Flash Sensing.

8-7
BENSHAW MEDIUM VOLTAGE
COMPLETE PRODUCT SOLUTIONS
Benshaw provides complete product solutions tailored to customer’s needs
with some of the most competitive lead times in the industry. Customers
rely on Benshaw for full turn-key medium voltage MCC solutions that are
designed for rugged and reliable operation in the toughest applications.
Every Benshaw medium voltage MCC solution is reviewed by the application
engineering team in the quotation phase to ensure that customers receive
the right solution for their application with the latest and most cost-
competitive options available. All orders are then engineered in-house to
meet the customer’s expectations with close coordination between the
application and production engineering teams to ensure the product meets
specifications. When you purchase a Benshaw medium voltage MCC
solution, you’ll have the peace of mind that you’re receiving some of
the best equipment in the industry.

8-8 benshaw.com
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Benshaw is herein called ‘Seller’. The person, or other damages whatsoever arising from FORCE MAJURE
firm or corporation to whom of which quotation its failure to supply goods conforming to the Benshaw shall not be liable for any delay in
is made is herein called ‘Buyer’. description and specification set forth herein. delivery, or failure to deliver, due to (1) fires,
AGREEMENT LIMITATION OF LIABILITY floods, strikes, or other labor disputes, accidents
These general conditions, together with any The following limitations of Benshaw’s liability to machinery, acts of sabotage, riots, precedence
nonconflicting provisions in Benshaw’s quotation, are acknowledged by the Customer to be fair or priorities granted at the request or for the
are intended by the parties as the final expression and reasonable and shall apply to any act or benefit, directly or indirectly, of the federal or any
of their agreement and is the complete and omission hereunder and to any breach of this state government or any subdivision or agency
exclusive statement of the conditions of that Agreement of which these General Conditions thereof, delays in transportation or lack
agreement. In the event the Customer’s purchase form a part other than breach of warranty which of transportation facilities, restrictions imposed
order or any other form states terms additional to is specifically covered in Paragraph 3 of these by federal, state or other governmental legislation
or different from those set forth in this document, General Conditions: (a) Benshaw’s total liability or rules or regulations thereof; and (2) any other
this writing shall be deemed notification or for any claim arising from this agreement shall cause beyond Benshaw’s control, including but
objection to such additional or different terms. be limited to the contract price; (b) In no event not limited to delays in receipt of vendor materials
Accordingly, this Agreement is expressly shall Benshaw be liable for special, indirect, or supplies. Buyer shall not cancel or have the
conditioned on the Customer’s acceptance consequential or incidental damages whether right to cancel its purchase order because of
of the conditions on the face and reverse side arising under contract warranty, tort, negligence, delays or defaults in deliveries due
hereof. Acceptance of the conditions contained strict liability or any other theory of liability. Such to such causes.
herein shall be considered to have occurred damages include but are not limited to loss of If Benshaw in its sole discretion determines that
unless written notice of rejection is received by profits, loss of the use of the goods, damage to the cost of manufacturing or acquiring the goods
Benshaw within seven (7) calendar days of the property and claims of third parties. Claims from sold hereunder shall have increased as a result
date specified on this writing. In any event, if any cause including but not limited to a claim of governmental legislation or regulation to a
no date is specified, notice of rejection must be for a remedy under the warranties contained in point where Benshaw’s performance hereunder
received prior to the performance by Benshaw paragraph 3 hereof shall be deemed to be waived would result in a loss to Benshaw on this sale as
of the services covered by this Agreement. This by Customer or the customer of the Customer in computed under Benshaw’s normal accounting
Agreement cannot be modified in any way except the case of resales, unless delivered in writing to procedures then Benshaw may terminate this
in writing signed by the parties nor shall this Benshaw by Customer within one (1) year plus Agreement in whole or in part without liability for
Agreement be waived, modified or altered by ten (10) days from the date of shipment any delay in the delivery of, or failure to deliver,
any subsequent course of conduct between ex-factory of the goods to the Customer. The the goods sold hereunder.
the parties. parties expressly waive the Statue of Limitations TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
and agree that any legal proceeding for any Title to the goods covered hereby shall vest in
PAYMENT breach of this contract shall be waived unless
All bills rendered are payable in Pittsburgh, in Customer, and risk of loss shall be assumed by
filed within one (1) year within accrual of the Customer, upon delivery thereof to the carrier or
cash or its equivalent. Terms of payment are net cause of action therefore.
thirty (30) days from the date of shipment. Late to Customer FOB sellers shipping point.
payments will bear interest at the rate of 2% per PRICES AND DELIVERY *WARRANTY & GUARANTEE
month or the highest legal rate, whichever is less. Prices quoted herein are net F.O.B. shipping Benshaw, the Seller, warrants to the Ultimate
Partial shipments will be invoiced as shipped. point, firm for thirty (30) days unless specified Purchaser (the Purchaser who buys for use,
otherwise, and include standard domestic and not resale) that all products furnished and
WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES packaging. Shipping dates specified are only which are manufactured by Seller will conform
The sole and exclusive warranties given by Benshaw’s best estimate and are subject to to final specifications, drawings, samples and
Benshaw with respect to the goods sold the receipt of all necessary information from other written descriptions approved in writing
hereunder are that it has title to the goods free buyer, and final engineering and manufacturing by Seller, and will be free from defects in
and clear from any lien or encumbrance and information. All prices in catalogs are subject to materials and workmanship. These warranties
that the goods shall conform to the description change without notice. Prices are firm for orders shall remain in effect for a period of twelve
and specification set forth herein. All other meeting Benshaw’s quoted shipping schedules. (12) months after shipment. Parts replaced or
warranties, express or implied, by operation of If shipments are held or postponed for any reason repaired in the warranty period shall carry the
law or otherwise, including without limitation other than Benshaw’s fault, and a price increase full warranty, the balance of the equipment
the warranties of merchantability and fitness becomes effective during the period of such will carry the unexpired portion of the original
for a particular purpose are excluded and shall hold or postponement, the increase will apply warranty. The liability of Seller hereunder is
not apply to the goods sold pursuant to this to all shipments which are held or postponed limited to replacing or repairing at Seller’s factory
agreement. thirty (30) days or more from the effective date or on the job site at Seller’s option, any part or
of the increase. parts which have been returned to the Seller
It is expressly understood that any technical
advise furnished by Benshaw with respect to TAXES AND OTHER CHARGES and which are defective or do not conform to
the use of its goods or services is given without The Customer will pay, or reimburse Benshaw if such specifications, drawings or other written
charge, and Benshaw assumes no obligation or it pays, any and all taxes or tariffs or any similar descriptions; provided that such part or parts are
liability for the advice given or results obtained, charges imposed upon the contract, the goods returned by the ultimate purchaser within ninety
all such advice being given and accepted at the covered hereby, or the delivery or use thereof or (90) days after such defect is discovered. The
customer’s risk. upon any act or document of title or instrument Seller shall have the sole right to determine if the
Should Benshaw breach either or both of the used in connection with the transaction and any parts are to be repaired at the job site or whether
warranties given above, Customer’s only remedy and all taxes, tariffs or charges imposed upon or they are to be returned to the factory for repair or
and Benshaw’s only obligation shall be the measured by sales contemplated or the purchase replacement. If Seller has determined warranty
replacement or repair of such nonconforming price payable under this Agreement. part or parts are to be repaired at the job site, a
goods, FOB, Benshaw’s plant or the refund of purchase order must be issued for traveling and
the price paid for such nonconforming goods living expenses. All items returned to Seller for
at Benshaw’s option, upon the return of such repair or replacement must be accompanied by
nonconforming goods to Benshaw. Benshaw a Benshaw RMA number with all the necessary
shall not be liable for consequential, incidental information required by Seller. Shipping charges
for incoming part or parts to be repaired or

A-1
TERMS AND CONDITIONS (CONTINUED)
replaced and replaced or repaired part or parts CANCELLATION OR CHANGES SURVIVAL OF TERMS
leaving the factory will be at the Buyer’s expense. Buyer shall have the right by written order to All liabilities and obligations of the Customer to
The above conditions must be met if warranty is make changes in specifications or delivery Benshaw, including those existing at the time of
to be valid. Seller will not be liable for any damage schedules once agreed upon. If such changes termination or expiration of the Agreement, shall
done by unauthorized repair work, unauthorized cause an increase or decrease in the amount due remain in effect until they are satisfied in full.
replacement parts, from any misapplication of under the purchase order or in the time required They shall survive termination or expiration of any
the item, or for damage due to accident, abuse, for its performance, an equitable adjustment of contractual arrangement between Benshaw and
or Act of God. In no event shall the Seller be the price and/or time of performance shall be Customer.
liable for loss, damage, or expense directly or made. Cancellation charges may be assessed
indirectly arising from the use of the units, or at seller’s cost for all labor and materials plus a WAIVER
from any other cause, except as expressly stated fair and reasonable profit. Cancellations for the No waiver of any provision of these terms and
in this warranty. Seller makes no warranties, convenience of the Federal Government may be conditions or any supplemental terms and
express or implied, including any warranty as to effected and cancellation charges paid as required conditions agreed to between Benshaw and
merchantability or fitness for a particular use. by applicable Federal statutes or regulations. If Customer shall constitute any future waiver of
Seller is not liable for and Purchaser waives Buyer should be declared bankrupt or insolvent, such a provision or waiver of any future obligation
any right of action it has or may have against or if a receiver should be appointed for all or a of the customer.
Seller for any consequential or special damages substantial portion of the assets of buyer by a
arising out of any breach of warranty, and for court of competent jurisdiction, or if there should ERRORS
any damages Purchaser may claim for damage be filed in any such court and not dismissed Stenographic or clerical errors for language
to any property or injury or death to any person within thirty days any application or petition for contained here in are subject to correction
arising out of its purchase or the use, operation adjudication of such insolvency or bankruptcy, without penalty to either party.
or maintenance of the product. Seller will not be or for the appointment of such a receiver, or
*W
 ARRANTY VOID IF ORIGINAL INVOICE NOT
liable for any labor subcontracted or performed by involving the resetting or extension, however
PAID WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS.
Purchaser for preparation of warranted item for termed, of the obligations of Buyer or if Buyer
return to Seller’s factory or for preparation work should make an assignment of all or a substantial
for field repair or replacement. Invoicing of Seller portion of its property for the benefit of its
for labor either performed or subcontracted by creditors, then upon the happening of any of such
Purchaser will not be considered as a liability by events, the seller may cancel any order placed by
the Seller. This warranty shall be exclusive of any Buyer with Seller immediately by notice in writing
and all other warranties express or implied and sent to the buyer by registered mail at its last
may be modified only by a writing signed by an known business address, or by personal service
officer of the Seller. This warranty shall extend upon such party. Goods in saleable condition and
to the Ultimate Purchaser but to no one else. authorized by seller for return and restocking may
Accessories supplied by Seller, but manufactured incur a minimum restocking charge of fifteen (15)
by others, carry any warranty the manufacturers percent.
of such accessories have made to Seller and
which can be passed on to Ultimate Purchaser. PATENT PROTECTION
Seller agrees to hold Buyer and its customers
RESALE OF GOODS SOLD HEREUNDER harmless only against infringement of patents
In the event of the resale of any goods sold covering the material or part in the form sold by
hereunder, the reseller agrees to include Seller, provided Buyer or its customer, as the
the following language in a conspicuous case may be, promptly notifies Seller of any
place in the agreement covering such resale: claim or litigation and tenders, to the extent of
“Warranties by manufacturers and resellers Buyer’s ability to do so, the defense thereof to
of goods sold hereunder are limited to such Seller. Buyer agrees to hold Seller harmless from
written warranties as may be applicable to the any liability of Seller for infringement of patents
individual items sold hereunder, which warranties by reason of manufacture according to Buyer’s
are limited to repair or replacement of the specific design or by reason of the incorporation
goods FOB manufacture’s point of shipment of said part in a more comprehensive assembly
or to the refund of the purchase price, at the than sold by Seller, provided Seller promptly
manufacturer’s option, within the time limit notifies Buyer of any claim or litigation and
specified.” Manufacturers and resellers make no tenders, to the extent of Seller’s ability to do
warranties or representations, express or implied, so, the defense thereof to Buyer and/or the
by operation of law or otherwise, as to the Government where Government Contracts are
Merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose involved. Seller grants no license, express of
of the goods sold hereunder. Manufacturers implied other than the right of Buyer to use the
and resellers shall not be liable for any defect specific material or part in the form delivered by
in the goods sold hereunder and purchaser Seller.
releases manufacturers and resellers from any
and all liability for negligence in the manufacture, INFRINGEMENT
packaging, sale and/or any other activity engaged This agreement shall be governed by the laws
in by manufacturers and resellers with respect to of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
the goods sold hereunder and from any and all
liability imposed upon manufacturers or resellers
SEVERABILITY
of goods under section 402A of the restatement The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision
of torts, 2nd or under any similar legal theory or term hereof shall not affect in any way the
purchaser acknowledges that it alone has remainder of the provision or terms of this
determined that the goods purchased hereunder Agreement.
will suitably meet the requirements of their
intended use.

A-2 benshaw.com
BENSHAWEXPRESS

Save time with 24/7


Benshaw’s standard products are
stocked in warehouses in the USA

online access at
and Canada… ready for shipment
to support your critical needs:

Benshaw.com

In the USA, call or fax


Phone: 412.968.0100
Fax: 412.968.5415
benshawexpress.com
In Canada, call or fax Benshaw Express is a convenient, time-saving tool for Benshaw authorized distributors.
Phone: 519.291.5112 The Benshaw web store enables users 24/7 access to:
Fax: 519.291.2595
• Check price and availability
BenshawExpress.com
• Place orders
If you prefer to order online,
• Track open orders
BenshawExpress.com provides
direct digital access to our complete • Obtain tracking for shipped orders
inventory of standard controls, drives • View freight charges for recent shipments
and spare parts—24 hours a day,
• View invoices
seven days a week, 365 days a year.
• Customized levels of access

Access Benshaw Express by following the link on Benshaw.com


or directly at BenshawExpress.com.
Advanced Controls and Drives
Full Voltage Controls

Variable Frequency Drives

Low Voltage Solid State Starters 24/7 Technical Support


• 24/7 hotline support from Pittsburgh (USA)
Medium Voltage Drives and Listowel (Canada)

• Overnight parts shipment


Medium Voltage Controls • 24-hour service dispatch

• Coordination of all service capabilities —


Medium Voltage Switchgear
repair, spare parts, field engineering,
retrofit and training
Unico Technologies Group Repairs
Power and Precision in Motion • Trained, experienced, field personnel
Taking care of our customers’ power needs • Equipped with the latest diagnostic
has been our single focus for 88 years. and test equipment
Our two leading brands bring innovative
• Start-up commissioning, field repairs, field
control and electrical solutions to solve your
analysis/data collection and preventative
challenges. Through thousands of systems
maintenance
in a broad array of applications, we’ve learned
what it takes to make your system live up Benshaw Product Line
to its potential. • Solid state starters fractional to 30,000 HP
at 15 kV
At a glance: With facilities in 12 countries,
we combine the convenience of local service • LV AC drives to 700 HP
with the economies-of-scale and efficiency • MV AC drives to 35,000 HP
of a large global organization.
• Electromechanical controls to 800 A
Innovative solutions via technology:
Benshaw Express
We bring you mission-critical motor control
and protection products, designed and built • 24/7 online inventory and order system
with expertise and precision to maximize your for authorized Benshaw distributors
output and minimize downtime. • 24/7 shipment

Engaged and knowledgeable: We like • Air or truck delivery


to think of ourselves as “Application Smart,”
which always includes critical dependencies Visit us online at benshaw.com and
such as standards, compliance and benshawexpress.com, or contact:
regulatory issues. BENSHAW, Inc.
615 Alpha Drive
Pittsburgh, PA 15238
Phone: 412.968.0100
Fax: 412.968.5415
BENSHAW Canada
550 Bright Street East
Listowel, Ontario N4W 3W3
Phone: 519.291.5112
Fax: 519.291.2595
Visit us online at unicotg.com, or contact: 1-877-291-5112
UNICO Technologies Group
3725 Nicholson Road
PO Box 0505
Franksville, WI 53126-0505

After Hours Tech Support Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Phone: 800.203.2416 ©2019 Unico Technologies Group CAT001-031919 Printed in the USA

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi